Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
0a352cd7 GM |
1 | ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 | ;; | |
3 | ;;; Code: | |
93548d2e | 4 | \f |
7518ed7b GM |
5 | ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
6 | ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
7 | ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566)) | |
8 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el | |
9 | ||
10 | (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
11 | Play 5x5. | |
12 | ||
13 | The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
14 | squares you must fill the grid. | |
15 | ||
16 | 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
17 | \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
18 | Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
19 | Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
20 | Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
21 | Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
22 | Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
23 | Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
24 | New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
25 | Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
26 | Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
27 | Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
28 | Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
29 | Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
30 | ||
31 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
32 | Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
33 | ||
34 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
35 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
36 | ||
37 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
38 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
39 | ||
40 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
41 | Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then | |
42 | mutating the result." t nil) | |
43 | ||
44 | (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
45 | Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
46 | ||
47 | 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
48 | two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
49 | solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
50 | should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
51 | ||
52 | ;;;*** | |
53 | \f | |
54 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 55 | ;;;;;; (14816 63829)) |
93548d2e DL |
56 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
57 | ||
7518ed7b | 58 | (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
cded5ed3 GM |
59 | Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
60 | Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
61 | extensions. | |
62 | SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
63 | name" nil nil) | |
7518ed7b | 64 | |
93548d2e DL |
65 | (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
66 | Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
67 | ||
68 | Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
69 | ||
70 | Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
71 | Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
72 | ||
73 | Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
74 | Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
93548d2e DL |
75 | |
76 | Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
77 | Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
78 | ||
7518ed7b | 79 | Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
93548d2e DL |
80 | |
81 | Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
82 | Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
83 | ||
84 | Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
85 | Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
86 | ||
87 | Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
88 | Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
89 | Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
90 | Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
91 | Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
92 | ||
93 | If you use imenu.el: | |
94 | Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
95 | ||
96 | If you use find-file.el: | |
97 | Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
98 | or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
99 | Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
100 | or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
7518ed7b | 101 | If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
93548d2e DL |
102 | |
103 | If you use ada-xref.el: | |
104 | Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
105 | or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
abb2db1c | 106 | Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil) |
7518ed7b GM |
107 | |
108 | ;;;*** | |
109 | \f | |
110 | ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 111 | ;;;;;; (14816 63829)) |
7518ed7b | 112 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
93548d2e | 113 | |
7518ed7b GM |
114 | (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ |
115 | Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
116 | |
117 | ;;;*** | |
118 | \f | |
54baed30 GM |
119 | ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun |
120 | ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | |
121 | ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | |
b442e70a | 122 | ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14807 56557)) |
93548d2e DL |
123 | ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
124 | ||
125 | (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
126 | *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
0a352cd7 | 127 | This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
93548d2e DL |
128 | |
129 | (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
130 | *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
131 | This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
132 | ||
133 | (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
134 | Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
135 | ||
136 | (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
137 | Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
138 | ||
139 | Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
140 | If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
141 | If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
142 | \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
143 | ||
144 | If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
145 | simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
146 | directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
147 | ||
148 | Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
b442e70a MB |
149 | current buffer to the complete file name. |
150 | Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
151 | |
152 | (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
153 | Find change log file and add an entry for today. | |
154 | Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
155 | name and site. | |
156 | ||
157 | Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. | |
158 | Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. | |
159 | Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; | |
160 | never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
161 | otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
162 | ||
163 | Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if | |
164 | non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
165 | ||
166 | (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
167 | Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. | |
168 | Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user | |
169 | name and site. | |
170 | Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. | |
171 | If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. | |
172 | ||
173 | Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil) | |
174 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) | |
175 | ||
176 | (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
177 | Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
178 | Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
179 | New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
180 | Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
181 | Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
182 | ||
183 | (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
184 | *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
185 | ||
186 | (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
187 | *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
188 | ||
189 | (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
190 | *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
191 | ||
192 | (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
193 | Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
194 | ||
195 | Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
be0dbdab | 196 | Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
93548d2e DL |
197 | |
198 | Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
199 | point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
be0dbdab | 200 | identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
0a352cd7 GM |
201 | `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
202 | `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
93548d2e DL |
203 | |
204 | Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
205 | ||
0a352cd7 GM |
206 | (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
207 | Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
208 | Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
209 | the appropriate motion commands). | |
210 | ||
54baed30 GM |
211 | Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and |
212 | old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil) | |
0a352cd7 | 213 | |
54baed30 GM |
214 | (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ |
215 | Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil) | |
0a352cd7 | 216 | |
93548d2e DL |
217 | ;;;*** |
218 | \f | |
219 | ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
abb2db1c GM |
220 | ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660 |
221 | ;;;;;; 49405)) | |
93548d2e DL |
222 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
223 | ||
224 | (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
225 | *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
226 | Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
227 | original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
228 | In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
229 | original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
230 | old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
231 | `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
232 | it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
233 | interpreted as `error'.") | |
234 | ||
235 | (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
236 | *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
237 | A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
238 | always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
239 | loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
cded5ed3 GM |
240 | advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
241 | be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
93548d2e DL |
242 | COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
243 | ||
244 | (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
cded5ed3 | 245 | Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
93548d2e DL |
246 | If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
247 | CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
248 | of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
249 | to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
250 | extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
251 | name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
252 | will be overwritten with the new one. | |
cded5ed3 | 253 | If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
93548d2e DL |
254 | initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
255 | will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
256 | ||
257 | (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
cded5ed3 | 258 | Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
93548d2e DL |
259 | The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
260 | ||
261 | (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
262 | [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
263 | BODY... ) | |
264 | ||
265 | FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
266 | CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
267 | NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
268 | POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
269 | see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
270 | ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
271 | instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
272 | before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
273 | FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
274 | All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
275 | DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
276 | INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
277 | function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
278 | BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
279 | ||
280 | Semantics of the various flags: | |
281 | `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
282 | any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
283 | then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
284 | ||
285 | `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
286 | FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
287 | ||
288 | `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
289 | advised function should be compiled. | |
290 | ||
cded5ed3 | 291 | `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
93548d2e DL |
292 | during activation until somebody enables it. |
293 | ||
294 | `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
295 | time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
296 | advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
297 | this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
298 | ||
299 | `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
300 | to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
301 | Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
302 | the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
303 | documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
304 | during preloading. | |
305 | ||
cded5ed3 | 306 | See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
93548d2e DL |
307 | |
308 | ;;;*** | |
309 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
310 | ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule |
311 | ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | |
d09b9dbd | 312 | ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 8292)) |
3c4c8064 GM |
313 | ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el |
314 | ||
315 | (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
316 | Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
317 | BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
318 | nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
319 | the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
320 | of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
321 | rule's `separate' attribute). | |
322 | ||
323 | If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
324 | `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
325 | `separate' attribute set. | |
326 | ||
327 | RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
328 | default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
329 | `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
330 | on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
331 | ||
332 | (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
333 | Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
334 | BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
335 | for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
336 | only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
337 | whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
338 | regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
339 | prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
340 | of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
341 | the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
342 | options. | |
343 | ||
344 | For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
345 | align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
346 | ||
347 | Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
348 | Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
349 | Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
350 | Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
351 | ||
352 | There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
353 | using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
354 | region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
355 | ||
356 | (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
357 | Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
358 | BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
359 | is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
360 | override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
361 | align that section." t nil) | |
362 | ||
363 | (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
364 | Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
365 | This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
366 | so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
367 | EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
368 | can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
369 | been used to align that section." t nil) | |
370 | ||
371 | (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
372 | Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
373 | BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
374 | that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
375 | list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
376 | default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
377 | to be colored." t nil) | |
378 | ||
379 | (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
380 | Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
381 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
382 | (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ |
383 | A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil) | |
384 | ||
3c4c8064 GM |
385 | ;;;*** |
386 | \f | |
93548d2e | 387 | ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
0ad84a21 | 388 | ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14729 20675)) |
a25bbe00 | 389 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
93548d2e DL |
390 | (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) |
391 | ||
392 | (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
393 | Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
394 | The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
395 | for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
396 | may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
397 | directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
398 | ||
399 | (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
400 | ||
401 | (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
402 | ||
403 | (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
404 | ||
405 | ;;;*** | |
406 | \f | |
cded5ed3 | 407 | ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" |
f75a0f7a | 408 | ;;;;;; (14642 37233)) |
cded5ed3 GM |
409 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
410 | ||
411 | (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
412 | Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
413 | \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
414 | ||
415 | (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
416 | Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
417 | Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
418 | ||
419 | ;;;*** | |
420 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
421 | ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
422 | ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
423 | ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
0ad84a21 | 424 | ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 41837)) |
93548d2e DL |
425 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
426 | ||
427 | (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
428 | *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
429 | To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
430 | as the first thing on a line.") | |
431 | ||
432 | (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
433 | *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
434 | ||
435 | (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
436 | *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
437 | ||
438 | (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
439 | *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
440 | ||
441 | (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
442 | *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
443 | ||
444 | (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
445 | *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
446 | ||
447 | (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
448 | *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
449 | ||
450 | (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
451 | *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
452 | This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
453 | ||
454 | (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
be0dbdab | 455 | Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
93548d2e DL |
456 | The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) |
457 | ||
458 | (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
459 | Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
460 | ||
be0dbdab GM |
461 | (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
462 | Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
463 | The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
464 | put in the appointments list. | |
465 | 02/23/89 | |
466 | 12:00pm lunch | |
467 | Wednesday | |
468 | 10:00am group meeting | |
469 | We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
470 | hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
471 | They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
472 | |
473 | ;;;*** | |
474 | \f | |
475 | ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
d09b9dbd KG |
476 | ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14811 |
477 | ;;;;;; 51864)) | |
93548d2e DL |
478 | ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
479 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
480 | (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
481 | Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
482 | ||
483 | \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
484 | ||
93548d2e DL |
485 | (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
486 | Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
abb2db1c | 487 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
93548d2e DL |
488 | normal variables." t nil) |
489 | ||
490 | (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
491 | ||
492 | (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
abb2db1c GM |
493 | Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
494 | With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
93548d2e DL |
495 | noninteractive functions. |
496 | ||
497 | If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
498 | satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
499 | ||
500 | (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
abb2db1c GM |
501 | Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
502 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | |
503 | show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | |
504 | time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
505 | |
506 | (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
abb2db1c GM |
507 | Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. |
508 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
93548d2e DL |
509 | at the function and at the names and values of properties. |
510 | Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
511 | ||
512 | (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
abb2db1c GM |
513 | Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. |
514 | With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
93548d2e DL |
515 | documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key |
516 | bindings. | |
517 | Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
518 | ||
519 | ;;;*** | |
520 | \f | |
d09b9dbd KG |
521 | ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14825 |
522 | ;;;;;; 31071)) | |
93548d2e DL |
523 | ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
524 | ||
525 | (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
526 | Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
527 | You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
528 | Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
529 | Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
530 | or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
531 | ||
532 | If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
533 | save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
534 | archive. | |
535 | ||
536 | \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
537 | ||
538 | ;;;*** | |
539 | \f | |
0a352cd7 | 540 | ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616)) |
93548d2e DL |
541 | ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
542 | ||
543 | (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
544 | Major mode for editing arrays. | |
545 | ||
546 | Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
547 | considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
548 | NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
549 | ||
0a352cd7 | 550 | The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
93548d2e DL |
551 | |
552 | TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
0a352cd7 | 553 | Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
93548d2e DL |
554 | but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
555 | ||
556 | Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
557 | several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
558 | supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer | |
559 | in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. | |
560 | The variables are: | |
561 | ||
562 | Variables you assign: | |
0a352cd7 GM |
563 | array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
564 | array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
565 | array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
566 | array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
567 | array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
93548d2e DL |
568 | row numbers in the buffer. |
569 | ||
570 | Variables which are calculated: | |
0a352cd7 GM |
571 | array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
572 | array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
93548d2e DL |
573 | |
574 | The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
575 | take a numeric prefix argument): | |
576 | ||
577 | * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
578 | * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
579 | * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
580 | * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
581 | ||
582 | * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
583 | * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
584 | * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
585 | * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
586 | ||
587 | * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
588 | * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
589 | * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
590 | * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
591 | ||
592 | \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
593 | between that of point and mark. | |
594 | ||
595 | \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
596 | \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
597 | ||
598 | \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
599 | \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
600 | \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
601 | newlines inside rows) | |
602 | ||
603 | \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
604 | ||
605 | Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
606 | ||
607 | ;;;*** | |
608 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
609 | ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14807 |
610 | ;;;;;; 56561)) | |
93548d2e DL |
611 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
612 | ||
613 | (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
614 | Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
615 | Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
616 | ||
617 | \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
618 | \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
619 | \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
620 | \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
621 | ||
622 | The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
623 | `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
624 | ||
625 | Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
626 | which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
627 | ||
628 | Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
629 | ||
630 | Special commands: | |
631 | \\{asm-mode-map} | |
632 | " t nil) | |
633 | ||
634 | ;;;*** | |
635 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 636 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-authors authors) "authors" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" |
d09b9dbd | 637 | ;;;;;; (14839 20377)) |
54baed30 GM |
638 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/authors.el |
639 | ||
640 | (autoload (quote authors) "authors" "\ | |
641 | Extract author information from change logs and Lisp source files. | |
642 | ROOT is the root directory under which to find the files. If called | |
643 | interactively, ROOT is read from the minibuffer. Result is a | |
644 | buffer *Authors* containing authorship information." t nil) | |
645 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
646 | (autoload (quote batch-update-authors) "authors" "\ |
647 | Produce an AUTHORS file. | |
648 | Call this function in batch mode with two command line arguments FILE | |
649 | and ROOT. FILE is the file to write, ROOT is the root directory of | |
650 | the Emacs source tree, from which to build the file." nil nil) | |
651 | ||
54baed30 GM |
652 | ;;;*** |
653 | \f | |
93548d2e | 654 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el" |
d054101f | 655 | ;;;;;; (14516 149)) |
93548d2e DL |
656 | ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el |
657 | ||
658 | (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
7518ed7b | 659 | Obsolete.") |
93548d2e DL |
660 | |
661 | (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 662 | This command is obsolete." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
663 | |
664 | ;;;*** | |
665 | \f | |
f75a0f7a GM |
666 | ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
667 | ;;;;;; (14651 36399)) | |
a1b8d58b GM |
668 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el |
669 | ||
a1b8d58b | 670 | (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
f75a0f7a | 671 | Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. |
a1b8d58b GM |
672 | With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
673 | \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
674 | In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
675 | supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
676 | C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
677 | and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
678 | Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
679 | invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
680 | ||
681 | For example: | |
682 | `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
683 | `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
684 | `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
685 | then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
686 | `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
687 | ||
688 | \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil) | |
689 | ||
f75a0f7a GM |
690 | (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
691 | Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | |
692 | With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
693 | \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | |
694 | This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | |
695 | &c to supply digit arguments. | |
696 | ||
697 | \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil) | |
698 | ||
a1b8d58b GM |
699 | ;;;*** |
700 | \f | |
d1221ea9 GM |
701 | ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
702 | ;;;;;; (14532 61420)) | |
703 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el | |
704 | ||
705 | (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
706 | Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil) | |
707 | ||
708 | ;;;*** | |
709 | \f | |
93548d2e | 710 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
b442e70a | 711 | ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14807 56557)) |
93548d2e DL |
712 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
713 | ||
714 | (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
b442e70a | 715 | Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. |
93548d2e DL |
716 | Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) |
717 | ||
718 | (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
719 | Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
720 | Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
721 | or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
722 | ||
b442e70a MB |
723 | (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ |
724 | Toggle Auto-Insert mode. | |
725 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
726 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") | |
727 | ||
728 | (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
729 | ||
730 | (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert)) | |
731 | ||
93548d2e | 732 | (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ |
cded5ed3 GM |
733 | Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
734 | With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
735 | Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
93548d2e | 736 | |
cded5ed3 | 737 | When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can |
93548d2e DL |
738 | insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
739 | ||
740 | ;;;*** | |
741 | \f | |
742 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
743 | ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
abb2db1c | 744 | ;;;;;; (14659 23014)) |
93548d2e DL |
745 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
746 | ||
747 | (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
748 | Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
749 | \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil) | |
750 | ||
751 | (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
752 | Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
753 | This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
754 | ||
755 | (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
756 | Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
757 | Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
758 | ||
759 | ;;;*** | |
760 | \f | |
761 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
d054101f GM |
762 | ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
763 | ;;;;;; (14495 17959)) | |
93548d2e DL |
764 | ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
765 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
766 | (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
767 | *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
768 | ||
769 | Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
770 | instead.") | |
771 | ||
d054101f GM |
772 | (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
773 | When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
774 | ||
775 | Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
776 | command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
777 | ||
778 | (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
779 | ||
780 | (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
781 | ||
93548d2e DL |
782 | (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
783 | Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
784 | ||
785 | With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
786 | This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
787 | Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
788 | ||
789 | (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
790 | Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
791 | ||
792 | This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
793 | (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
794 | ||
795 | (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
796 | Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
797 | ||
798 | With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
799 | This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
800 | Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
801 | ||
802 | ;;;*** | |
803 | \f | |
fd0e837b | 804 | ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
54baed30 | 805 | ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14743 46413)) |
93548d2e DL |
806 | ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
807 | ||
fd0e837b | 808 | (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
54baed30 | 809 | Activate mouse avoidance mode. |
fd0e837b GM |
810 | See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. |
811 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
812 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
813 | ||
814 | (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
815 | ||
816 | (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid)) | |
817 | ||
93548d2e DL |
818 | (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
819 | Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
820 | MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
821 | `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
822 | ||
54baed30 | 823 | If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' |
93548d2e DL |
824 | modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated |
825 | as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
826 | ||
54baed30 | 827 | Effects of the different modes: |
93548d2e DL |
828 | * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. |
829 | * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
830 | and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
831 | * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
832 | a random distance & direction. | |
833 | * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
834 | * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
835 | * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
836 | ||
837 | Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
838 | ||
839 | \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
840 | and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
841 | definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
842 | ||
843 | ;;;*** | |
844 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
845 | ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14807 |
846 | ;;;;;; 56561)) | |
93548d2e DL |
847 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
848 | ||
849 | (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
850 | Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
851 | This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses | |
852 | the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing | |
853 | indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. | |
854 | ||
855 | Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook' | |
856 | with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
857 | ||
858 | ;;;*** | |
859 | \f | |
860 | ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
0a352cd7 | 861 | ;;;;;; (14455 30228)) |
93548d2e DL |
862 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
863 | ||
864 | (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
865 | Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
866 | ||
867 | The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
868 | places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
869 | ||
870 | For example: | |
871 | ||
872 | b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
873 | `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
874 | `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
875 | `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
876 | ||
877 | Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
878 | ||
879 | (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
880 | ||
881 | ;;;*** | |
882 | \f | |
883 | ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 884 | ;;;;;; (14818 62640)) |
93548d2e DL |
885 | ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
886 | ||
887 | (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
888 | Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
5ec14d3c | 889 | The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
93548d2e DL |
890 | `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
891 | ||
892 | (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
893 | Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
0ad84a21 | 894 | The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables |
93548d2e DL |
895 | `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. |
896 | The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
897 | seconds." t nil) | |
898 | ||
899 | ;;;*** | |
900 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
901 | ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14505 |
902 | ;;;;;; 7809)) | |
93548d2e DL |
903 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
904 | ||
905 | (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
906 | Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
907 | ||
908 | To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
909 | BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
910 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
911 | of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
912 | message. | |
913 | ||
914 | ||
915 | General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
916 | ||
917 | You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
918 | specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
919 | \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
920 | in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
921 | with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
922 | ||
923 | Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
924 | bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
925 | work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
926 | and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
927 | created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
928 | entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
929 | ||
930 | For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
931 | `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
932 | BibTeX mode. | |
933 | ||
934 | ||
935 | Special information: | |
936 | ||
937 | A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
938 | ||
939 | The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
940 | Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
941 | The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
942 | \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
943 | \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
944 | \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
945 | current field. | |
946 | \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
947 | \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
948 | ||
949 | The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
950 | from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
951 | fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
952 | bibtex-entry-format. | |
953 | Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
954 | format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
955 | idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
956 | ||
957 | Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
958 | Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
959 | ||
960 | The following may be of interest as well: | |
961 | ||
962 | Functions: | |
963 | bibtex-entry | |
964 | bibtex-kill-entry | |
965 | bibtex-yank-pop | |
966 | bibtex-pop-previous | |
967 | bibtex-pop-next | |
968 | bibtex-complete-string | |
969 | bibtex-complete-key | |
970 | bibtex-print-help-message | |
971 | bibtex-generate-autokey | |
972 | bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
973 | bibtex-end-of-entry | |
974 | bibtex-reposition-window | |
975 | bibtex-mark-entry | |
976 | bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
977 | bibtex-ispell-entry | |
978 | bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
93548d2e DL |
979 | bibtex-sort-buffer |
980 | bibtex-validate | |
981 | bibtex-count | |
982 | bibtex-fill-entry | |
983 | bibtex-reformat | |
984 | bibtex-convert-alien | |
985 | ||
986 | Variables: | |
987 | bibtex-field-delimiters | |
988 | bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
989 | bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
990 | bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
991 | bibtex-entry-format | |
992 | bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
993 | bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
994 | bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
995 | bibtex-predefined-strings | |
996 | bibtex-string-files | |
997 | ||
998 | --------------------------------------------------------- | |
999 | Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
1000 | non-nil. | |
1001 | ||
1002 | \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
1003 | ||
1004 | ;;;*** | |
1005 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
1006 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14791 27196)) |
1007 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el | |
1008 | ||
1009 | (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") | |
1010 | ||
1011 | ;;;*** | |
1012 | \f | |
93548d2e | 1013 | ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229 |
7518ed7b | 1014 | ;;;;;; 27947)) |
93548d2e DL |
1015 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
1016 | ||
1017 | (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
1018 | Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; | |
1019 | the default is 4. | |
1020 | ||
1021 | What is blackbox? | |
1022 | ||
1023 | Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
1024 | Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
1025 | balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
1026 | observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
1027 | the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
1028 | your score. | |
1029 | ||
1030 | Overview of play: | |
1031 | ||
1032 | \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
1033 | specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
1034 | four. | |
1035 | ||
1036 | The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
1037 | movement keys. | |
1038 | ||
1039 | To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1040 | The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1041 | ||
1042 | You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1043 | box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1044 | ||
1045 | When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1046 | press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1047 | not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1048 | numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1049 | placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1050 | indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1051 | ||
1052 | Details: | |
1053 | ||
1054 | There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1055 | ||
1056 | Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1057 | where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1058 | denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1059 | ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1060 | ||
1061 | Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1062 | it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1063 | denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1064 | ||
1065 | Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1066 | not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1067 | denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1068 | ||
1069 | The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1070 | example. | |
1071 | ||
1072 | As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1073 | be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1074 | represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1075 | The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1076 | described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1077 | points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1078 | ray. | |
1079 | ||
1080 | Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1081 | degree deflection it causes. | |
1082 | ||
1083 | 1 | |
1084 | - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1085 | - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1086 | 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1087 | - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1088 | - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1089 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1090 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1091 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1092 | 2 3 | |
1093 | ||
1094 | As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1095 | it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1096 | ||
1097 | ||
1098 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1099 | - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1100 | R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1101 | - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1102 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1103 | - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1104 | - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1105 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1106 | ||
1107 | In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1108 | ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1109 | its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1110 | example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1111 | ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1112 | can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1113 | emerging from the box. | |
1114 | ||
1115 | A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1116 | ||
1117 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1118 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1119 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1120 | - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1121 | - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1122 | H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1123 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1124 | - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1125 | ||
1126 | Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1127 | a reflection." t nil) | |
1128 | ||
1129 | ;;;*** | |
1130 | \f | |
1131 | ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1132 | ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1133 | ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1134 | ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1135 | ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
f75a0f7a | 1136 | ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162)) |
93548d2e DL |
1137 | ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1138 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1139 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1140 | (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1141 | ||
1142 | (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1143 | Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1144 | It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1145 | so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1146 | key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1147 | functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1148 | ||
1149 | (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1150 | ||
1151 | (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1152 | ||
1153 | (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1154 | ||
1155 | (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1156 | ||
1157 | (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1158 | ||
1159 | (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1160 | ||
1161 | (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1162 | ||
1163 | (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1164 | ||
1165 | (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1166 | ||
1167 | (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1168 | ||
1169 | (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1170 | ||
1171 | (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1172 | ||
1173 | (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1174 | ||
1175 | (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save))))) | |
1176 | ||
1177 | (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1178 | Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1179 | If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1180 | With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1181 | as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1182 | the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1183 | bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1184 | but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1185 | recent one. | |
1186 | ||
1187 | To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1188 | bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1189 | yank successive words. | |
1190 | ||
1191 | Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1192 | \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1193 | through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1194 | name of the file being visited. | |
1195 | ||
1196 | Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1197 | and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1198 | the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1199 | ||
1200 | (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1201 | Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1202 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1203 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1204 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1205 | this. | |
1206 | ||
1207 | If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1208 | if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1209 | will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1210 | of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1211 | ||
1212 | (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1213 | Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1214 | This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1215 | the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1216 | after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1217 | ||
1218 | (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1219 | Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1220 | Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1221 | minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1222 | ||
1223 | (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1224 | ||
1225 | (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1226 | Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1227 | If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1228 | menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1229 | ||
1230 | If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1231 | argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1232 | must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1233 | ||
1234 | While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1235 | consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1236 | name." t nil) | |
1237 | ||
1238 | (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1239 | Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1240 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1241 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1242 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1243 | this." t nil) | |
1244 | ||
1245 | (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1246 | Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. | |
1247 | Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1248 | there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1249 | not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1250 | one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1251 | Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1252 | probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1253 | ||
1254 | (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1255 | Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1256 | Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1257 | ||
1258 | (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1259 | Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1260 | Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1261 | `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1262 | \(second argument). | |
1263 | ||
1264 | If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1265 | and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1266 | pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1267 | instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1268 | user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1269 | ||
1270 | When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1271 | `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1272 | for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1273 | `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1274 | ||
1275 | (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1276 | Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1277 | Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1278 | optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1279 | destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1280 | while loading. | |
1281 | ||
1282 | If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1283 | will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1284 | in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1285 | place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1286 | maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1287 | explicitly. | |
1288 | ||
1289 | If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1290 | bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1291 | unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1292 | method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1293 | ||
1294 | (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1295 | Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1296 | The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1297 | The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1298 | deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1299 | ||
1300 | (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1301 | ||
1302 | (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1303 | ||
1304 | (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
1305 | Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. | |
1306 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1307 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1308 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1309 | this. | |
1310 | ||
1311 | Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1312 | corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1313 | \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1314 | ||
1315 | (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
1316 | Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). | |
1317 | You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable | |
1318 | `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1319 | bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1320 | this. | |
1321 | ||
1322 | Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1323 | corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1324 | \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1325 | ||
1326 | (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1327 | Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1328 | \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). | |
1329 | ||
1330 | Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1331 | corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1332 | \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1333 | ||
1334 | (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1335 | Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. | |
1336 | If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. | |
1337 | If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
1338 | prompts for NEWNAME. | |
1339 | If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was | |
1340 | passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1341 | is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1342 | ||
1343 | While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1344 | consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1345 | name. | |
1346 | ||
1347 | Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1348 | corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1349 | \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1350 | ||
1351 | (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
1352 | Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. | |
1353 | Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If | |
1354 | there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1355 | not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1356 | one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1357 | ||
1358 | Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1359 | corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1360 | \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1361 | ||
1362 | (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1363 | ||
1364 | (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1365 | ||
1366 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1367 | ||
1368 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1369 | ||
1370 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1371 | ||
1372 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1373 | ||
1374 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1375 | ||
1376 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1377 | ||
1378 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1379 | ||
1380 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1381 | ||
1382 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1383 | ||
1384 | (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1385 | ||
1386 | ;;;*** | |
1387 | \f | |
1388 | ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm | |
1389 | ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit | |
1390 | ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail | |
0ad84a21 MB |
1391 | ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape |
1392 | ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region | |
1393 | ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file | |
1394 | ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display | |
1395 | ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" | |
d09b9dbd | 1396 | ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14815 49999)) |
a25bbe00 | 1397 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
93548d2e DL |
1398 | |
1399 | (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\ | |
1400 | *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. | |
1401 | This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1402 | `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1403 | ||
1404 | If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1405 | \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1406 | associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1407 | function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1408 | regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1409 | ||
1410 | (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\ | |
1411 | *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. | |
1412 | Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1413 | commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1414 | 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1415 | ||
1416 | (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\ | |
1417 | *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.") | |
1418 | ||
1419 | (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1420 | *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1421 | Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1422 | ||
1423 | (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1424 | *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1425 | ||
1426 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1427 | Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1428 | Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1429 | interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1430 | `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1431 | `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1432 | ||
1433 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1434 | Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1435 | Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1436 | currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1437 | narrowed." t nil) | |
1438 | ||
1439 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1440 | In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1441 | ||
1442 | (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1443 | Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1444 | ||
1445 | (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1446 | Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1447 | Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1448 | `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1449 | ||
1450 | (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1451 | Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1452 | Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1453 | `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1454 | ||
1455 | (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1456 | Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1457 | The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1458 | but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1459 | `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1460 | to use." t nil) | |
1461 | ||
1462 | (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ | |
1463 | Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
93548d2e DL |
1464 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
1465 | `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1466 | ||
1467 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1468 | non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a | |
1469 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1470 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1471 | ||
1472 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1473 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1474 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
1475 | (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ |
1476 | Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. | |
1477 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1478 | `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. | |
1479 | ||
1480 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1481 | non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an | |
1482 | existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the | |
1483 | effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1484 | ||
1485 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1486 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1487 | ||
93548d2e DL |
1488 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ |
1489 | Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1490 | ||
1491 | Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1492 | `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1493 | program is invoked according to the variable | |
1494 | `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1495 | ||
1496 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1497 | non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a | |
1498 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1499 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1500 | ||
1501 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1502 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1503 | ||
1504 | (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1505 | Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1506 | Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1507 | ||
1508 | (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1509 | Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1510 | Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1511 | variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1512 | ||
1513 | (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1514 | Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1515 | Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1516 | ||
1517 | This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1518 | select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1519 | value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1520 | ||
1521 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1522 | non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a | |
1523 | random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
1524 | the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1525 | ||
1526 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1527 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1528 | ||
1529 | (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1530 | Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1531 | Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1532 | ||
1533 | (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1534 | Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1535 | Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1536 | ||
1537 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1538 | non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive | |
1539 | prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1540 | ||
1541 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1542 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1543 | ||
1544 | (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1545 | Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1546 | The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1547 | `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1548 | ||
1549 | (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1550 | Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1551 | Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1552 | in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1553 | with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1554 | ||
1555 | (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1556 | Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1557 | Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1558 | a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1559 | ||
1560 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1561 | non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, | |
1562 | otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1563 | reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1564 | ||
1565 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1566 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1567 | ||
1568 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1569 | Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1570 | Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1571 | ||
1572 | (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1573 | Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1574 | Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1575 | recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1576 | will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1577 | current one. | |
1578 | ||
1579 | When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is | |
1580 | non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A | |
1581 | non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
1582 | `browse-url-new-window-p'. | |
1583 | ||
1584 | When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
1585 | used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil) | |
1586 | ||
1587 | (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1588 | Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1589 | Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1590 | browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1591 | `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1592 | don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1593 | ||
1594 | ;;;*** | |
1595 | \f | |
1596 | ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607 | |
7518ed7b | 1597 | ;;;;;; 42538)) |
93548d2e DL |
1598 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1599 | ||
1600 | (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1601 | Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1602 | ||
1603 | (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1604 | Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1605 | ||
1606 | ;;;*** | |
1607 | \f | |
6448a6b3 | 1608 | ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
54baed30 | 1609 | ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14747 44732)) |
6448a6b3 GM |
1610 | ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1611 | ||
1612 | (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1613 | Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1614 | The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1615 | by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1616 | ||
1617 | (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1618 | Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1619 | The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1620 | by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1621 | ||
1622 | (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1623 | Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1624 | ||
1625 | (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
54baed30 | 1626 | Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. |
6448a6b3 GM |
1627 | \\<bs-mode-map> |
1628 | There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1629 | manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1630 | User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1631 | by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1632 | ||
1633 | Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1634 | Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1635 | With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1636 | `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1637 | name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1638 | ||
1639 | ;;;*** | |
1640 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
1641 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
1642 | ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
1643 | ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
d09b9dbd | 1644 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14836 4663)) |
93548d2e DL |
1645 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
1646 | ||
1647 | (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1648 | Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
1649 | Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
1650 | ||
1651 | (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1652 | Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
1653 | This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
1654 | Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
1655 | ||
1656 | If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
1657 | But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
1658 | for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
1659 | don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
1660 | ||
1661 | A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
1662 | ||
1663 | If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
1664 | recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
1665 | ||
1666 | (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1667 | Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
1668 | The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
1669 | With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. | |
1670 | The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) | |
1671 | ||
1672 | (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1673 | Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
1674 | Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
1675 | With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
1676 | ||
1677 | (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1678 | If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
1679 | If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
1680 | ||
1681 | (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1682 | Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
1683 | This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
1684 | them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
1685 | whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
1686 | all functions called by those functions. | |
1687 | ||
1688 | The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
1689 | primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
1690 | cons, etc.). | |
1691 | ||
1692 | The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
1693 | \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
1694 | invoked interactively." t nil) | |
1695 | ||
1696 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1697 | Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
1698 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
1699 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
1700 | Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
1701 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil) | |
1702 | ||
1703 | (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
1704 | Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
1705 | Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
1706 | For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
1707 | ||
1708 | ;;;*** | |
1709 | \f | |
1710 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822)) | |
1711 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el | |
1712 | ||
1713 | (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1714 | ||
1715 | (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
1716 | ||
1717 | ;;;*** | |
1718 | \f | |
1719 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
7518ed7b | 1720 | ;;;;;; (13997 6729)) |
93548d2e DL |
1721 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
1722 | ||
1723 | (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
1724 | List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
1725 | When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
1726 | from the cursor position." t nil) | |
1727 | ||
1728 | ;;;*** | |
1729 | \f | |
54baed30 GM |
1730 | ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14747 |
1731 | ;;;;;; 44732)) | |
d054101f GM |
1732 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el |
1733 | ||
1734 | (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
1735 | Run the pocket calculator. | |
1736 | See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
1737 | ||
1738 | ;;;*** | |
1739 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
1740 | ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
1741 | ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
1742 | ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
1743 | ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
1744 | ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
1745 | ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
1746 | ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
1747 | ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
1748 | ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
7518ed7b GM |
1749 | ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
1750 | ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
1751 | ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
1752 | ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
cded5ed3 GM |
1753 | ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
1754 | ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
1755 | ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
b442e70a | 1756 | ;;;;;; (14792 2663)) |
93548d2e DL |
1757 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
1758 | ||
1759 | (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
1760 | *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
1761 | 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
1762 | ||
1763 | (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
1764 | *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
1765 | 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
1766 | +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
1767 | the screen.") | |
1768 | ||
1769 | (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
1770 | *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
1771 | The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
1772 | if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
1773 | is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
1774 | ||
1775 | (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
1776 | *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
b442e70a | 1777 | This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, |
93548d2e DL |
1778 | or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For |
1779 | example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
1780 | entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
1781 | day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
1782 | ||
1783 | The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
1784 | says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
1785 | for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
1786 | display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
1787 | Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
1788 | ||
1789 | This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
1790 | from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
1791 | number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
1792 | ||
1793 | (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1794 | *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
1795 | The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
1796 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
1797 | (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
1798 | *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
1799 | If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
1800 | ||
93548d2e DL |
1801 | (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
1802 | *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
1803 | The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
1804 | displayed.") | |
1805 | ||
1806 | (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
1807 | *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
1808 | The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
1809 | ||
1810 | (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1811 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
1812 | This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1813 | ||
1814 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
1815 | ||
1816 | (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1817 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
1818 | This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1819 | ||
1820 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
1821 | calendar.") | |
1822 | ||
1823 | (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
1824 | *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
1825 | This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
1826 | ||
1827 | If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
1828 | calendar.") | |
1829 | ||
1830 | (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
1831 | *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
1832 | This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
1833 | ||
1834 | (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
1835 | *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
1836 | The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
1837 | once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
1838 | and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
1839 | ||
1840 | (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1841 | *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
1842 | This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
1843 | function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
1844 | (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
1845 | It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
1846 | a function is also provided for this: | |
1847 | (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
1848 | ||
1849 | The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1850 | functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1851 | date is not visible in the window. | |
1852 | ||
1853 | Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1854 | characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1855 | functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1856 | ||
1857 | (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
1858 | *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
1859 | ||
1860 | The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
1861 | functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
1862 | date is visible in the window. | |
1863 | ||
1864 | Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
1865 | characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
1866 | functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
1867 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
1868 | (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
1869 | *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
1870 | ||
cded5ed3 | 1871 | For example, |
7518ed7b GM |
1872 | |
1873 | (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
1874 | ||
1875 | redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
1876 | ||
93548d2e DL |
1877 | (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
1878 | *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
1879 | ||
1880 | The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
1881 | ||
1882 | MONTH/DAY | |
1883 | MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
1884 | MONTHNAME DAY | |
1885 | MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
1886 | DAYNAME | |
1887 | ||
1888 | at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
1889 | string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
1890 | a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
1891 | If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
1892 | DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
1893 | MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
1894 | characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
1895 | MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
1896 | respectively. | |
1897 | ||
1898 | The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
1899 | instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
1900 | `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
1901 | ||
1902 | DAY/MONTH | |
1903 | DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
1904 | DAY MONTHNAME | |
1905 | DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
1906 | DAYNAME | |
1907 | ||
1908 | To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
1909 | `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
1910 | ||
1911 | A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
1912 | `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
1913 | nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
1914 | window but will appear in a diary window. | |
1915 | ||
1916 | Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
1917 | either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
1918 | ||
1919 | Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
1920 | entries (in the default American style): | |
1921 | ||
1922 | 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
1923 | &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
1924 | 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
1925 | 21: Payday | |
1926 | Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
1927 | Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
1928 | 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
1929 | &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
1930 | mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
1931 | April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
1932 | &* 15 time cards due. | |
1933 | ||
1934 | If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
1935 | no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
1936 | diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
1937 | single diary entry | |
1938 | ||
1939 | 02/11/1989 | |
1940 | Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
1941 | 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
1942 | 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
1943 | 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
1944 | 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
1945 | 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
1946 | ||
1947 | will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
1948 | facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
1949 | used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
1950 | ||
1951 | Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
1952 | ||
1953 | %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
1954 | ||
1955 | causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
1956 | 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
1957 | `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
1958 | `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
1959 | `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
1960 | `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
1961 | `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
1962 | and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
1963 | `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
1964 | ||
1965 | Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
1966 | possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
1967 | unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
1968 | `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
1969 | for these functions for details. | |
1970 | ||
1971 | Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
1972 | details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
1973 | ||
1974 | (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
1975 | *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
1976 | ||
1977 | (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
1978 | *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
1979 | ||
1980 | (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
1981 | *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
1982 | ||
1983 | (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
1984 | *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
1985 | See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
1986 | ||
1987 | (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
b442e70a | 1988 | *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. |
93548d2e DL |
1989 | See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") |
1990 | ||
1991 | (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
1992 | *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
1993 | For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
1994 | If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
1995 | ||
1996 | (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
1997 | *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
1998 | If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
1999 | 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
2000 | ||
2001 | DAY/MONTH | |
2002 | DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2003 | DAY MONTHNAME | |
2004 | DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2005 | DAYNAME | |
2006 | ||
2007 | Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
2008 | characters with or without a period.") | |
2009 | ||
2010 | (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
2011 | *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
2012 | See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2013 | ||
7518ed7b | 2014 | (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
93548d2e DL |
2015 | *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
2016 | See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2017 | ||
2018 | (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
2019 | *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
2020 | See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
2021 | ||
2022 | (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
2023 | *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
2024 | See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
2025 | ||
2026 | (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
2027 | *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
2028 | The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
2029 | buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
2030 | example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
2031 | instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
2032 | ||
2033 | (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2034 | *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
2035 | It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
2036 | ||
2037 | A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
2038 | this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2039 | with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2040 | of the form | |
2041 | ||
2042 | #include \"filename\" | |
2043 | ||
2044 | This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2045 | obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
2046 | the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
2047 | as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2048 | function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
2049 | ||
2050 | For example, you could use | |
2051 | ||
2052 | (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2053 | '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2054 | (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2055 | ||
2056 | in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2057 | diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2058 | lexicographic order.") | |
2059 | ||
2060 | (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2061 | *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2062 | Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2063 | ||
2064 | (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2065 | *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2066 | If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2067 | diary display. | |
2068 | ||
2069 | Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2070 | the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2071 | functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2072 | by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2073 | STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2074 | used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2075 | holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2076 | ||
2077 | A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2078 | choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2079 | buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2080 | with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2081 | variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2082 | diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2083 | if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2084 | diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2085 | ||
2086 | (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
2087 | *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
2088 | As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2089 | relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2090 | and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2091 | describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2092 | ||
2093 | (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2094 | *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
2095 | ||
2096 | A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
b442e70a | 2097 | `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together |
93548d2e DL |
2098 | with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines |
2099 | of the form | |
2100 | #include \"filename\" | |
2101 | This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2102 | obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
2103 | variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
2104 | part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2105 | function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2106 | ||
2107 | (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
2108 | *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
2109 | As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2110 | relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2111 | and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2112 | describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2113 | ||
2114 | (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2115 | *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2116 | Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2117 | are holidays.") | |
2118 | ||
2119 | (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2120 | *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2121 | The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2122 | fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2123 | somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2124 | ||
2125 | (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2126 | ||
2127 | (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2128 | *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2129 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2130 | ||
2131 | (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2132 | ||
2133 | (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2134 | *Oriental holidays. | |
2135 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2136 | ||
2137 | (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2138 | ||
2139 | (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2140 | *Local holidays. | |
2141 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2142 | ||
2143 | (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2144 | ||
2145 | (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2146 | *User defined holidays. | |
2147 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2148 | ||
2149 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2150 | ||
2151 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2152 | ||
2153 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2154 | ||
2155 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2156 | ||
2157 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2158 | ||
2159 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2160 | ||
2161 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2162 | ||
2163 | (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2164 | ||
2165 | (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2166 | ||
2167 | (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2168 | *Jewish holidays. | |
2169 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2170 | ||
2171 | (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2172 | ||
2173 | (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2174 | *Christian holidays. | |
2175 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2176 | ||
2177 | (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2178 | ||
2179 | (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2180 | *Islamic holidays. | |
2181 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2182 | ||
2183 | (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2184 | ||
2185 | (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2186 | *Sun-related holidays. | |
2187 | See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2188 | ||
2189 | (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2190 | ||
2191 | (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2192 | The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2193 | The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2194 | dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2195 | frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2196 | any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2197 | ||
2198 | (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2199 | Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2200 | The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2201 | ||
2202 | ;;;*** | |
2203 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 2204 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 17402)) |
93548d2e DL |
2205 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2206 | ||
2207 | (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2208 | Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2209 | ||
2210 | (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2211 | Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2212 | ||
2213 | (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2214 | Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2215 | ||
2216 | (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2217 | Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2218 | ||
2219 | (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2220 | Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2221 | ||
2222 | (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2223 | Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2224 | ||
2225 | ;;;*** | |
2226 | \f | |
2227 | ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2228 | ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 2229 | ;;;;;; (14716 17402)) |
93548d2e DL |
2230 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2231 | ||
2232 | (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2233 | ||
2234 | (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2235 | Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2236 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2237 | c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2238 | information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2239 | problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2240 | ||
2241 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2242 | ||
2243 | The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2244 | bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2245 | run first. | |
2246 | ||
2247 | Key bindings: | |
2248 | \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2249 | ||
2250 | (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2251 | Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2252 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2253 | c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2254 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2255 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2256 | message. | |
2257 | ||
2258 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2259 | ||
2260 | The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2261 | variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2262 | `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2263 | ||
2264 | Key bindings: | |
2265 | \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2266 | ||
2267 | (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2268 | Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2269 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2270 | objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2271 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2272 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2273 | message. | |
2274 | ||
2275 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2276 | ||
2277 | The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2278 | is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2279 | is run first. | |
2280 | ||
2281 | Key bindings: | |
2282 | \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2283 | ||
2284 | (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2285 | Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2286 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2287 | java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2288 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2289 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2290 | message. | |
2291 | ||
2292 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2293 | ||
2294 | The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2295 | is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2296 | `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2297 | sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2298 | set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2299 | ||
2300 | Key bindings: | |
2301 | \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2302 | ||
2303 | (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2304 | Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2305 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2306 | idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2307 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2308 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2309 | message. | |
2310 | ||
2311 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2312 | ||
2313 | The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2314 | variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2315 | `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2316 | ||
2317 | Key bindings: | |
2318 | \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2319 | ||
2320 | (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2321 | Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2322 | To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2323 | idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2324 | version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2325 | of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2326 | message. | |
2327 | ||
2328 | To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2329 | ||
2330 | The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2331 | is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2332 | `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2333 | ||
2334 | Key bindings: | |
2335 | \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2336 | ||
2337 | ;;;*** | |
2338 | \f | |
2339 | ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
0ad84a21 | 2340 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 17403)) |
93548d2e DL |
2341 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2342 | ||
2343 | (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2344 | Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2345 | STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2346 | styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2347 | for details of setting up styles. | |
2348 | ||
2349 | The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
5ec14d3c KH |
2350 | style name. |
2351 | ||
2352 | If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2353 | that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2354 | `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2355 | case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2356 | will be reassigned. | |
2357 | ||
2358 | Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2359 | style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2360 | done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
2361 | |
2362 | (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2363 | Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2364 | STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2365 | an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2366 | ||
2367 | ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2368 | ||
2369 | See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2370 | VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2371 | STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2372 | ||
2373 | (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2374 | Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2375 | SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
5ec14d3c KH |
2376 | offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2377 | and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
2378 | |
2379 | ;;;*** | |
2380 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 2381 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 17403)) |
93548d2e DL |
2382 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2383 | ||
2384 | (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2385 | A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2386 | There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2387 | features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2388 | supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2389 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
2390 | XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2391 | Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
93548d2e DL |
2392 | |
2393 | Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2394 | `infodock'.") | |
2395 | ||
2396 | ;;;*** | |
2397 | \f | |
2398 | ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2399 | ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
54baed30 | 2400 | ;;;;;; (14747 44775)) |
93548d2e DL |
2401 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2402 | ||
2403 | (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
2404 | Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil) | |
2405 | ||
2406 | (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2407 | Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2408 | ||
2409 | (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2410 | Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2411 | ||
2412 | This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2413 | Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2414 | yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2415 | now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2416 | execution. | |
2417 | ||
2418 | Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2419 | ||
2420 | (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2421 | Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
54baed30 GM |
2422 | |
2423 | CCL-PROGRAM is has this form: | |
2424 | (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION | |
2425 | CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2426 | [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | |
2427 | ||
2428 | BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | |
2429 | output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | |
2430 | text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | |
2431 | `write' commands. | |
2432 | ||
2433 | CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2434 | executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | |
2435 | is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | |
2436 | CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | |
2437 | ||
2438 | Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | |
2439 | starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | |
2440 | semantics. | |
2441 | ||
2442 | CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2443 | ||
2444 | CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2445 | ||
2446 | CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2447 | ||
2448 | STATEMENT := | |
2449 | SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | |
2450 | | TRANSLATE | END | |
2451 | ||
2452 | SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | |
2453 | | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | |
2454 | ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | |
2455 | | integer | |
2456 | ||
2457 | EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | |
2458 | ||
2459 | ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute | |
2460 | ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. | |
2461 | IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2462 | ||
2463 | ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | |
2464 | ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | |
2465 | BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2466 | ||
2467 | ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | |
2468 | LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2469 | ||
2470 | ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | |
2471 | BREAK := (break) | |
2472 | ||
2473 | REPEAT := | |
2474 | ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | |
2475 | (repeat) | |
2476 | ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | |
2477 | ;; (repeat)) | |
2478 | | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | |
2479 | ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | |
2480 | ;; (read REG) | |
2481 | ;; (repeat)) | |
2482 | | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | |
2483 | ;; Same as: ((write integer) | |
2484 | ;; (read REG) | |
2485 | ;; (repeat)) | |
2486 | | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | |
2487 | ||
2488 | READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | |
2489 | ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | |
2490 | (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2491 | ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2492 | ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | |
2493 | | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2494 | ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2495 | ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | |
2496 | | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2497 | ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | |
2498 | ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | |
2499 | ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | |
2500 | ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | |
2501 | ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code | |
2502 | ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. | |
2503 | | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2504 | ||
2505 | WRITE := | |
2506 | ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | |
2507 | ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2508 | ;; representation. | |
2509 | (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2510 | ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | |
2511 | ;; (write r7)) | |
2512 | | (write EXPRESSION) | |
2513 | ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | |
2514 | ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2515 | ;; representation. | |
2516 | | (write integer) | |
2517 | ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | |
2518 | ;; buffer. | |
2519 | | (write string) | |
2520 | ;; Same as: (write string) | |
2521 | | string | |
2522 | ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | |
2523 | ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | |
2524 | ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2525 | ;; representation. | |
2526 | | (write REG ARRAY) | |
2527 | ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | |
2528 | ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | |
2529 | ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | |
2530 | ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 | |
2531 | ;; is the second code point of the character. | |
2532 | | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2533 | ||
2534 | ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | |
2535 | CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | |
2536 | ||
2537 | ;; Terminate the CCL program. | |
2538 | END := (end) | |
2539 | ||
2540 | ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | |
2541 | ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | |
2542 | REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
2543 | ||
2544 | ARG := REG | integer | |
2545 | ||
2546 | OPERATOR := | |
2547 | ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | |
2548 | + | - | * | / | % | |
2549 | ||
2550 | ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2551 | | & | `|' | ^ | |
2552 | ||
2553 | ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2554 | | << | >> | |
2555 | ||
2556 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | |
2557 | ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | |
2558 | | <8 | |
2559 | ||
2560 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | |
2561 | ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | |
2562 | ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | |
2563 | | >8 | |
2564 | ||
2565 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | |
2566 | ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | |
2567 | ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | |
2568 | | // | |
2569 | ||
2570 | ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | |
2571 | | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
2572 | ||
2573 | ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | |
2574 | ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | |
2575 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2576 | ;; ((REG = CODE0) | |
2577 | ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | |
2578 | ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | |
2579 | ;; second code point of CHAR. | |
2580 | | de-sjis | |
2581 | ||
2582 | ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | |
2583 | ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | |
2584 | ;; Shift-JIS code, | |
2585 | ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
2586 | ;; ((REG = HIGH) | |
2587 | ;; (r7 = LOW)) | |
2588 | ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | |
2589 | ;; byte of SJIS. | |
2590 | | en-sjis | |
2591 | ||
2592 | ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | |
2593 | ;; Same meaning as C code | |
2594 | += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
2595 | ||
2596 | ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2597 | ;; ((REG <<= 8) | |
2598 | ;; (REG |= ARG)) | |
2599 | | <8= | |
2600 | ||
2601 | ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | |
2602 | ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | |
2603 | ;; (REG >>= 8)) | |
2604 | ||
2605 | ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | |
2606 | ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | |
2607 | ;; (REG /= ARG)) | |
2608 | | //= | |
2609 | ||
2610 | ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | |
2611 | ||
2612 | ||
2613 | TRANSLATE := | |
2614 | (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2615 | | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
2616 | MAP := | |
2617 | (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | |
2618 | | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | |
2619 | | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | |
2620 | MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | |
2621 | MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | |
2622 | MAP-ID := integer | |
2623 | " nil (quote macro)) | |
93548d2e DL |
2624 | |
2625 | (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2626 | Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
2627 | If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
2628 | CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
2629 | If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
2630 | register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
2631 | ||
2632 | (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
2633 | Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
54baed30 GM |
2634 | The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. |
2635 | ||
2636 | See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
2637 | |
2638 | ;;;*** | |
2639 | \f | |
2640 | ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
2641 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
2642 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
2643 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
2644 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
2645 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer | |
2646 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive | |
2647 | ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
2cb750ba | 2648 | ;;;;;; (14482 54417)) |
93548d2e DL |
2649 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
2650 | ||
2651 | (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2652 | Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
2653 | The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
2654 | the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
2655 | ||
2656 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2657 | Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
2658 | Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2659 | point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2660 | buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2661 | errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2662 | Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2663 | checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2664 | ||
2665 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2666 | Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
2667 | Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
2668 | point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
2669 | buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
2670 | errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
2671 | Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
2672 | checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
2673 | ||
2674 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2675 | Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
2676 | Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
2677 | doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
2678 | spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
2679 | ||
2680 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2681 | Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
2682 | With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
2683 | store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
2684 | otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
2685 | ||
2686 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2687 | Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
2688 | Only documentation strings are checked. | |
2689 | Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
2690 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
2691 | a separate buffer." t nil) | |
2692 | ||
2693 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2694 | Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
2695 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
2696 | save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
2697 | is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
2698 | ||
2699 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2700 | Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
2701 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
2702 | separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
2703 | if there is one. | |
2704 | Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
2705 | ||
2706 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2707 | Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
2708 | Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
2709 | ||
2710 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2711 | Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
2712 | Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
2713 | documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
2714 | of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
2715 | ||
2716 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2717 | Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
2718 | Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
2719 | non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
2720 | If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
2721 | space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
2722 | ||
2723 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2724 | Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
2725 | Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2726 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
2727 | ||
2728 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2729 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2730 | Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2731 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
2732 | ||
2733 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2734 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
2735 | Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2736 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
2737 | ||
2738 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2739 | Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2740 | Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2741 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
2742 | ||
2743 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2744 | Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
2745 | Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2746 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
2747 | ||
2748 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2749 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
2750 | Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2751 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
2752 | ||
2753 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2754 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
2755 | Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2756 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
2757 | ||
2758 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2759 | Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
2760 | Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2761 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
2762 | ||
2763 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2764 | Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
2765 | Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
2766 | Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
2767 | ||
2768 | (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
2769 | Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
2770 | With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
2771 | ||
2772 | In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
2773 | bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include | |
2774 | checking of documentation strings. | |
2775 | ||
2776 | \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil) | |
2777 | ||
2778 | ;;;*** | |
2779 | \f | |
2780 | ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
a1b8d58b GM |
2781 | ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623 |
2782 | ;;;;;; 45987)) | |
93548d2e DL |
2783 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
2784 | ||
93548d2e DL |
2785 | (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ |
2786 | Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
2787 | Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2788 | ||
2789 | (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2790 | Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
2791 | ||
2792 | (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
2793 | Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
2794 | Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
2795 | ||
2796 | (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
2797 | Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
2798 | ||
2799 | ;;;*** | |
2800 | \f | |
0a352cd7 | 2801 | ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
d09b9dbd | 2802 | ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14819 42852)) |
93548d2e DL |
2803 | ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
2804 | ||
2805 | (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
2806 | Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
2807 | Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
2808 | a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
2809 | command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
2810 | editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
2811 | ||
2812 | (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
2813 | List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
2814 | The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
2815 | Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
2816 | element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
2817 | ||
2818 | The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
2819 | ||
0a352cd7 GM |
2820 | (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
2821 | Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
93548d2e DL |
2822 | The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
2823 | The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
2824 | Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
2825 | ||
2826 | Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
2827 | and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
2828 | \\{command-history-map} | |
0a352cd7 GM |
2829 | |
2830 | This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
2831 | and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
2832 | |
2833 | ;;;*** | |
2834 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 2835 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14753 19207)) |
93548d2e DL |
2836 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
2837 | ||
2838 | (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
2839 | This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
2840 | Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
2841 | stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
2842 | print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
2843 | printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
2844 | ||
2845 | This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
2846 | a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
2847 | ||
2848 | ;;;*** | |
2849 | \f | |
2850 | ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
54baed30 | 2851 | ;;;;;; (14735 57398)) |
93548d2e DL |
2852 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
2853 | ||
2854 | (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
2855 | ||
2856 | ;;;*** | |
2857 | \f | |
2858 | ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 2859 | ;;;;;; (14837 50477)) |
93548d2e DL |
2860 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
2861 | ||
2862 | (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
2863 | Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
2864 | Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
2865 | prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
2866 | ||
2867 | `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
2868 | Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
2869 | if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
2870 | ||
2871 | Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
2872 | For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
2873 | ||
2874 | ;;;*** | |
2875 | \f | |
d09b9dbd KG |
2876 | ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14831 |
2877 | ;;;;;; 12714)) | |
93548d2e DL |
2878 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
2879 | ||
2880 | (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
2881 | Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
2882 | If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
2883 | With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
0ad84a21 | 2884 | of `cmuscheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' |
93548d2e DL |
2885 | \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
2886 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
2887 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
2888 | ||
2889 | ;;;*** | |
2890 | \f | |
2891 | ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage | |
2892 | ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
0ad84a21 | 2893 | ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 7113)) |
93548d2e DL |
2894 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
2895 | ||
2896 | (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2897 | Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
2898 | whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
2899 | ASCII table. | |
2900 | ||
2901 | The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
2902 | DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
2903 | systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
2904 | decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
2905 | ||
2906 | (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2907 | Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
2908 | CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2909 | ||
2910 | (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2911 | Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
2912 | CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2913 | ||
2914 | (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
2915 | Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
2916 | CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
2917 | ||
2918 | (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
2919 | Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
2920 | ||
2921 | Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
2922 | codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
2923 | for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
2924 | ||
2925 | A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
2926 | is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
2927 | ||
2928 | (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
2929 | Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
2930 | ||
2931 | These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
2932 | characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
2933 | read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
2934 | ||
2935 | ;;;*** | |
2936 | \f | |
cded5ed3 GM |
2937 | ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
2938 | ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
0ad84a21 | 2939 | ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" |
d09b9dbd | 2940 | ;;;;;; (14841 19790)) |
93548d2e DL |
2941 | ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
2942 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
2943 | (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ |
2944 | Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. | |
2945 | If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. | |
2946 | PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2947 | via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2948 | connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2949 | running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2950 | STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2951 | ||
2952 | If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2953 | ||
93548d2e DL |
2954 | (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ |
2955 | Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
2956 | The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
2957 | PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
2958 | via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
2959 | connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
2960 | running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
2961 | STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
2962 | ||
2963 | If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
2964 | ||
2965 | (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
2966 | Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
2967 | The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
2968 | The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
2969 | hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
2970 | See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
2971 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
2972 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
2973 | Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2974 | With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2975 | ||
2976 | If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2977 | ||
2978 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
2979 | Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
2980 | With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
2981 | ||
2982 | If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
2983 | ||
2984 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
0ad84a21 | 2985 | Send COMMAND to current process. |
cded5ed3 | 2986 | Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
5ec14d3c | 2987 | REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
cded5ed3 GM |
2988 | |
2989 | (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
0ad84a21 | 2990 | Send COMMAND to PROCESS. |
cded5ed3 | 2991 | Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
5ec14d3c | 2992 | REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
cded5ed3 | 2993 | |
93548d2e DL |
2994 | ;;;*** |
2995 | \f | |
2996 | ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220 | |
7518ed7b | 2997 | ;;;;;; 18289)) |
93548d2e DL |
2998 | ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
2999 | ||
3000 | (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
3001 | Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
3002 | Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
3003 | moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
3004 | ||
3005 | This command pushes the mark in each window | |
3006 | at the prior location of point in that window. | |
3007 | If both windows display the same buffer, | |
3008 | the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
3009 | first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
3010 | ||
3011 | A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
3012 | The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
3013 | If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
3014 | ||
3015 | ;;;*** | |
3016 | \f | |
3017 | ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
3018 | ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
3019 | ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
d09b9dbd | 3020 | ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14813 6115)) |
93548d2e DL |
3021 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
3022 | ||
3023 | (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
3024 | *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
3025 | ||
3026 | (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
3027 | *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
3028 | ||
3029 | (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
3030 | *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
3031 | This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
3032 | started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
3033 | while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
3034 | ||
3035 | (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
3036 | Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
3037 | The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
3038 | compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
3039 | nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
3040 | ||
3041 | (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
3042 | Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3043 | It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
3044 | describing how the process finished.") | |
3045 | ||
3046 | (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
3047 | Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3048 | Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
3049 | and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
3050 | ||
3051 | (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
cded5ed3 | 3052 | *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
93548d2e DL |
3053 | Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
3054 | ||
3055 | (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
3056 | *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
3057 | Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
3058 | nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
3059 | ||
3060 | (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
3061 | Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
3062 | Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
3063 | with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
3064 | ||
3065 | You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
3066 | and move to the source code that caused it. | |
3067 | ||
3068 | Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
3069 | non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
3070 | ||
3071 | To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
3072 | `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
3073 | Then start the next one. | |
3074 | ||
3075 | The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
3076 | the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
3077 | to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
3078 | ||
3079 | (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
3080 | Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
3081 | While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
3082 | or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
3083 | where grep found matches. | |
3084 | ||
54baed30 | 3085 | This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can |
93548d2e DL |
3086 | easily repeat a grep command. |
3087 | ||
3088 | A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
3089 | tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
3090 | in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
3091 | if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
3092 | ||
3093 | (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
cded5ed3 GM |
3094 | Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
3095 | Collect output in a buffer. | |
93548d2e DL |
3096 | While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
3097 | to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
3098 | ||
3099 | This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
3100 | easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
3101 | ||
3102 | (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3103 | Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
3104 | \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
3105 | move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
3106 | To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
3107 | ||
3108 | Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
3109 | ||
3110 | (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3111 | Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
3112 | With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3113 | See `compilation-mode'. | |
3114 | Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3115 | ||
3116 | (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3117 | Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
3118 | With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3119 | See `compilation-mode'. | |
3120 | Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3121 | ||
3122 | (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
3123 | Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
3124 | ||
3125 | If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
3126 | the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
3127 | ||
54baed30 | 3128 | A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; |
93548d2e | 3129 | negative means move back to previous error messages. |
54baed30 | 3130 | Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer |
93548d2e DL |
3131 | and start at the first error. |
3132 | ||
3133 | \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
3134 | grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
3135 | the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
3136 | buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
3137 | specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
3138 | \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
3139 | ||
3140 | Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
3141 | it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
3142 | uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
3143 | ||
3144 | See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
3145 | `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
3146 | (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
3147 | ||
3148 | ;;;*** | |
3149 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
3150 | ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" |
3151 | ;;;;;; (14807 56558)) | |
93548d2e DL |
3152 | ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
3153 | ||
f75a0f7a | 3154 | (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ |
b442e70a MB |
3155 | Toggle Partial-Completion mode. |
3156 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3157 | use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | |
f75a0f7a GM |
3158 | |
3159 | (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3160 | ||
3161 | (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete)) | |
3162 | ||
93548d2e DL |
3163 | (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ |
3164 | Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
3165 | With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
3166 | ||
3167 | When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
3168 | nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
3169 | delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
b442e70a | 3170 | as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. |
93548d2e DL |
3171 | |
3172 | For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
3173 | command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
3174 | \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
3175 | other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
3176 | ||
3177 | Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted | |
3178 | specially in \\[find-file]. For example, | |
3179 | \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h. | |
3180 | See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) | |
3181 | ||
3182 | ;;;*** | |
3183 | \f | |
3184 | ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
f75a0f7a | 3185 | ;;;;;; (14635 2463)) |
93548d2e DL |
3186 | ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
3187 | ||
3188 | (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
3189 | Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
3190 | ||
3191 | ;;;*** | |
3192 | \f | |
5ec14d3c KH |
3193 | ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
3194 | ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
3195 | ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 3196 | ;;;;;; (14720 7113)) |
5ec14d3c KH |
3197 | ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
3198 | ||
3199 | (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
3200 | Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
3201 | A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
3202 | rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
3203 | `make-composition'. | |
3204 | ||
3205 | Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
3206 | ||
3207 | 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
3208 | | | 1:tc or top-center | |
3209 | | | 2:tr or top-right | |
3210 | | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
3211 | 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
3212 | | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
3213 | --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
3214 | | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
3215 | 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
3216 | ||
3217 | Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
3218 | rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
3219 | GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
3220 | composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
3221 | be added. | |
3222 | ||
3223 | For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
3224 | NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as | |
3225 | follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): | |
3226 | ||
3227 | +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
3228 | | | | | |
3229 | | global| | | |
3230 | | glyph | | | |
3231 | -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
3232 | +----+--*--+ | |
3233 | | | new | | |
3234 | | |glyph| | |
3235 | +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
3236 | ") | |
3237 | ||
3238 | (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3239 | Compose characters in the current region. | |
3240 | ||
3241 | When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
3242 | ||
3243 | First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
3244 | specifying the region. | |
3245 | ||
3246 | Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3247 | sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
3248 | ||
3249 | If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
3250 | of the text in the region. | |
3251 | ||
3252 | If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
3253 | ||
3254 | If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
3255 | composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
3256 | elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
3257 | elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
3258 | ||
3259 | A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
3260 | symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
3261 | detail. | |
3262 | ||
3263 | Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3264 | adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3265 | text in the composition." t nil) | |
3266 | ||
3267 | (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3268 | Decompose text in the current region. | |
3269 | ||
3270 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3271 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
3272 | ||
3273 | (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3274 | Compose characters in string STRING. | |
3275 | ||
3276 | The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
3277 | the characters in it. | |
3278 | ||
3279 | Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
3280 | STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
3281 | STRING respectively. | |
3282 | ||
3283 | Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3284 | sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
3285 | `compose-region' for more detail. | |
3286 | ||
3287 | Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3288 | adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3289 | text in the composition." nil nil) | |
3290 | ||
3291 | (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3292 | Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
3293 | ||
3294 | (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3295 | Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
3296 | For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
3297 | For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
3298 | characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
3299 | A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
3300 | \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
3301 | `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
3302 | ||
3303 | (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
3304 | Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
3305 | ||
3306 | If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
3307 | of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
3308 | ||
3309 | FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
3310 | property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
3311 | ||
3312 | If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
3313 | is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
3314 | ||
3315 | If no composition is found, return nil. | |
3316 | ||
3317 | Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
3318 | composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
3319 | ||
3320 | If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
3321 | is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
3322 | RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
3323 | ||
3324 | COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
3325 | ||
3326 | RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3327 | ||
3328 | If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3329 | composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3330 | and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3331 | ||
3332 | MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3333 | ||
3334 | WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
abb2db1c GM |
3335 | |
3336 | (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0) | |
5ec14d3c KH |
3337 | |
3338 | (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\ | |
3339 | Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition. | |
3340 | ||
3341 | Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs | |
3342 | are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible | |
3343 | for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called | |
3344 | with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function | |
3345 | `compose-chars-after' for more detail. | |
3346 | ||
3347 | This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when | |
3348 | the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.") | |
3349 | ||
3350 | (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ | |
3351 | Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3352 | ||
3353 | It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3354 | a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3355 | value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3356 | regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3357 | matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3358 | arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3359 | matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3360 | nil. | |
3361 | ||
3362 | FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3363 | is: | |
3364 | nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3365 | CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3366 | ||
3367 | Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3368 | ||
3369 | This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) | |
3370 | ||
3371 | (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3372 | Compose last characters. | |
3373 | The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N), | |
3374 | where N is the number of characters before point to compose. | |
3375 | This function is intended to be used from input methods. | |
3376 | The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
3377 | function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N) | |
3378 | after a sequence character events." t nil) | |
3379 | (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3380 | ||
3381 | (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3382 | Convert CHAR to string. | |
3383 | This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3384 | ||
3385 | If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3386 | `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3387 | vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3388 | ||
3389 | ;;;*** | |
3390 | \f | |
93548d2e | 3391 | ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
54baed30 | 3392 | ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775)) |
93548d2e DL |
3393 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3394 | ||
3395 | (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
3396 | Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file | |
3397 | is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3398 | ||
3399 | (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
3400 | Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file | |
3401 | is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil) | |
3402 | ||
3403 | (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3404 | Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3405 | Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3406 | and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3407 | ||
3408 | (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
3409 | Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil) | |
3410 | ||
3411 | ;;;*** | |
3412 | \f | |
3413 | ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
b442e70a | 3414 | ;;;;;; (14463 42380)) |
93548d2e DL |
3415 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3416 | ||
3417 | (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
3418 | Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate | |
3419 | the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the | |
3420 | notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and | |
3421 | `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the | |
3422 | copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil) | |
3423 | ||
3424 | (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3425 | Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3426 | ||
3427 | ;;;*** | |
3428 | \f | |
3429 | ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 3430 | ;;;;;; (14838 60190)) |
93548d2e DL |
3431 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3432 | ||
3433 | (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3434 | Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3435 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3436 | Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3437 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3438 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3439 | ||
3440 | Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3441 | sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3442 | well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3443 | default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3444 | \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3445 | since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3446 | whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3447 | appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3448 | contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3449 | Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3450 | You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3451 | look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3452 | ||
3453 | CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3454 | ||
0ad84a21 | 3455 | if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, |
93548d2e DL |
3456 | for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. |
3457 | ||
3458 | and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3459 | ||
3460 | The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3461 | causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3462 | she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3463 | following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3464 | } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3465 | type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3466 | typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3467 | new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
0ad84a21 | 3468 | directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). |
93548d2e DL |
3469 | |
3470 | If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3471 | ||
3472 | bite if angry; | |
3473 | ||
3474 | it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3475 | `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3476 | help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3477 | to nil.) | |
3478 | ||
3479 | \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3480 | return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3481 | you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3482 | ||
3483 | foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3484 | ||
3485 | and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3486 | transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
0ad84a21 MB |
3487 | appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual |
3488 | `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
93548d2e DL |
3489 | see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. |
3490 | ||
3491 | Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3492 | ||
3493 | if (A) { B } | |
3494 | ||
3495 | into | |
3496 | ||
3497 | B if A; | |
3498 | ||
3499 | \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3500 | ||
3501 | Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
3502 | \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
3503 | on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
3504 | the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
3505 | \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
3506 | setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
3507 | control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
3508 | one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
3509 | options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
3510 | `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
3511 | by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
3512 | whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
3513 | consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
3514 | ||
3515 | If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
3516 | \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
3517 | These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
3518 | `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
0ad84a21 | 3519 | `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' |
93548d2e DL |
3520 | \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). |
3521 | ||
3522 | Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
3523 | help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
3524 | man via menu. | |
3525 | ||
3526 | It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
3527 | This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
3528 | `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
3529 | secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
3530 | menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
3531 | ||
3532 | Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
3533 | beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
3534 | span the needed amount of lines. | |
3535 | ||
3536 | Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
3537 | `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
3538 | here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
3539 | for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
3540 | ||
3541 | Variables controlling indentation style: | |
3542 | `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
3543 | Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
3544 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
3545 | `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
3546 | Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
3547 | `cperl-auto-newline' | |
3548 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
3549 | and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
3550 | \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
0ad84a21 MB |
3551 | Insertion after colons requires both this variable and |
3552 | `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
93548d2e DL |
3553 | `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' |
3554 | Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
3555 | Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
3556 | `cperl-indent-level' | |
3557 | Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
3558 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
3559 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
3560 | `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
3561 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
3562 | then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
3563 | `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
3564 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
3565 | This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
3566 | `cperl-brace-offset' | |
3567 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
3568 | `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
3569 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
3570 | this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
3571 | `cperl-label-offset' | |
3572 | Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
3573 | `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
3574 | Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
3575 | ||
3576 | Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
3577 | `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
3578 | `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
3579 | `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
3580 | `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
3581 | ||
3582 | CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
3583 | corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
3584 | \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
3585 | \(both available from menu). | |
3586 | ||
3587 | If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
0ad84a21 | 3588 | column 0 is indented on |
93548d2e DL |
3589 | `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. |
3590 | ||
3591 | Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
3592 | with no args. | |
3593 | ||
3594 | DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
3595 | or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
3596 | `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
3597 | ||
3598 | ;;;*** | |
3599 | \f | |
3600 | ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 3601 | ;;;;;; (14726 41840)) |
93548d2e DL |
3602 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
3603 | ||
3604 | (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
3605 | Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
3606 | This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
3607 | what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
3608 | A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
3609 | ||
3610 | (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
3611 | Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
3612 | ||
3613 | ;;;*** | |
3614 | \f | |
3615 | ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
f75a0f7a | 3616 | ;;;;;; (14634 20465)) |
93548d2e DL |
3617 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
3618 | ||
3619 | (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
3620 | Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
3621 | A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
3622 | indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
3623 | ||
3624 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
3625 | use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
3626 | ||
3627 | (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3628 | ||
3629 | (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
3630 | ||
3631 | (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
f75a0f7a | 3632 | Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. |
93548d2e DL |
3633 | With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) |
3634 | ||
f75a0f7a GM |
3635 | (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) |
3636 | ||
93548d2e DL |
3637 | ;;;*** |
3638 | \f | |
612839b6 | 3639 | ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
b442e70a | 3640 | ;;;;;; (14600 36409)) |
612839b6 GM |
3641 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
3642 | ||
3643 | (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
3644 | Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
3645 | By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
3646 | single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
3647 | ||
3648 | Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
3649 | a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
3650 | character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
3651 | specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
3652 | ||
3653 | The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
3654 | `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
3655 | changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
3656 | ||
3657 | Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as | |
3658 | 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', | |
3659 | 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
3660 | ||
3661 | Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
3662 | contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
3663 | 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
3664 | ||
3665 | The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
3666 | ||
3667 | See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
3668 | PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
3669 | INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil) | |
3670 | ||
3671 | ;;;*** | |
3672 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
3673 | ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
3674 | ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
3675 | ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
3676 | ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
3677 | ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
3678 | ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
3679 | ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
3680 | ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 3681 | ;;;;;; (14841 19790)) |
93548d2e DL |
3682 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
3683 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
3684 | ||
3685 | (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3686 | Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3687 | ||
3688 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3689 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3690 | ||
3691 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
7518ed7b GM |
3692 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3693 | ||
3694 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
3695 | |
3696 | (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3697 | Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
3698 | ||
3699 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3700 | VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3701 | ||
3702 | The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3703 | with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3704 | ||
3705 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3706 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3707 | ||
3708 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
7518ed7b GM |
3709 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3710 | ||
3711 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
3712 | |
3713 | (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3714 | Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
3715 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
3716 | VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
3717 | ||
3718 | The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
3719 | with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
3720 | ||
3721 | If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
3722 | it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
3723 | ||
3724 | If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
7518ed7b GM |
3725 | `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
3726 | ||
3727 | If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
3728 | |
3729 | (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3730 | Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
3731 | User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
3732 | Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
3733 | are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
3734 | ||
3735 | (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3736 | Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3737 | ||
3738 | (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3739 | Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
3740 | ||
3741 | (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
3742 | ||
3743 | (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3744 | Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
3745 | ||
3746 | (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3747 | Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
3748 | This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
3749 | customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
3750 | values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
3751 | ||
3752 | With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
3753 | variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
3754 | version." t nil) | |
3755 | ||
3756 | (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
3757 | ||
3758 | (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3759 | Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
3760 | Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
3761 | ||
3762 | (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3763 | Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
3764 | If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
3765 | ||
3766 | (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
fd0e837b | 3767 | Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
3768 | |
3769 | (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3770 | Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
3771 | ||
3772 | (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3773 | Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
3774 | ||
3775 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3776 | Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3777 | If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
3778 | If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
3779 | If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
3780 | If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
3781 | user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
3782 | ||
3783 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3784 | Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
3785 | With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
3786 | ||
3787 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3788 | Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3789 | ||
3790 | (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3791 | Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
3792 | ||
3793 | (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3794 | Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3795 | Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3796 | OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3797 | SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3798 | that option." nil nil) | |
3799 | ||
3800 | (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3801 | Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
3802 | Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
3803 | OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
3804 | SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
3805 | that option." nil nil) | |
3806 | ||
3807 | (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3808 | Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
3809 | ||
3810 | (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
3811 | File used for storing customization information. | |
3812 | The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
3813 | as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
5ec14d3c KH |
3814 | you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
3815 | ||
3816 | When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
3817 | \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
3818 | and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
3819 | to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
93548d2e DL |
3820 | |
3821 | (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3822 | Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
3823 | ||
3824 | (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3825 | Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
3826 | ||
3827 | (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3828 | Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
3829 | The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3830 | ||
3831 | (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
3832 | Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
7518ed7b | 3833 | If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
93548d2e DL |
3834 | Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
3835 | The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
3836 | ||
3837 | ;;;*** | |
3838 | \f | |
3839 | ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
54baed30 | 3840 | ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14760 55195)) |
93548d2e DL |
3841 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
3842 | ||
3843 | (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
3844 | Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
3845 | ||
3846 | (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
3847 | Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
3848 | The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
3849 | ||
7518ed7b | 3850 | (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
93548d2e DL |
3851 | |
3852 | SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
3853 | If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
7518ed7b | 3854 | COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
93548d2e DL |
3855 | |
3856 | See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
3857 | ||
3858 | ;;;*** | |
3859 | \f | |
81bf3fa7 | 3860 | ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
b442e70a | 3861 | ;;;;;; (14807 56558)) |
fd0e837b GM |
3862 | ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
3863 | ||
3864 | (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
81bf3fa7 | 3865 | Mode used for cvs status output." t nil) |
fd0e837b GM |
3866 | |
3867 | ;;;*** | |
3868 | \f | |
2936437d | 3869 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
54baed30 | 3870 | ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125)) |
2936437d GM |
3871 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el |
3872 | ||
3873 | (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
54baed30 | 3874 | Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. |
2936437d GM |
3875 | |
3876 | Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
3877 | be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
3878 | C++ modes are included. | |
3879 | ||
3880 | With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3881 | ||
3882 | (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3883 | Turn on CWarn mode. | |
3884 | ||
3885 | This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
3886 | (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
3887 | ||
3888 | (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
3889 | Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
3890 | ||
3891 | With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
3892 | ||
3893 | ;;;*** | |
3894 | \f | |
93548d2e | 3895 | ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
a1b8d58b GM |
3896 | ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
3897 | ;;;;;; (14623 45987)) | |
93548d2e DL |
3898 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
3899 | ||
93548d2e DL |
3900 | (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ |
3901 | Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3902 | ||
3903 | (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3904 | Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
3905 | ||
3906 | (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
3907 | Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
3908 | For readability, the table is slightly | |
3909 | different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
3910 | ||
3911 | The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
3912 | that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
3913 | Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
3914 | If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
3915 | If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
3916 | ||
3917 | ;;;*** | |
3918 | \f | |
3919 | ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
b442e70a | 3920 | ;;;;;; (14688 22818)) |
93548d2e DL |
3921 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
3922 | ||
3923 | (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
3924 | ||
3925 | (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
3926 | ||
3927 | (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3928 | Completion on current word. | |
3929 | Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
3930 | and presents suggestions for completion. | |
3931 | ||
3932 | With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
3933 | function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
3934 | completions. | |
3935 | ||
3936 | If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
3937 | then it searches *all* buffers. | |
3938 | ||
3939 | With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
3940 | if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
3941 | ||
3942 | (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
3943 | Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
3944 | ||
3945 | Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
3946 | If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
3947 | considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
3948 | buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
3949 | `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
3950 | ||
3951 | A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
3952 | possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
3953 | ||
3954 | If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
3955 | no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
3956 | with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
3957 | ||
3958 | The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
3959 | direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
3960 | ||
3961 | See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
3962 | ||
3963 | ;;;*** | |
3964 | \f | |
3965 | ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706 | |
0a352cd7 | 3966 | ;;;;;; 38927)) |
93548d2e DL |
3967 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
3968 | ||
3969 | (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
3970 | Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
3971 | ||
3972 | This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
3973 | THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
3974 | dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
3975 | ||
3976 | Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
3977 | Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
3978 | Data lines are not indented. | |
3979 | ||
3980 | Key bindings: | |
3981 | ||
3982 | \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
3983 | Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
3984 | ||
3985 | \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
3986 | \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
3987 | \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
3988 | \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
3989 | ||
3990 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
3991 | ||
3992 | dcl-basic-offset | |
3993 | Extra indentation within blocks. | |
3994 | ||
3995 | dcl-continuation-offset | |
3996 | Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
3997 | ||
3998 | dcl-margin-offset | |
3999 | Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
4000 | ||
4001 | dcl-margin-label-offset | |
4002 | Indentation for a label. | |
4003 | ||
4004 | dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
4005 | Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
4006 | ||
4007 | dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
4008 | dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4009 | Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
4010 | a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
4011 | Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
4012 | make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
4013 | Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
4014 | ||
4015 | dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
4016 | Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
4017 | Two such functions are included in the package: | |
4018 | dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
4019 | dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
4020 | ||
4021 | dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
4022 | Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
4023 | One such function is included in the package: | |
4024 | dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
4025 | ||
4026 | dcl-tab-always-indent | |
4027 | If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
4028 | If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
4029 | margin. | |
4030 | ||
4031 | dcl-electric-characters | |
4032 | Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
4033 | typed. | |
4034 | ||
4035 | dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
4036 | Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
4037 | which words trigger electric indentation. | |
4038 | ||
4039 | dcl-tempo-comma | |
4040 | dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
4041 | dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
4042 | These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
4043 | ||
4044 | dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
4045 | Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
4046 | SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
4047 | other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
4048 | ||
4049 | dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
4050 | dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
4051 | dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
4052 | dcl-imenu-label-call | |
4053 | Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
4054 | ||
4055 | Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
4056 | `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4057 | Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
4058 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4059 | ||
4060 | ||
4061 | The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
4062 | ||
4063 | $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
4064 | $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
4065 | $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
4066 | $ i = 1 | |
4067 | $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
4068 | $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
4069 | $ label: | |
4070 | $ if i.eq.1 | |
4071 | $ then | |
4072 | $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
4073 | $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4074 | $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
4075 | $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4076 | $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
4077 | \"lined up with the command line\" | |
4078 | $ type sys$input | |
4079 | Data lines are not indented at all. | |
4080 | $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4081 | $ endif | |
4082 | $ | |
4083 | " t nil) | |
4084 | ||
4085 | ;;;*** | |
4086 | \f | |
4087 | ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
54baed30 | 4088 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852)) |
93548d2e DL |
4089 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
4090 | ||
4091 | (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
4092 | ||
4093 | (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
4094 | Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
4095 | Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
4096 | of the evaluator. | |
4097 | ||
4098 | You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
4099 | any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
4100 | first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
4101 | ||
4102 | (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4103 | Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
4104 | If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
4105 | This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
4106 | which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
4107 | Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
4108 | Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
4109 | ||
4110 | (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4111 | Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
4112 | If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
4113 | ||
4114 | ;;;*** | |
4115 | \f | |
4116 | ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
54baed30 | 4117 | ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
93548d2e DL |
4118 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
4119 | ||
4120 | (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
4121 | Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
4122 | ||
4123 | (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
4124 | Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
4125 | Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
4126 | Upper-case letters are commands. | |
4127 | ||
4128 | The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
4129 | modify it. | |
4130 | ||
4131 | The most useful commands are: | |
4132 | \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
4133 | \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
4134 | \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
4135 | \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
4136 | \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
4137 | \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
4138 | ||
4139 | ;;;*** | |
4140 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 4141 | ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region |
d09b9dbd KG |
4142 | ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14838 |
4143 | ;;;;;; 45509)) | |
7518ed7b GM |
4144 | ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
4145 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
4146 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ |
4147 | Customization of `columns' group." t nil) | |
4148 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
4149 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ |
4150 | Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
4151 | ||
4152 | START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
4153 | ||
4154 | (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
4155 | Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
4156 | ||
4157 | START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
4158 | ||
4159 | ;;;*** | |
4160 | \f | |
d054101f GM |
4161 | ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505 |
4162 | ;;;;;; 12112)) | |
7518ed7b GM |
4163 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
4164 | ||
4165 | (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
4166 | Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
4167 | \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
4168 | \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
4169 | \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
4170 | \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
4171 | ||
4172 | M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
4173 | ||
4174 | Customization: | |
4175 | ||
4176 | `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
4177 | Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
4178 | `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
4179 | Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
4180 | `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
4181 | Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
4182 | `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
4183 | Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4184 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4185 | `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
4186 | Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
4187 | line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
4188 | blank line. | |
4189 | `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
4190 | Directories to search when finding external units. | |
4191 | `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
4192 | If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
4193 | ||
4194 | Coloring: | |
4195 | ||
4196 | `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
4197 | Face used to color delphi comments. | |
4198 | `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
4199 | Face used to color delphi strings. | |
4200 | `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
4201 | Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
4202 | `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
4203 | Face used to color everything else. | |
4204 | ||
4205 | Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
4206 | no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
4207 | ||
4208 | ;;;*** | |
4209 | \f | |
d09b9dbd KG |
4210 | ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14807 |
4211 | ;;;;;; 56558)) | |
93548d2e DL |
4212 | ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
4213 | ||
4214 | (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
4215 | ||
b442e70a MB |
4216 | (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ |
4217 | Toggle Delete-Selection mode. | |
4218 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4219 | use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
4220 | ||
4221 | (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4222 | ||
4223 | (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
4224 | ||
93548d2e DL |
4225 | (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ |
4226 | Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
4227 | With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
4228 | positive. | |
4229 | ||
4230 | When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
4231 | enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
4232 | active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
4233 | any selection." t nil) | |
4234 | ||
93548d2e DL |
4235 | ;;;*** |
4236 | \f | |
81bf3fa7 | 4237 | ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el" |
f75a0f7a | 4238 | ;;;;;; (14638 25337)) |
93548d2e DL |
4239 | ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
4240 | ||
93548d2e | 4241 | (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ |
cded5ed3 | 4242 | Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
93548d2e DL |
4243 | Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
4244 | empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
4245 | the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
4246 | ||
4247 | ;;;*** | |
4248 | \f | |
4249 | ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 4250 | ;;;;;; (14822 58259)) |
93548d2e DL |
4251 | ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
4252 | ||
4253 | (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
4254 | Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
4255 | This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
4256 | ||
4257 | (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
4258 | Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
4259 | Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
4260 | to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
4261 | ||
4262 | ;;;*** | |
4263 | \f | |
4264 | ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region | |
4265 | ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region | |
4266 | ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region | |
4267 | ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region | |
4268 | ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string | |
4269 | ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian | |
a1b8d58b | 4270 | ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" |
0ad84a21 | 4271 | ;;;;;; (14776 10060)) |
93548d2e DL |
4272 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
4273 | ||
93548d2e | 4274 | (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ |
5ec14d3c KH |
4275 | Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. |
4276 | If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
4277 | |
4278 | (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\ | |
5ec14d3c KH |
4279 | Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. |
4280 | If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
4281 | |
4282 | (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
5ec14d3c KH |
4283 | Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. |
4284 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4285 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
4286 | |
4287 | (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
5ec14d3c KH |
4288 | Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. |
4289 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
4290 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
4291 | |
4292 | (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
5ec14d3c | 4293 | Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil) |
93548d2e DL |
4294 | |
4295 | (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\ | |
5ec14d3c | 4296 | Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. |
93548d2e DL |
4297 | Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil) |
4298 | ||
4299 | (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\ | |
5ec14d3c | 4300 | Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil) |
93548d2e DL |
4301 | |
4302 | (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4303 | ||
4304 | (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4305 | ||
4306 | (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4307 | ||
4308 | (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4309 | Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil) | |
4310 | ||
4311 | (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4312 | ||
4313 | (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\ | |
4314 | Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil) | |
4315 | ||
4316 | (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil) | |
4317 | ||
4318 | (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4319 | ||
4320 | (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil) | |
4321 | ||
4322 | ;;;*** | |
4323 | \f | |
4324 | ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 4325 | ;;;;;; (14821 46405)) |
93548d2e DL |
4326 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
4327 | ||
4328 | (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4329 | Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
4330 | If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
4331 | by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4332 | execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4333 | ||
4334 | (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4335 | Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4336 | If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4337 | ||
4338 | You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4339 | For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4340 | `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4341 | all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4342 | ||
4343 | #!/bin/sh | |
4344 | # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4345 | emacs -batch \\ | |
4346 | -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4347 | european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4348 | diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
4349 | -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries | |
4350 | at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow | |
4351 | ||
4352 | You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4353 | system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4354 | 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4355 | to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4356 | ||
4357 | ;;;*** | |
4358 | \f | |
4359 | ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
7518ed7b | 4360 | ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414)) |
93548d2e DL |
4361 | ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4362 | ||
4363 | (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4364 | *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4365 | ||
4366 | (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4367 | *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4368 | ||
4369 | (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4370 | Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4371 | Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4372 | and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4373 | With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4374 | ||
4375 | (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4376 | Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4377 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4378 | If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4379 | The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4380 | ||
4381 | ;;;*** | |
4382 | \f | |
5ec14d3c | 4383 | ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
d09b9dbd | 4384 | ;;;;;; (14831 12714)) |
64ed733a PE |
4385 | ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
4386 | ||
4387 | (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ | |
5ec14d3c | 4388 | Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
64ed733a PE |
4389 | Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. |
4390 | When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary. | |
4391 | This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'. | |
4392 | \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil) | |
4393 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
4394 | (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4395 | Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4396 | \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
64ed733a PE |
4397 | |
4398 | ;;;*** | |
4399 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
4400 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4401 | ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4402 | ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4403 | ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
d09b9dbd | 4404 | ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14831 34695)) |
93548d2e DL |
4405 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4406 | ||
4407 | (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4408 | *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4409 | May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4410 | may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
4411 | `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.") | |
4412 | ||
4413 | (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4414 | Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4415 | ||
4416 | (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4417 | *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4418 | Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4419 | `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4420 | itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4421 | ||
4422 | Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4423 | nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4424 | ||
4425 | Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4426 | marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4427 | don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4428 | always set this variable to t.") | |
4429 | ||
4430 | (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4431 | *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4432 | A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4433 | A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4434 | ||
4435 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4436 | *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4437 | If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4438 | If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4439 | are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4440 | ||
4441 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4442 | *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4443 | If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4444 | If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4445 | ||
4446 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4447 | *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4448 | If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4449 | If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4450 | ||
4451 | (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4452 | *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4453 | If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4454 | If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4455 | ||
4456 | (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4457 | *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4458 | This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4459 | use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4460 | ||
4461 | The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4462 | ||
4463 | (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4464 | *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4465 | \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4466 | (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4467 | ||
4468 | (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4469 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4470 | Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4471 | \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4472 | Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4473 | shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4474 | its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4475 | list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4476 | \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4477 | You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4478 | delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4479 | Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4480 | ||
4481 | If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4482 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4483 | ||
4484 | (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4485 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4486 | (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4487 | ||
4488 | (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4489 | \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4490 | ||
4491 | (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4492 | Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4493 | ||
4494 | ;;;*** | |
4495 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
4496 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp |
4497 | ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | |
4498 | ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
b15f3b77 GM |
4499 | ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir |
4500 | ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
5ec14d3c KH |
4501 | ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
4502 | ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4503 | ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4504 | ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4505 | ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4506 | ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4507 | ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
d09b9dbd | 4508 | ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14811 51864)) |
93548d2e DL |
4509 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4510 | ||
4511 | (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4512 | Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
4513 | FILE defaults to the file at the mark. | |
4514 | The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4515 | With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4516 | which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4517 | ||
4518 | (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4519 | Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4520 | Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4521 | If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4522 | The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
4523 | With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4524 | ||
4525 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4526 | Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4527 | This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
4528 | ||
4529 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4530 | Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4531 | ||
4532 | (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4533 | Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4534 | ||
4535 | (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4536 | Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4537 | Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
4538 | `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
4539 | ||
4540 | (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4541 | Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
4542 | If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
4543 | the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
4544 | The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
4545 | ||
4546 | If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
4547 | ||
4548 | Normally the command is run on each file individually. | |
4549 | However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run | |
4550 | just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
4551 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
4552 | If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run |
4553 | on each file individually but with the filename substituted there | |
4554 | instead of att the end of the command. | |
4555 | ||
93548d2e DL |
4556 | No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no |
4557 | telling what files the command may have changed. Type | |
4558 | \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
4559 | ||
4560 | The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so | |
7518ed7b GM |
4561 | output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. |
4562 | ||
4563 | In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
4564 | the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
4565 | |
4566 | (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4567 | Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
4568 | With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
4569 | \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
4570 | To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
4571 | and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
4572 | ||
4573 | (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4574 | ||
4575 | (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4576 | Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
4577 | ||
4578 | (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4579 | Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4580 | ||
4581 | (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4582 | Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
4583 | ||
4584 | (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4585 | Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4586 | If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
4587 | a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
4588 | ||
4589 | (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4590 | ||
4591 | (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4592 | ||
4593 | (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4594 | ||
4595 | (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4596 | ||
4597 | (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
4598 | ||
4599 | (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4600 | Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
4601 | ||
4602 | (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4603 | Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
4604 | This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
4605 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4606 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
4607 | and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
4608 | with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4609 | ||
4610 | (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4611 | Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4612 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4613 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4614 | and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
4615 | with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4616 | ||
4617 | (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4618 | Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4619 | When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4620 | When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
4621 | and new hard links are made in that directory | |
4622 | with the same names that the files currently have." t nil) | |
4623 | ||
4624 | (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4625 | Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
4626 | When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
4627 | When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil) | |
4628 | ||
4629 | (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4630 | Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4631 | As each match is found, the user must type a character saying | |
4632 | what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
4633 | NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
4634 | REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
4635 | ||
4636 | With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
4637 | Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
4638 | ||
4639 | (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4640 | Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4641 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4642 | ||
4643 | (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4644 | Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4645 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4646 | ||
4647 | (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4648 | Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME. | |
4649 | See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) | |
4650 | ||
4651 | (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4652 | Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
4653 | ||
4654 | (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4655 | Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
4656 | ||
4657 | (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4658 | Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4659 | If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
4660 | else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4661 | With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
4662 | You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4663 | this subdirectory. | |
4664 | This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4665 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
4666 | (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4667 | Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
4668 | If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
4669 | else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
4670 | With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
4671 | You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
4672 | this subdirectory. | |
4673 | This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
4674 | ||
93548d2e DL |
4675 | (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
4676 | Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
4677 | When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
4678 | ||
4679 | (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4680 | Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
4681 | Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
4682 | The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
4683 | ||
4684 | (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4685 | Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
4686 | If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
4687 | marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
4688 | ||
4689 | (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4690 | Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
4691 | Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
4692 | ||
4693 | (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4694 | Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4695 | ||
4696 | (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4697 | Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
4698 | ||
4699 | (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4700 | Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
4701 | Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
4702 | Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
4703 | ||
4704 | (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4705 | Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
4706 | If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
4707 | Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
4708 | ||
4709 | (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4710 | Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
4711 | Stops when a match is found. | |
4712 | To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4713 | ||
b15f3b77 | 4714 | (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
93548d2e DL |
4715 | Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
4716 | Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
4717 | If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace | |
4718 | with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
4719 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
4720 | (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ |
4721 | Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | |
4722 | If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | |
4723 | true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil) | |
4724 | ||
93548d2e DL |
4725 | ;;;*** |
4726 | \f | |
b442e70a | 4727 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14524 61610)) |
93548d2e DL |
4728 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
4729 | ||
4730 | (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
4731 | Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
4732 | If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
4733 | If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
4734 | In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
4735 | buffer and try again." t nil) | |
4736 | ||
4737 | ;;;*** | |
4738 | \f | |
d09b9dbd | 4739 | ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 12714)) |
93548d2e DL |
4740 | ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
4741 | ||
4742 | (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
4743 | Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
4744 | The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
4745 | ||
4746 | You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
4747 | ||
4748 | If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
4749 | function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
4750 | ||
4751 | You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
4752 | `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
4753 | " nil nil) | |
4754 | ||
4755 | ;;;*** | |
4756 | \f | |
4757 | ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776 | |
7518ed7b | 4758 | ;;;;;; 9615)) |
93548d2e DL |
4759 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
4760 | ||
4761 | (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
4762 | Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
4763 | OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
4764 | \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
4765 | If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
4766 | redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
4767 | ||
4768 | ;;;*** | |
4769 | \f | |
4770 | ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
4771 | ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
4772 | ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
4773 | ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
54baed30 | 4774 | ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14758 10468)) |
93548d2e DL |
4775 | ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
4776 | ||
4777 | (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4778 | Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
4779 | ||
4780 | (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4781 | Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
4782 | SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
4783 | Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4784 | `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4785 | ||
4786 | (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
4787 | Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
4788 | SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
4789 | Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
4790 | `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
4791 | ||
4792 | (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4793 | Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
4794 | ||
4795 | (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
4796 | Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
4797 | ||
4798 | (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
4799 | Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
4800 | ||
4801 | (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
4802 | Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
4803 | ||
4804 | (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
4805 | Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
4806 | ||
4807 | (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
4808 | Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
4809 | This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
4810 | it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
4811 | ||
4812 | (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
4813 | Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
4814 | This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
4815 | X frame." nil nil) | |
4816 | ||
4817 | (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
4818 | Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
4819 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
4820 | (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ |
4821 | Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
4822 | |
4823 | (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
4824 | Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
4825 | ||
4826 | This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
4827 | unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
4828 | with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
4829 | variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
4830 | ||
4831 | With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
4832 | if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
4833 | European character display. | |
4834 | ||
4835 | When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
4836 | display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
4837 | and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
4838 | ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
4839 | ||
4840 | Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
4841 | from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
4842 | selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
4843 | those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
cded5ed3 | 4844 | for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
93548d2e DL |
4845 | |
4846 | ;;;*** | |
4847 | \f | |
4848 | ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
7518ed7b | 4849 | ;;;;;; (13229 28172)) |
93548d2e DL |
4850 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
4851 | ||
4852 | (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
4853 | Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
4854 | Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
4855 | which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
4856 | Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
4857 | If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
4858 | If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
4859 | Default is 2." t nil) | |
4860 | ||
4861 | ;;;*** | |
4862 | \f | |
d09b9dbd | 4863 | ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14831 613)) |
93548d2e DL |
4864 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
4865 | ||
4866 | (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
4867 | Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
4868 | ||
4869 | ;;;*** | |
4870 | \f | |
7518ed7b GM |
4871 | ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
4872 | ;;;;;; (14288 20375)) | |
93548d2e DL |
4873 | ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
4874 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
4875 | (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
4876 | Toggle Double mode. | |
4877 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4878 | use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
4879 | ||
4880 | (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4881 | ||
4882 | (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
4883 | ||
93548d2e DL |
4884 | (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
4885 | Toggle Double mode. | |
4886 | With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
4887 | ||
4888 | When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
4889 | when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
4890 | ||
4891 | ;;;*** | |
4892 | \f | |
0a352cd7 | 4893 | ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546)) |
93548d2e DL |
4894 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
4895 | ||
4896 | (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
4897 | Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
4898 | ||
4899 | ;;;*** | |
4900 | \f | |
4901 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
b442e70a | 4902 | ;;;;;; (14792 2673)) |
93548d2e DL |
4903 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
4904 | ||
4905 | (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
4906 | Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
4907 | ||
4908 | ;;;*** | |
4909 | \f | |
81bf3fa7 | 4910 | ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap |
b442e70a | 4911 | ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-keymap easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) |
d09b9dbd | 4912 | ;;;;;; "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14842 29274)) |
93548d2e DL |
4913 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
4914 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
4915 | (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
4916 | ||
4917 | (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
93548d2e | 4918 | Define a new minor mode MODE. |
f75a0f7a | 4919 | This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, |
0ad84a21 MB |
4920 | toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. If MODE is buffer-local, then |
4921 | turn-on-MODE and turn-off-MODE commands are also generated for use in hooks, | |
4922 | and an optional global-MODE mode may also be generated. | |
93548d2e DL |
4923 | |
4924 | DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
cded5ed3 | 4925 | Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
f75a0f7a | 4926 | Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. |
93548d2e | 4927 | Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. |
f75a0f7a GM |
4928 | If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' |
4929 | in order to build a valid keymap. | |
cded5ed3 | 4930 | BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
f75a0f7a GM |
4931 | It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. |
4932 | BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments. | |
0ad84a21 MB |
4933 | Currently three such keyword arguments are supported: |
4934 | :group, followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'. | |
4935 | :global, followed by a value, which -- | |
4936 | If `t' specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | |
4937 | buffer-local (by default, the variable is made buffer-local). | |
4938 | If non-nil, but not `t' (for instance, `:global optionally'), then | |
4939 | specifies that the minor mode should be buffer-local, but that a | |
4940 | corresponding `global-MODE' function should also be added, which can | |
4941 | be used to turn on MODE in every buffer. | |
4942 | :conditional-turn-on, followed by a function-name which turns on MODE | |
4943 | only when applicable to the current buffer. This is used in | |
4944 | conjunction with any `global-MODE' function (see :global above) when | |
4945 | turning on the buffer-local minor mode. By default, any generated | |
4946 | `global-MODE' function unconditionally turns on the minor mode in | |
4947 | every new buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
f75a0f7a GM |
4948 | |
4949 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
4950 | Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode. | |
4951 | TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer | |
4952 | and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | |
4953 | KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | |
4954 | :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro)) | |
93548d2e | 4955 | |
b442e70a MB |
4956 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ |
4957 | Return a keymap built from bindings BS. | |
4958 | BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where | |
4959 | KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. | |
4960 | Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. | |
4961 | Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. | |
4962 | ARGS is a list of additional arguments." nil nil) | |
4963 | ||
fd0e837b GM |
4964 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) |
4965 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
4966 | (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ |
4967 | Define variable ST as a syntax-table. | |
4968 | CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX). | |
4969 | " nil (quote macro)) | |
fd0e837b | 4970 | |
81bf3fa7 GM |
4971 | (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ |
4972 | Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
4973 | ||
4974 | The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
4975 | ||
4976 | CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
4977 | PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). | |
4978 | NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") | |
4979 | DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
4980 | the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
4981 | BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
4982 | hooks for the new mode. | |
4983 | ||
4984 | Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
4985 | ||
4986 | (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
4987 | ||
4988 | You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
4989 | without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
4990 | and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
4991 | ||
4992 | On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
4993 | the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
4994 | ||
4995 | (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
4996 | \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
4997 | (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
4998 | ||
4999 | Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
5000 | been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
5001 | ||
93548d2e DL |
5002 | ;;;*** |
5003 | \f | |
5004 | ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
abb2db1c | 5005 | ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702 |
0ad84a21 | 5006 | ;;;;;; 63698)) |
93548d2e DL |
5007 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
5008 | ||
5009 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ | |
5010 | Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
5011 | The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
5012 | and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
5013 | ||
5014 | The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
5015 | It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
5016 | ||
5017 | :filter FUNCTION | |
5018 | ||
5019 | FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
5020 | menu displayed. | |
5021 | ||
5022 | :visible INCLUDE | |
5023 | ||
5024 | INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
5025 | expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
5026 | ||
5027 | :active ENABLE | |
5028 | ||
5029 | ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
5030 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5031 | ||
5032 | The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
5033 | ||
5034 | A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
5035 | ||
5036 | NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
5037 | ||
5038 | CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
5039 | or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
5040 | ||
5041 | ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5042 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5043 | ||
cded5ed3 | 5044 | Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
93548d2e DL |
5045 | |
5046 | [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
5047 | ||
5048 | Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
5049 | ||
5050 | :keys KEYS | |
5051 | ||
5052 | KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
5053 | This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
5054 | computed automatically. | |
5055 | KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
5056 | ||
5057 | :key-sequence KEYS | |
5058 | ||
abb2db1c | 5059 | KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this |
93548d2e | 5060 | menu item. |
abb2db1c | 5061 | This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of |
93548d2e DL |
5062 | a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no |
5063 | keyboard equivalent. | |
5064 | ||
5065 | :active ENABLE | |
5066 | ||
5067 | ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5068 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5069 | ||
5070 | :included INCLUDE | |
5071 | ||
5072 | INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
5073 | expression has a non-nil value. | |
5074 | ||
abb2db1c | 5075 | :suffix FORM |
93548d2e | 5076 | |
abb2db1c GM |
5077 | FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose |
5078 | value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | |
93548d2e DL |
5079 | |
5080 | :style STYLE | |
cded5ed3 | 5081 | |
93548d2e | 5082 | STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
cded5ed3 | 5083 | defined: |
93548d2e DL |
5084 | |
5085 | toggle: A checkbox. | |
5086 | Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
5087 | radio: A radio button. | |
5088 | Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
abb2db1c | 5089 | button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the |
93548d2e DL |
5090 | menu bar itself. |
5091 | anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
5092 | ||
5093 | :selected SELECTED | |
5094 | ||
5095 | SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
5096 | whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5097 | ||
be0dbdab GM |
5098 | :help HELP |
5099 | ||
5100 | HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
5101 | ||
93548d2e DL |
5102 | A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
5103 | unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
5104 | as a solid horizontal line. | |
5105 | ||
5106 | A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
5107 | ||
5108 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
5109 | ||
5110 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
5111 | Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
5112 | MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
5113 | possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
5114 | ||
5115 | (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
5116 | Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
7518ed7b GM |
5117 | PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
5118 | should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
5119 | ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
5120 | These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
5121 | ||
5122 | If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
5123 | If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
5124 | the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
93548d2e DL |
5125 | |
5126 | Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
5127 | to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
5128 | ||
5129 | ;;;*** | |
5130 | \f | |
2cb750ba GM |
5131 | ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
5132 | ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
5133 | ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
5134 | ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
0ad84a21 | 5135 | ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 39810)) |
2cb750ba GM |
5136 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el |
5137 | ||
5138 | (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5139 | Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
5140 | ||
5141 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5142 | Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5143 | ||
5144 | When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
5145 | the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
5146 | it to the printer. | |
5147 | ||
5148 | More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
5149 | is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
5150 | the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
5151 | number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
5152 | ||
5153 | (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5154 | Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
5155 | Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
5156 | ||
5157 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5158 | Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5159 | Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
5160 | local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
5161 | ||
5162 | Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5163 | ||
5164 | (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5165 | Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
5166 | Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
5167 | ||
5168 | Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5169 | ||
5170 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5171 | Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
5172 | ||
5173 | Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5174 | The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5175 | ||
5176 | <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5177 | ||
5178 | <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5179 | The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5180 | ||
5181 | <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5182 | The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5183 | For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5184 | \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5185 | ||
5186 | WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5187 | ||
5188 | (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5189 | Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
5190 | ||
5191 | Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5192 | The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5193 | ||
5194 | <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5195 | ||
5196 | <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5197 | The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5198 | ||
5199 | <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5200 | The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5201 | For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5202 | \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5203 | ||
5204 | WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5205 | ||
5206 | (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
5207 | ||
5208 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5209 | Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
5210 | ||
5211 | (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5212 | Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
5213 | ||
5214 | (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5215 | Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
5216 | ||
5217 | (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5218 | Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
5219 | ||
5220 | (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5221 | Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
5222 | ||
5223 | (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5224 | Set STYLE to current style. | |
5225 | ||
5226 | It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5227 | ||
5228 | (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5229 | Reset current style. | |
5230 | ||
5231 | It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5232 | ||
5233 | (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5234 | Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
5235 | ||
5236 | It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5237 | ||
5238 | (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5239 | Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
5240 | ||
5241 | It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5242 | ||
5243 | ;;;*** | |
5244 | \f | |
be0dbdab GM |
5245 | ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace |
5246 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree | |
abb2db1c GM |
5247 | ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727 |
5248 | ;;;;;; 65050)) | |
be0dbdab GM |
5249 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
5250 | ||
5251 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5252 | Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
5253 | Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
5254 | Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
5255 | File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
5256 | E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
5257 | ||
5258 | Tree mode key bindings: | |
1a1b1895 | 5259 | \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil) |
be0dbdab GM |
5260 | |
5261 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5262 | Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil) | |
5263 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
5264 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ |
5265 | Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | |
5266 | A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | |
5267 | A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | |
5268 | completion." t nil) | |
be0dbdab GM |
5269 | |
5270 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5271 | Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
5272 | FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
5273 | TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil) | |
5274 | ||
5275 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5276 | Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
5277 | With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil) | |
5278 | ||
5279 | (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5280 | Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
5281 | Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
5282 | Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil) | |
5283 | ||
5284 | ;;;*** | |
5285 | \f | |
93548d2e | 5286 | ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
0ad84a21 | 5287 | ;;;;;; (14782 11910)) |
93548d2e DL |
5288 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
5289 | ||
5290 | (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
5291 | Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
5292 | Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
5293 | listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
5294 | ||
5295 | If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
5296 | window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
5297 | window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
5298 | ||
5299 | To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
5300 | the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
5301 | much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
5302 | ||
5303 | Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
5304 | ||
5305 | \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5306 | ||
5307 | ;;;*** | |
5308 | \f | |
5309 | ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
0a352cd7 | 5310 | ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307)) |
93548d2e DL |
5311 | ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
5312 | ||
5313 | (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
5314 | Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
5315 | With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
5316 | ||
5317 | ;;;*** | |
5318 | \f | |
5319 | ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
0ad84a21 | 5320 | ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14814 33058)) |
93548d2e DL |
5321 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
5322 | ||
5323 | (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
5324 | *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5325 | This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
5326 | `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
5327 | `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
5328 | ||
5329 | You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
5330 | variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
5331 | \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
5332 | `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
5333 | ||
5334 | (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
5335 | *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5336 | This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
5337 | Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
5338 | ||
5339 | (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
0a352cd7 | 5340 | Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
93548d2e DL |
5341 | Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
5342 | \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
5343 | ||
5344 | (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
5345 | ||
5346 | (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
5347 | Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
5348 | This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
5349 | Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
5350 | or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
5351 | ||
5352 | ;;;*** | |
5353 | \f | |
5354 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
5355 | ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
5356 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
5357 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
5358 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
5359 | ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5360 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
5361 | ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
5362 | ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
d09b9dbd | 5363 | ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408)) |
93548d2e DL |
5364 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
5365 | ||
5366 | (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5367 | Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
5368 | ||
5369 | (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
5370 | Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
5371 | ||
5372 | (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
5373 | ||
5374 | (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
5375 | ||
5376 | (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5377 | Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
5378 | ||
5379 | (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
5380 | ||
5381 | (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
5382 | Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
5383 | ||
5384 | (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
5385 | ||
5386 | (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5387 | Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
cded5ed3 GM |
5388 | the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5389 | that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
5390 | |
5391 | (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
5392 | ||
5393 | (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5394 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
5395 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
cded5ed3 | 5396 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
5397 | |
5398 | (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
5399 | ||
5400 | (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
5401 | Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
cded5ed3 | 5402 | have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
93548d2e DL |
5403 | expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5404 | ||
5405 | (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
5406 | ||
5407 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5408 | Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
cded5ed3 GM |
5409 | the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5410 | that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
5411 | |
5412 | (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
5413 | ||
5414 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5415 | Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
cded5ed3 | 5416 | Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
93548d2e | 5417 | in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
cded5ed3 | 5418 | without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
93548d2e DL |
5419 | can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5420 | ||
5421 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5422 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
5423 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
cded5ed3 | 5424 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
5425 | |
5426 | (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
5427 | ||
5428 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5429 | Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
5430 | The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
cded5ed3 | 5431 | names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
5432 | |
5433 | (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
5434 | ||
5435 | (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
5436 | ||
5437 | (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5438 | Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
5439 | With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5440 | follows: | |
5441 | If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5442 | If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5443 | ||
5444 | (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5445 | Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
5446 | With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5447 | follows: | |
5448 | If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5449 | If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5450 | ||
5451 | (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5452 | Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5453 | Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5454 | This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 | |
cded5ed3 | 5455 | lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
5456 | |
5457 | (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5458 | Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. | |
5459 | Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. | |
5460 | Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. | |
5461 | This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
cded5ed3 | 5462 | lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
5463 | |
5464 | (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5465 | ||
5466 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5467 | Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5468 | ||
5469 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5470 | Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5471 | ||
5472 | (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5473 | ||
5474 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5475 | Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5476 | ||
5477 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5478 | Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5479 | ||
5480 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5481 | Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5482 | The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5483 | buffer." t nil) | |
5484 | ||
5485 | (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5486 | Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
5487 | The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5488 | buffer." t nil) | |
5489 | ||
5490 | (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5491 | Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
cded5ed3 | 5492 | First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
93548d2e DL |
5493 | file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5494 | ||
5495 | (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
cded5ed3 GM |
5496 | Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5497 | If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5498 | and don't ask the user. | |
5499 | If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5500 | buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
5501 | |
5502 | (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5503 | Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil) | |
5504 | ||
5505 | (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
5506 | ||
5507 | (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
5508 | ||
5509 | (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
5510 | Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
5511 | The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
cded5ed3 | 5512 | buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
5513 | |
5514 | (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
5515 | ||
5516 | (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
5517 | Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
5518 | When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
5519 | ||
5520 | (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
5521 | Display Ediff's manual. | |
5522 | With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
5523 | ||
5524 | ;;;*** | |
5525 | \f | |
d054101f GM |
5526 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
5527 | ;;;;;; (14522 27392)) | |
5528 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el | |
5529 | ||
5530 | (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
5531 | ||
5532 | ;;;*** | |
5533 | \f | |
cded5ed3 GM |
5534 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123)) |
5535 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el | |
5536 | ||
5537 | (defvar ediff-window-setup-function) | |
5538 | ||
5539 | (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))) | |
5540 | ||
5541 | (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))) | |
5542 | ||
5543 | ;;;*** | |
5544 | \f | |
93548d2e | 5545 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
d09b9dbd | 5546 | ;;;;;; (14636 62704)) |
93548d2e DL |
5547 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
5548 | ||
5549 | (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
5550 | Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
5551 | ||
5552 | (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
5553 | ||
5554 | ;;;*** | |
5555 | \f | |
5556 | ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
d09b9dbd | 5557 | ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134)) |
93548d2e DL |
5558 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
5559 | ||
5560 | (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5561 | Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
5562 | To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
5563 | which see." t nil) | |
5564 | ||
5565 | (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
5566 | Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
5567 | Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
5568 | To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
5569 | ||
5570 | ;;;*** | |
5571 | \f | |
5572 | ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
5573 | ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
f75a0f7a | 5574 | ;;;;;; (14634 20435)) |
93548d2e DL |
5575 | ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
5576 | (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
5577 | ||
5578 | (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
5579 | *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
5580 | Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
5581 | ||
5582 | (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5583 | Edit a keyboard macro. | |
5584 | At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
5585 | Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
5586 | the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
5587 | its command name. | |
5588 | With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
5589 | ||
5590 | (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5591 | Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
5592 | ||
5593 | (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5594 | Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
5595 | ||
5596 | (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5597 | Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
5598 | The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
5599 | See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
5600 | Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
5601 | The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
5602 | ||
5603 | In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
5604 | the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
5605 | The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
5606 | Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
5607 | ||
5608 | (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
5609 | Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
5610 | This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
5611 | Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
5612 | If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
5613 | or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
5614 | ||
5615 | ;;;*** | |
5616 | \f | |
5617 | ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271 | |
7518ed7b | 5618 | ;;;;;; 33724)) |
93548d2e DL |
5619 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
5620 | ||
5621 | (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ | |
5622 | Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
5623 | ||
5624 | ;;;*** | |
5625 | \f | |
5626 | ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
b442e70a | 5627 | ;;;;;; (14793 26118)) |
93548d2e DL |
5628 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
5629 | ||
5630 | (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
5631 | Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
5632 | The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
5633 | THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
5634 | contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
5635 | erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
5636 | be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
5637 | the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
5638 | ||
5639 | If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
5640 | shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
5641 | ||
5642 | After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
5643 | in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
5644 | in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
5645 | this value is non-nil. | |
5646 | ||
5647 | If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
b442e70a MB |
5648 | shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. |
5649 | If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
93548d2e DL |
5650 | |
5651 | When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help | |
5652 | buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion') | |
5653 | BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) | |
5654 | ||
5655 | (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
5656 | ||
5657 | ;;;*** | |
5658 | \f | |
abb2db1c | 5659 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string |
0ad84a21 | 5660 | ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 17385)) |
93548d2e DL |
5661 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
5662 | ||
5663 | (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\ | |
5664 | *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. | |
5665 | ||
5666 | For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
5667 | within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
5668 | This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
5669 | in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
5670 | from the documentation string if possible. | |
5671 | ||
5672 | If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
5673 | instead. | |
5674 | ||
5675 | This variable is buffer-local.") | |
5676 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
5677 | (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ |
5678 | *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.") | |
5679 | ||
5680 | (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string))))))) | |
5681 | ||
93548d2e DL |
5682 | (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
5683 | *Enable or disable eldoc mode. | |
5684 | See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. | |
5685 | ||
5686 | If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition | |
5687 | of the mode. | |
5688 | If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable | |
5689 | the mode, respectively." t nil) | |
5690 | ||
5691 | (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
5692 | Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
5693 | ||
5694 | ;;;*** | |
5695 | \f | |
d054101f GM |
5696 | ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495 |
5697 | ;;;;;; 17971)) | |
5ec14d3c KH |
5698 | ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
5699 | ||
5700 | (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
5701 | Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
5702 | ||
5703 | The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
5704 | an elided material again. | |
5705 | ||
5706 | This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
5707 | ||
5708 | ;;;*** | |
5709 | \f | |
93548d2e | 5710 | ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
7518ed7b | 5711 | ;;;;;; (13363 2909)) |
93548d2e DL |
5712 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
5713 | ||
5714 | (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
5715 | Initialize elint." t nil) | |
5716 | ||
5717 | ;;;*** | |
5718 | \f | |
f75a0f7a GM |
5719 | ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list |
5720 | ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" | |
5721 | ;;;;;; (14638 40759)) | |
93548d2e DL |
5722 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
5723 | ||
5724 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
5725 | Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
5726 | FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5727 | ||
5728 | (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\ | |
5729 | Restore an instrumented function to its original definition. | |
5730 | Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
5731 | ||
5732 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
5733 | Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
5734 | Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
5735 | ||
5736 | (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
5737 | Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
5738 | For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
5739 | ||
5740 | \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
5741 | ||
5742 | (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
5743 | Display current profiling results. | |
5744 | If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
5745 | information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
5746 | displayed." t nil) | |
5747 | ||
93548d2e DL |
5748 | ;;;*** |
5749 | \f | |
5750 | ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
7518ed7b | 5751 | ;;;;;; (13649 21996)) |
93548d2e DL |
5752 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
5753 | ||
5754 | (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
5755 | Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
5756 | Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
5757 | ||
5758 | ;;;*** | |
5759 | \f | |
5760 | ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5761 | ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
5762 | ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
5763 | ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
b442e70a | 5764 | ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 3134)) |
93548d2e DL |
5765 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
5766 | ||
5767 | (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
5768 | ||
5769 | (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
5770 | ||
5771 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
5772 | ||
5773 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
5774 | ||
5775 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
5776 | ||
5777 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
5778 | ||
5779 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
5780 | ||
5781 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
5782 | ||
5783 | (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
5784 | ||
5785 | (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
5786 | Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
5787 | ||
5788 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5789 | Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5790 | ||
5791 | (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
5792 | Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
5793 | ||
5794 | (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5795 | Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
5796 | ||
5797 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5798 | ||
5799 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5800 | ||
5801 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5802 | ||
5803 | (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
5804 | ||
5805 | (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
5806 | Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
5807 | ||
5808 | (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
5809 | Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
5810 | ||
5811 | (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
5812 | ||
5813 | ;;;*** | |
5814 | \f | |
5815 | ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
f75a0f7a | 5816 | ;;;;;; (14642 24031)) |
93548d2e DL |
5817 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
5818 | ||
5819 | (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ | |
5820 | Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
5821 | With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
5822 | ||
5823 | You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
5824 | \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
5825 | automatically. | |
5826 | ||
5827 | In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
5828 | as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
5829 | \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil) | |
5830 | ||
5831 | ;;;*** | |
5832 | \f | |
5833 | ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
0ad84a21 | 5834 | ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14748 29984)) |
93548d2e DL |
5835 | ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
5836 | ||
5837 | (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
5838 | Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
5839 | These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
5840 | text/enriched format. | |
5841 | Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
5842 | ||
5843 | More information about Enriched mode is available in the file | |
5844 | etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. | |
5845 | ||
5846 | Commands: | |
5847 | ||
5848 | \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5849 | ||
5850 | (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5851 | ||
5852 | (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
5853 | ||
5854 | ;;;*** | |
5855 | \f | |
d09b9dbd KG |
5856 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14828 |
5857 | ;;;;;; 11553)) | |
abb2db1c GM |
5858 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el |
5859 | ||
5860 | (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | |
5861 | Emacs shell interactive mode. | |
5862 | ||
5863 | \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
5864 | ||
5865 | ;;;*** | |
5866 | \f | |
d09b9dbd KG |
5867 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14827 |
5868 | ;;;;;; 38210)) | |
abb2db1c GM |
5869 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el |
5870 | ||
5871 | (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | |
5872 | Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil) | |
5873 | ||
5874 | ;;;*** | |
5875 | \f | |
5876 | ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | |
d09b9dbd | 5877 | ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 8292)) |
abb2db1c GM |
5878 | ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el |
5879 | ||
5880 | (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | |
5881 | Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | |
5882 | The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | |
5883 | `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | |
5884 | that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | |
5885 | will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix | |
5886 | argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil) | |
5887 | ||
5888 | (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | |
5889 | Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | |
5890 | With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil) | |
5891 | ||
5892 | (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | |
5893 | Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | |
5894 | The result might be any Lisp object. | |
5895 | If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | |
5896 | command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | |
5897 | corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil) | |
5898 | ||
5899 | (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | |
5900 | Report a bug in Eshell. | |
5901 | Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
5902 | Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil) | |
5903 | ||
5904 | ;;;*** | |
5905 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
5906 | ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags |
5907 | ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
5908 | ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
5909 | ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
81bf3fa7 | 5910 | ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list |
d09b9dbd KG |
5911 | ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14817 |
5912 | ;;;;;; 11667)) | |
93548d2e DL |
5913 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
5914 | ||
5915 | (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
5916 | *File name of tags table. | |
5917 | To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5918 | If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
5919 | Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5920 | (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
5921 | ||
81bf3fa7 GM |
5922 | (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
5923 | *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
5924 | A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
5925 | Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
5926 | ||
93548d2e DL |
5927 | (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
5928 | *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
5929 | An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
5930 | To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
5931 | If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
5932 | Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
5933 | ||
5934 | (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ | |
5935 | *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
5936 | t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
5937 | Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
5938 | to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
5939 | ||
5940 | (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
5941 | *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
5942 | The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
5943 | not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
5944 | ||
5945 | (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
5946 | *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
5947 | If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
5948 | has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
5949 | Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
5950 | ||
5951 | (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
5952 | Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
5953 | FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
5954 | A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
5955 | ||
5956 | Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
5957 | With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
5958 | When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
5959 | in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
5960 | file the tag was in." t nil) | |
5961 | ||
5962 | (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
5963 | Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
5964 | Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
5965 | as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
5966 | without directory names." nil nil) | |
5967 | ||
5968 | (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
5969 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5970 | Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
5971 | but does not select the buffer. | |
5972 | The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
5973 | ||
5974 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5975 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5976 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5977 | is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5978 | or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5979 | ||
5980 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
5981 | ||
5982 | A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
5983 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
5984 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
5985 | ||
5986 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
5987 | ||
5988 | (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
5989 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
5990 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
5991 | The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
5992 | ||
5993 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
5994 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
5995 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
5996 | is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
5997 | or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
5998 | ||
5999 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6000 | ||
6001 | A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6002 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6003 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6004 | ||
6005 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6006 | (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
6007 | ||
6008 | (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
6009 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6010 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
6011 | move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6012 | around or before point. | |
6013 | ||
6014 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6015 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6016 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6017 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6018 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6019 | ||
6020 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6021 | ||
6022 | A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6023 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6024 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6025 | ||
6026 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6027 | (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
6028 | ||
6029 | (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
6030 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6031 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
6032 | move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6033 | around or before point. | |
6034 | ||
6035 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6036 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6037 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6038 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6039 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6040 | ||
6041 | If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6042 | ||
6043 | A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6044 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6045 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6046 | ||
6047 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6048 | (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
6049 | ||
6050 | (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
6051 | Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
6052 | Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
6053 | ||
6054 | If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6055 | another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6056 | multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6057 | is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6058 | just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6059 | ||
6060 | If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
6061 | ||
6062 | A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6063 | onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6064 | Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6065 | ||
6066 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6067 | (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
6068 | (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
6069 | ||
6070 | (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
6071 | Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
6072 | ||
6073 | This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
6074 | since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
6075 | where they were found." t nil) | |
6076 | ||
6077 | (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
6078 | Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
6079 | ||
6080 | A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
6081 | beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
6082 | neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
6083 | ||
6084 | Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
6085 | to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
6086 | ||
6087 | Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
6088 | if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
6089 | ||
6090 | (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
6091 | Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
6092 | Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
6093 | argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
6094 | ||
6095 | Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
6096 | `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
6097 | interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
6098 | evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
6099 | nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
6100 | (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
6101 | ||
6102 | (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
6103 | Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
6104 | Stops when a match is found. | |
6105 | To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6106 | ||
6107 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6108 | ||
6109 | (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
0ad84a21 | 6110 | `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. |
93548d2e DL |
6111 | Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. |
6112 | If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace | |
6113 | with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6114 | ||
6115 | See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6116 | ||
6117 | (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
6118 | Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
6119 | This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
6120 | FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
6121 | directory specification." t nil) | |
6122 | ||
6123 | (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
6124 | Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
6125 | ||
6126 | (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6127 | Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
6128 | The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
6129 | see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
6130 | ||
6131 | (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6132 | Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
6133 | Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
6134 | The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
6135 | for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
6136 | ||
6137 | ;;;*** | |
6138 | \f | |
6139 | ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
6140 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
6141 | ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
6142 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
6143 | ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
6144 | ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
a1b8d58b GM |
6145 | ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
6146 | ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988)) | |
93548d2e DL |
6147 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
6148 | ||
93548d2e DL |
6149 | (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) |
6150 | ||
6151 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6152 | Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6153 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
6154 | and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6155 | ||
6156 | If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
6157 | begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6158 | language. | |
6159 | ||
6160 | If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
6161 | even if the buffer is read-only. | |
6162 | ||
6163 | See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6164 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6165 | `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6166 | ||
6167 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6168 | Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6169 | ||
6170 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6171 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6172 | ||
6173 | If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
6174 | begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6175 | language. | |
6176 | ||
6177 | If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
6178 | buffer is read-only. | |
6179 | ||
6180 | See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6181 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6182 | `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6183 | ||
6184 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6185 | Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6186 | If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6187 | ||
6188 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6189 | Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
6190 | ||
6191 | If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
6192 | convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
6193 | ||
6194 | If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
6195 | and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
6196 | ||
6197 | (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6198 | Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6199 | Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
6200 | The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6201 | ||
6202 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6203 | Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
6204 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6205 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6206 | ||
6207 | If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
6208 | the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
6209 | the primary language. | |
6210 | ||
6211 | If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
6212 | buffer is read-only. | |
6213 | ||
6214 | See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6215 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6216 | `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6217 | ||
6218 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6219 | Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
6220 | The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6221 | language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6222 | ||
6223 | If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
6224 | region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
6225 | primary language. | |
6226 | ||
6227 | If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
6228 | buffer is read-only. | |
6229 | ||
6230 | See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6231 | `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6232 | `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6233 | ||
6234 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6235 | Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6236 | If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6237 | ||
6238 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6239 | Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
6240 | ||
6241 | If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
6242 | 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
6243 | 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
6244 | 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
6245 | ||
6246 | The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
6247 | ||
6248 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6249 | Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
6250 | The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6251 | ||
6252 | (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6253 | Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
6254 | ||
6255 | (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6256 | Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
6257 | ||
6258 | In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
6259 | Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
6260 | be 1, 2, or 3. | |
6261 | ||
6262 | If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
6263 | If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
6264 | If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
6265 | ||
6266 | The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
6267 | ||
6268 | (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6269 | Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
6270 | ||
6271 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6272 | Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
6273 | Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
6274 | ||
6275 | (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6276 | Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
6277 | ||
6278 | (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6279 | Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
6280 | ||
6281 | Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
6282 | character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
6283 | ||
6284 | If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
6285 | Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
6286 | ||
6287 | (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6288 | Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
6289 | ||
6290 | (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6291 | Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
6292 | ||
6293 | (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6294 | Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
6295 | ||
6296 | ;;;*** | |
6297 | \f | |
0a352cd7 GM |
6298 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
6299 | ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
b442e70a | 6300 | ;;;;;; (14463 4091)) |
0a352cd7 GM |
6301 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
6302 | ||
6303 | (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
6304 | Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
6305 | Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default | |
6306 | server for future sessions." t nil) | |
6307 | ||
6308 | (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
6309 | Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6310 | ||
6311 | (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
6312 | Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6313 | ||
6314 | (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
6315 | Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
6316 | The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
6317 | the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. | |
6318 | The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
6319 | individual inline query words with directory attribute names. | |
6320 | After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by | |
6321 | `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. | |
6322 | If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. | |
6323 | `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
6324 | Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, | |
6325 | see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) | |
6326 | ||
6327 | (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
6328 | Display a form to query the directory server. | |
6329 | If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
6330 | queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
6331 | ||
6332 | (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
6333 | Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
6334 | This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
6335 | ||
33a6685b GM |
6336 | (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
6337 | ||
0a352cd7 GM |
6338 | ;;;*** |
6339 | \f | |
6340 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
6341 | ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) | |
b442e70a | 6342 | ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 55579)) |
0a352cd7 GM |
6343 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el |
6344 | ||
6345 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6346 | Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
6347 | ||
6348 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6349 | Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
6350 | ||
6351 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6352 | Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
6353 | ||
6354 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6355 | Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
6356 | ||
6357 | (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6358 | Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
6359 | ||
6360 | ;;;*** | |
6361 | \f | |
6362 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
b442e70a | 6363 | ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510)) |
0a352cd7 GM |
6364 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el |
6365 | ||
6366 | (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6367 | Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
6368 | This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
6369 | ||
6370 | (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6371 | Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
6372 | ||
6373 | ;;;*** | |
6374 | \f | |
6375 | ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
b442e70a | 6376 | ;;;;;; (14460 59510)) |
0a352cd7 GM |
6377 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el |
6378 | ||
6379 | (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
6380 | Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
6381 | ||
6382 | ;;;*** | |
6383 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
6384 | ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p |
6385 | ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find) | |
0ad84a21 | 6386 | ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 17652)) |
93548d2e DL |
6387 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
6388 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
6389 | (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ |
6390 | Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name. | |
6391 | Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil) | |
6392 | ||
93548d2e DL |
6393 | (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ |
6394 | Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
6395 | The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
6396 | `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
6397 | when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
6398 | executable." t nil) | |
6399 | ||
6400 | (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
6401 | Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
6402 | The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
6403 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
6404 | (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ |
6405 | Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | |
6406 | If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | |
6407 | file modes." nil nil) | |
6408 | ||
93548d2e DL |
6409 | ;;;*** |
6410 | \f | |
6411 | ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
b442e70a | 6412 | ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 20274)) |
93548d2e DL |
6413 | ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
6414 | ||
6415 | (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
6416 | Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
6417 | ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
6418 | has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
6419 | ||
6420 | ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
6421 | ||
6422 | EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
6423 | expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
6424 | to generate such functions. | |
6425 | ||
6426 | ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
6427 | numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
6428 | beginning of the expanded text. | |
6429 | ||
6430 | If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
6431 | member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
6432 | cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
6433 | `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
6434 | ||
6435 | If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
6436 | ||
6437 | (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6438 | Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6439 | This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6440 | ||
6441 | (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6442 | Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6443 | This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6444 | (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
6445 | (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
6446 | ||
6447 | ;;;*** | |
6448 | \f | |
b442e70a | 6449 | ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14624 3716)) |
93548d2e DL |
6450 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
6451 | ||
6452 | (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
6453 | Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
6454 | ||
6455 | \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
6456 | \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
6457 | \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
6458 | ||
6459 | Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
6460 | ||
6461 | Key definitions: | |
6462 | \\{f90-mode-map} | |
6463 | ||
6464 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6465 | ||
6466 | f90-do-indent | |
6467 | Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6468 | f90-if-indent | |
6469 | Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
6470 | f90-type-indent | |
6471 | Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
6472 | f90-program-indent | |
6473 | Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
6474 | (default 2) | |
6475 | f90-continuation-indent | |
6476 | Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
6477 | f90-comment-region | |
6478 | String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6479 | region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
6480 | f90-indented-comment-re | |
6481 | Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
6482 | (default \"!\") | |
6483 | f90-directive-comment-re | |
6484 | Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
6485 | (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
6486 | f90-break-delimiters | |
6487 | Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
6488 | (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
6489 | f90-break-before-delimiters | |
6490 | Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6491 | (default t) | |
6492 | f90-beginning-ampersand | |
6493 | Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
6494 | f90-smart-end | |
6495 | From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
6496 | Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
6497 | whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
6498 | f90-auto-keyword-case | |
6499 | Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
6500 | The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
6501 | f90-leave-line-no | |
6502 | Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
6503 | f90-startup-message | |
6504 | Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
6505 | f90-keywords-re | |
6506 | List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
6507 | ||
6508 | Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
6509 | with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
6510 | ||
6511 | ;;;*** | |
6512 | \f | |
6513 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
6514 | ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
6515 | ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
6516 | ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
0ad84a21 | 6517 | ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 49864)) |
93548d2e DL |
6518 | ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
6519 | (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
6520 | (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
6521 | ||
6522 | (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
6523 | Menu keymap for faces.") | |
6524 | ||
6525 | (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
6526 | ||
6527 | (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
6528 | Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
6529 | ||
6530 | (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
6531 | ||
6532 | (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
abb2db1c | 6533 | Menu keymap for background colors.") |
93548d2e DL |
6534 | |
6535 | (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
6536 | ||
2cb750ba | 6537 | (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
93548d2e DL |
6538 | Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
6539 | ||
6540 | (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
6541 | ||
2cb750ba | 6542 | (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
93548d2e DL |
6543 | Submenu for text justification commands.") |
6544 | ||
6545 | (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
6546 | ||
2cb750ba | 6547 | (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
93548d2e DL |
6548 | Submenu for indentation commands.") |
6549 | ||
6550 | (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
6551 | ||
6552 | (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
6553 | Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
6554 | ||
6555 | (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
6556 | ||
2cb750ba | 6557 | (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
93548d2e | 6558 | |
2cb750ba | 6559 | (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) |
93548d2e DL |
6560 | |
6561 | (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
6562 | ||
6563 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
6564 | Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
6565 | It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that | |
6566 | will not show through at all will be removed. | |
6567 | ||
6568 | Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. | |
6569 | ||
6570 | If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6571 | this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6572 | ||
6573 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6574 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6575 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6576 | ||
6577 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
abb2db1c | 6578 | Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
93548d2e DL |
6579 | The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). |
6580 | If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6581 | it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6582 | character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6583 | the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6584 | typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6585 | ||
6586 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
abb2db1c | 6587 | Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
93548d2e DL |
6588 | The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). |
6589 | If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If | |
6590 | it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next | |
6591 | character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to | |
6592 | the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6593 | typing a character cancels the request." t nil) | |
6594 | ||
6595 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
abb2db1c | 6596 | Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. |
93548d2e DL |
6597 | This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use |
6598 | is the menu item's name. | |
6599 | ||
6600 | If the region is active and there is no prefix argument, | |
6601 | this command sets the region to the requested face. | |
6602 | ||
6603 | Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
6604 | inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
6605 | typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
6606 | ||
6607 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6608 | Make the region invisible. | |
6609 | This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6610 | `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6611 | ||
6612 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
6613 | Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
6614 | This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
6615 | `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6616 | ||
6617 | (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
6618 | Make the region unmodifiable. | |
6619 | This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
6620 | `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
6621 | ||
6622 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
6623 | Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
6624 | ||
6625 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
6626 | Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
6627 | ||
6628 | (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
6629 | Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
6630 | These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
6631 | ||
6632 | (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
6633 | Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
6634 | ||
6635 | (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
6636 | Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
6637 | ||
6638 | (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
6639 | Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
6640 | If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
6641 | colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
6642 | of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
6643 | ||
6644 | ;;;*** | |
6645 | \f | |
6646 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
2cb750ba | 6647 | ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
93548d2e DL |
6648 | ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
6649 | ||
6650 | (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6651 | Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
6652 | With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
6653 | is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
6654 | ||
6655 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
6656 | ||
6657 | If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
6658 | properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
6659 | buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
6660 | ||
6661 | Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
6662 | - When you save the file's buffer. | |
6663 | - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
6664 | - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
6665 | Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
6666 | See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
6667 | ||
6668 | Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
6669 | ||
6670 | Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
6671 | see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
6672 | For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
6673 | `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
6674 | ||
6675 | (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
6676 | Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
6677 | ||
6678 | (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
6679 | ||
6680 | ;;;*** | |
6681 | \f | |
6682 | ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
6683 | ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) | |
b442e70a | 6684 | ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114)) |
93548d2e DL |
6685 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
6686 | ||
6687 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ | |
6688 | Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
6689 | ||
6690 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
6691 | Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
6692 | This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
6693 | bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
6694 | ||
6695 | (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
6696 | Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
6697 | Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
6698 | messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
6699 | backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
6700 | ||
6701 | (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
6702 | Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
6703 | Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
6704 | is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
6705 | is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
6706 | or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
6707 | internally by feedmail): | |
6708 | ||
6709 | after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
6710 | after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
6711 | after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
6712 | after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
6713 | ||
6714 | WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
6715 | the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
6716 | to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
6717 | by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
6718 | you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
6719 | ||
6720 | ;;;*** | |
6721 | \f | |
5ec14d3c | 6722 | ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point |
0ad84a21 | 6723 | ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 26478)) |
93548d2e DL |
6724 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
6725 | ||
6726 | (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
6727 | Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
6728 | Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
6729 | Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
6730 | Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
6731 | double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
6732 | Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
6733 | ||
6734 | (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6735 | Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
6736 | If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
6737 | With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
6738 | If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
6739 | See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
6740 | and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
6741 | ||
6742 | See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
5ec14d3c | 6743 | (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
93548d2e DL |
6744 | |
6745 | (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
6746 | Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
6747 | Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
6748 | cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
6749 | The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
6750 | a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
6751 | ||
6752 | (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
6753 | Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
6754 | Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
6755 | Return value: | |
6756 | * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
6757 | * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
6758 | * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
6759 | ||
6760 | (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
6761 | Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
6762 | ||
6763 | ;;;*** | |
6764 | \f | |
6765 | ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 6766 | ;;;;;; (14767 36637)) |
93548d2e DL |
6767 | ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
6768 | ||
6769 | (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
6770 | Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
6771 | Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
6772 | the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
54baed30 GM |
6773 | the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, |
6774 | the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
93548d2e DL |
6775 | \(directories) is done." t nil) |
6776 | (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6777 | (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6778 | (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
6779 | ||
6780 | ;;;*** | |
6781 | \f | |
6782 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
0ad84a21 | 6783 | ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14718 5093)) |
93548d2e DL |
6784 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
6785 | ||
6786 | (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
6787 | *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
6788 | This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
6789 | gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
6790 | LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
6791 | ||
6792 | (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
6793 | *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
6794 | On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
6795 | On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
6796 | ||
6797 | (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6798 | Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
6799 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6800 | ||
6801 | find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
6802 | ||
6803 | except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
6804 | as the final argument." t nil) | |
6805 | ||
6806 | (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6807 | Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
6808 | and run dired on those files. | |
6809 | PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
6810 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6811 | ||
6812 | find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
6813 | ||
6814 | (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
6815 | Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
6816 | The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
6817 | ||
6818 | find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
6819 | ||
6820 | Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
6821 | ||
6822 | ;;;*** | |
6823 | \f | |
6824 | ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
6825 | ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
54baed30 | 6826 | ;;;;;; (14746 24125)) |
93548d2e DL |
6827 | ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
6828 | ||
6829 | (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6830 | Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
54baed30 | 6831 | See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. |
93548d2e DL |
6832 | |
6833 | If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
6834 | ||
6835 | (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6836 | Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
6837 | Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
6838 | ||
6839 | If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
6840 | If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
6841 | ||
6842 | Variables of interest include: | |
6843 | ||
54baed30 GM |
6844 | - `ff-case-fold-search' |
6845 | Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | |
93548d2e DL |
6846 | If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. |
6847 | ||
54baed30 | 6848 | - `ff-always-in-other-window' |
93548d2e | 6849 | If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an |
54baed30 | 6850 | argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. |
93548d2e | 6851 | |
54baed30 | 6852 | - `ff-ignore-include' |
93548d2e DL |
6853 | If non-nil, ignores #include lines. |
6854 | ||
54baed30 | 6855 | - `ff-always-try-to-create' |
93548d2e DL |
6856 | If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. |
6857 | ||
54baed30 | 6858 | - `ff-quiet-mode' |
93548d2e DL |
6859 | If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. |
6860 | ||
54baed30 GM |
6861 | - `ff-special-constructs' |
6862 | A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
6863 | constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
93548d2e DL |
6864 | extracting the filename from that construct. |
6865 | ||
54baed30 | 6866 | - `ff-other-file-alist' |
93548d2e DL |
6867 | Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. |
6868 | ||
54baed30 | 6869 | - `ff-search-directories' |
93548d2e | 6870 | List of directories searched through with each extension specified in |
54baed30 | 6871 | `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. |
93548d2e | 6872 | |
54baed30 | 6873 | - `ff-pre-find-hooks' |
93548d2e DL |
6874 | List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. |
6875 | ||
54baed30 | 6876 | - `ff-pre-load-hooks' |
93548d2e DL |
6877 | List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. |
6878 | ||
54baed30 | 6879 | - `ff-post-load-hooks' |
93548d2e DL |
6880 | List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. |
6881 | ||
54baed30 | 6882 | - `ff-not-found-hooks' |
93548d2e DL |
6883 | List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. |
6884 | ||
54baed30 | 6885 | - `ff-file-created-hooks' |
93548d2e DL |
6886 | List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) |
6887 | ||
6888 | (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
6889 | Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
6890 | ||
6891 | (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
54baed30 | 6892 | Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
6893 | |
6894 | ;;;*** | |
6895 | \f | |
6896 | ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
6897 | ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
6898 | ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
6899 | ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
6900 | ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 6901 | ;;;;;; (14814 33058)) |
93548d2e DL |
6902 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
6903 | ||
6904 | (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6905 | Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
6906 | ||
6907 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
6908 | in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6909 | not selected. | |
6910 | ||
6911 | If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
6912 | searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
6913 | in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6914 | ||
6915 | (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
6916 | Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
6917 | ||
6918 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
6919 | near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6920 | places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6921 | it is one of the current buffers. | |
6922 | ||
6923 | The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
6924 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6925 | See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6926 | ||
6927 | (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6928 | Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6929 | ||
6930 | See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6931 | ||
6932 | (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6933 | Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
6934 | ||
6935 | See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
6936 | ||
6937 | (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
6938 | Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. | |
6939 | ||
6940 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
6941 | in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
6942 | not selected. | |
6943 | ||
6944 | The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6945 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
6946 | ||
6947 | (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
6948 | Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
6949 | ||
6950 | Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
6951 | near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
6952 | places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
6953 | it is one of the current buffers. | |
6954 | ||
6955 | The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
6956 | `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
6957 | See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
6958 | ||
6959 | (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
6960 | Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6961 | ||
6962 | See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6963 | ||
6964 | (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
6965 | Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
6966 | ||
6967 | See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
6968 | ||
6969 | (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
6970 | Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
6971 | Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
6972 | ||
6973 | (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6974 | Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6975 | ||
6976 | (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
6977 | Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
6978 | ||
6979 | (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
6980 | Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
6981 | ||
6982 | ;;;*** | |
6983 | \f | |
c45be9ac | 6984 | ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
54baed30 | 6985 | ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14747 44772)) |
c45be9ac GM |
6986 | ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el |
6987 | ||
6988 | (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
6989 | Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil) | |
6990 | ||
6991 | (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
6992 | Display FILE's commentary section. | |
6993 | FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil) | |
6994 | ||
6995 | (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
6996 | Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil) | |
6997 | ||
6998 | ;;;*** | |
6999 | \f | |
93548d2e | 7000 | ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
7518ed7b | 7001 | ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450)) |
93548d2e DL |
7002 | ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
7003 | ||
7004 | (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7005 | Toggle flow control handling. | |
7006 | When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
7007 | With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
7008 | ||
7009 | (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7010 | Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
7011 | Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
7012 | on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
7013 | you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
7014 | to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
7015 | ||
7016 | ;;;*** | |
7017 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
7018 | ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode |
7019 | ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 7020 | ;;;;;; (14720 7116)) |
93548d2e DL |
7021 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
7022 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
7023 | (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ |
7024 | *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | |
7025 | Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | |
7026 | ||
7027 | (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
7028 | Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil) | |
7029 | ||
7030 | (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) | |
7031 | ||
93548d2e DL |
7032 | (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
7033 | Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
7034 | Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
7035 | The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
7036 | With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
7037 | With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
7038 | ||
7039 | Bindings: | |
7040 | \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
7041 | \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
7042 | \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
7043 | ||
7044 | Hooks: | |
7045 | flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. | |
7046 | ||
7047 | Remark: | |
7048 | `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
7049 | valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
7050 | invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
7051 | ||
7052 | Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
7053 | consider adding: | |
7054 | \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
7055 | in your .emacs file. | |
7056 | ||
7057 | flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. | |
7058 | ||
7059 | flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil) | |
7060 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
7061 | (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist)))) |
7062 | ||
93548d2e DL |
7063 | (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ |
7064 | Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
7065 | ||
7066 | ;;;*** | |
7067 | \f | |
7068 | ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
7069 | ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
b442e70a | 7070 | ;;;;;; (14392 8635)) |
93548d2e DL |
7071 | ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
7072 | ||
7073 | (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7074 | Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7075 | ||
7076 | (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7077 | Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7078 | ||
7079 | (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7080 | Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
7081 | ||
7082 | The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
7083 | of two major techniques: | |
7084 | ||
7085 | * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
7086 | This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
7087 | others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
7088 | ||
7089 | * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
7090 | window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
7091 | makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
7092 | movement commands. | |
7093 | ||
7094 | Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
7095 | side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
7096 | mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
7097 | one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
7098 | and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
7099 | mileage may vary). | |
7100 | ||
7101 | To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
7102 | `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
7103 | ||
7104 | Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
7105 | ||
7106 | If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
7107 | will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
7108 | \(This is the default.) | |
7109 | ||
7110 | When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
7111 | is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
7112 | ||
7113 | Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
7114 | \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7115 | ||
7116 | (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
7117 | Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
7118 | ||
7119 | Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
7120 | in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
7121 | frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
7122 | side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
7123 | two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
7124 | \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
7125 | ||
7126 | If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
7127 | the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
7128 | selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
7129 | ||
7130 | To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
7131 | in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
7132 | (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
7133 | ||
7134 | ;;;*** | |
7135 | \f | |
7136 | ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
5ec14d3c KH |
7137 | ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords |
7138 | ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 7139 | ;;;;;; (14829 31693)) |
93548d2e DL |
7140 | ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
7141 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
7142 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults)) |
7143 | ||
93548d2e DL |
7144 | (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\ |
7145 | Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.") | |
7146 | ||
7147 | (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ | |
7148 | Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
7149 | With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
0ad84a21 | 7150 | \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".) |
93548d2e DL |
7151 | |
7152 | When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
7153 | ||
7154 | - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
7155 | - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
7156 | - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
7157 | value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7158 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
7159 | To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for |
7160 | fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]. | |
7161 | ||
93548d2e DL |
7162 | You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in |
7163 | the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7164 | ||
7165 | (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
7166 | ||
7167 | Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
7168 | Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
7169 | of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7170 | ||
7171 | (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
7172 | ||
7173 | There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
7174 | in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
7175 | major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
7176 | `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
7177 | When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
7178 | fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
7179 | ||
7180 | For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
7181 | mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7182 | ||
7183 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
7184 | (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
7185 | ||
7186 | To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
7187 | selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
7188 | use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
7189 | ||
7190 | To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
7191 | size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
7192 | ||
7193 | To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
7194 | lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
7195 | syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
7196 | ||
7197 | See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
7198 | settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
7199 | buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
7200 | ||
7201 | (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
7202 | Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally. | |
7203 | Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil) | |
7204 | ||
7205 | (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
5ec14d3c KH |
7206 | Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7207 | MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
93548d2e DL |
7208 | or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
7209 | KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7210 | By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
7211 | If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
7212 | highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
7213 | end of the current highlighting list. | |
7214 | ||
7215 | For example: | |
7216 | ||
7217 | (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
7218 | '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
7219 | (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
7220 | ||
7221 | adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
7222 | comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
7223 | ||
7224 | Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., | |
7225 | see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
7226 | `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
7227 | ||
5ec14d3c | 7228 | (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
d054101f | 7229 | Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
2936437d | 7230 | |
d054101f | 7231 | MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' |
2936437d | 7232 | or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil) |
5ec14d3c | 7233 | |
93548d2e DL |
7234 | (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7235 | Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
0ad84a21 | 7236 | \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".) |
93548d2e DL |
7237 | With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. |
7238 | Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil. | |
7239 | Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on). | |
7240 | ||
7241 | When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
0ad84a21 MB |
7242 | turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. |
7243 | ||
7244 | To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for | |
7245 | highlighting different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]." t nil) | |
93548d2e | 7246 | |
7518ed7b GM |
7247 | (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
7248 | Toggle Global Font Lock mode. | |
7249 | When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically | |
7250 | turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. | |
7251 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
7252 | use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
7253 | ||
7254 | (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7255 | ||
7256 | (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
7257 | ||
93548d2e | 7258 | (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
cded5ed3 | 7259 | Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
7260 | |
7261 | ;;;*** | |
7262 | \f | |
7263 | ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 7264 | ;;;;;; (14830 53156)) |
93548d2e DL |
7265 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
7266 | ||
7267 | (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
7268 | Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
7269 | FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
7270 | FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
7271 | Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
7272 | ||
81bf3fa7 GM |
7273 | Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward |
7274 | compatibility. | |
93548d2e DL |
7275 | |
7276 | If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
7277 | signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
7278 | ||
7279 | It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
7280 | ||
7281 | ;;;*** | |
7282 | \f | |
d054101f GM |
7283 | ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517 |
7284 | ;;;;;; 9680)) | |
2936437d GM |
7285 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
7286 | ||
7287 | (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
7288 | Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
7289 | \\<message-mode-map> | |
7290 | key binding | |
7291 | --- ------- | |
7292 | ||
7293 | \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
7294 | \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
7295 | \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
7296 | \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
7297 | \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
7298 | \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
7299 | " t nil) | |
7300 | ||
7301 | ;;;*** | |
7302 | \f | |
93548d2e | 7303 | ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
cded5ed3 | 7304 | ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540)) |
93548d2e DL |
7305 | ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
7306 | ||
7307 | (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
7308 | Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
7309 | ||
7310 | Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
7311 | TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
7312 | C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
7313 | C-c < forms-first-record < | |
7314 | C-c > forms-last-record > | |
7315 | C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
7316 | C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
7317 | C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
7318 | C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
7319 | C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
7320 | C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
7321 | C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
7322 | C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
7323 | C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
7324 | C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
7325 | " t nil) | |
7326 | ||
7327 | (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
7328 | Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
7329 | ||
7330 | (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
7331 | Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
7332 | ||
7333 | ;;;*** | |
7334 | \f | |
7335 | ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
b442e70a | 7336 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14798 40436)) |
93548d2e DL |
7337 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
7338 | ||
7339 | (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
7340 | *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
7341 | A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
7342 | A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
7343 | with a character in column 6.") | |
7344 | ||
7345 | (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
7346 | Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
7347 | \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
7348 | DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
7349 | ||
7350 | Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
7351 | Fortran keywords. | |
7352 | ||
7353 | Key definitions: | |
7354 | \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
7355 | ||
7356 | Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
7357 | ||
7358 | `comment-start' | |
abb2db1c GM |
7359 | If you want to use comments starting with `!', |
7360 | set this to the string \"!\". | |
93548d2e DL |
7361 | `fortran-do-indent' |
7362 | Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
7363 | `fortran-if-indent' | |
7364 | Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
7365 | `fortran-structure-indent' | |
7366 | Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
7367 | (default 3) | |
7368 | `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
7369 | Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
7370 | `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
7371 | Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
7372 | `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
7373 | nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
7374 | fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
7375 | the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
7376 | format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7377 | (for TAB format continuation style). | |
7378 | relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
7379 | indentation for a line of code. | |
7380 | (default 'fixed) | |
7381 | `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
7382 | Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
7383 | full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
7384 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
7385 | Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
7386 | `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7387 | Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
7388 | `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
7389 | Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
7390 | less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
7391 | column 5. (default 1) | |
7392 | `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
7393 | Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
7394 | statements. (default nil) | |
7395 | `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
7396 | Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
7397 | matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
7398 | statement. (default nil) | |
7399 | `fortran-continuation-string' | |
7400 | Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
7401 | line. (default \"$\") | |
7402 | `fortran-comment-region' | |
7403 | String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
7404 | region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
7405 | `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
7406 | Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
7407 | as typed. (default t) | |
7408 | `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
cded5ed3 | 7409 | Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
93548d2e DL |
7410 | (default t) |
7411 | ||
7412 | Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
7413 | with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7414 | ||
7415 | ;;;*** | |
7416 | \f | |
7417 | ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 7418 | ;;;;;; (14811 40477)) |
93548d2e DL |
7419 | ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
7420 | ||
7421 | (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7422 | Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
7423 | ||
7424 | Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
7425 | FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
7426 | ||
7427 | NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
7428 | name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
7429 | function. | |
7430 | ||
7431 | COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
7432 | a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
7433 | or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
0ad84a21 MB |
7434 | `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the |
7435 | pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. | |
93548d2e DL |
7436 | Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. |
7437 | ||
7438 | KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
7439 | Each keyword should be a string. | |
7440 | ||
7441 | FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
7442 | in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
7443 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
7444 | AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. |
7445 | These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
93548d2e DL |
7446 | is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. |
7447 | ||
7448 | FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
7449 | ||
7450 | See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
7451 | ||
7452 | (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7453 | Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
7454 | \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
7455 | comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
7456 | ||
7457 | To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
7458 | Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
7459 | ||
7460 | ;;;*** | |
7461 | \f | |
2cb750ba | 7462 | ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
54baed30 | 7463 | ;;;;;; (14746 24126)) |
2cb750ba GM |
7464 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
7465 | ||
7466 | (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
7467 | Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
7468 | When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
7469 | at places they belong to." t nil) | |
7470 | ||
7471 | ;;;*** | |
7472 | \f | |
93548d2e | 7473 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
d09b9dbd | 7474 | ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14842 10645)) |
93548d2e DL |
7475 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
7476 | ||
7477 | (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7478 | Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
7479 | ||
7480 | (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
7481 | Read network news. | |
7482 | If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7483 | startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
7484 | If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7485 | prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
7486 | As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
7487 | ||
7488 | (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
7489 | Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
7490 | ||
7491 | (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
7492 | Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
7493 | ||
7494 | (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
7495 | Read network news. | |
7496 | If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
7497 | startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
7498 | prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
7499 | ||
7500 | ;;;*** | |
7501 | \f | |
7502 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
7503 | ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 7504 | ;;;;;; (14842 10643)) |
93548d2e DL |
7505 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
7506 | ||
7507 | (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7508 | Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
7509 | ||
7510 | (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7511 | Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
7512 | ||
7513 | (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7514 | Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
7515 | The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
7516 | last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
7517 | ||
7518 | \(gnus-agentize) | |
7519 | ||
7520 | This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
7521 | and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
7522 | agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
7523 | ||
7524 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
7525 | Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
7526 | ||
7527 | (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
7528 | ||
7529 | ;;;*** | |
7530 | \f | |
b442e70a | 7531 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" |
d09b9dbd | 7532 | ;;;;;; (14842 36876)) |
b442e70a MB |
7533 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el |
7534 | ||
7535 | (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ | |
7536 | Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil) | |
7537 | ||
7538 | ;;;*** | |
7539 | \f | |
93548d2e | 7540 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" |
d09b9dbd | 7541 | ;;;;;; (14813 58974)) |
93548d2e DL |
7542 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
7543 | ||
7544 | (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
0ad84a21 | 7545 | Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
7546 | |
7547 | ;;;*** | |
7548 | \f | |
7549 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
b442e70a MB |
7550 | ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14792 |
7551 | ;;;;;; 2675)) | |
93548d2e DL |
7552 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
7553 | ||
7554 | (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7555 | Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
7556 | ||
7557 | Usage: | |
7558 | $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
7559 | ||
7560 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7561 | Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
7562 | ||
7563 | (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
7564 | Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
7565 | ||
7566 | ;;;*** | |
7567 | \f | |
7568 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
0ad84a21 | 7569 | ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14842 10645)) |
93548d2e DL |
7570 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
7571 | ||
7572 | (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7573 | Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
7574 | Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
7575 | ||
7576 | (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
7577 | Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
7578 | ||
7579 | ;;;*** | |
7580 | \f | |
7581 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 7582 | ;;;;;; (14813 6105)) |
93548d2e DL |
7583 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
7584 | ||
7585 | (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
7586 | ||
7587 | (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
7588 | Run batched scoring. | |
7589 | Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
7590 | ||
7591 | ;;;*** | |
7592 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
7593 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update |
7594 | ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" | |
7595 | ;;;;;; (14791 27226)) | |
7596 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el | |
7597 | ||
7598 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
7599 | Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. | |
7600 | Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail | |
7601 | splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with | |
7602 | group parameters. | |
7603 | ||
7604 | If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called | |
7605 | interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before | |
7606 | getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to | |
7607 | nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook." t nil) | |
7608 | ||
7609 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
7610 | Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params. | |
7611 | It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil DEFAULTGROUP)." t nil) | |
7612 | ||
7613 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
7614 | Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | |
7615 | See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. | |
7616 | ||
7617 | If no group is defined as catch-all, the value of | |
7618 | gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used. | |
7619 | ||
7620 | gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil) | |
7621 | ||
7622 | (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
7623 | Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It | |
7624 | can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT | |
7625 | ||
7626 | \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) | |
7627 | ||
7628 | GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will | |
7629 | be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all | |
7630 | existing groups are considered. | |
7631 | ||
7632 | if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned, | |
7633 | otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be | |
7634 | returned. | |
7635 | ||
7636 | if CATCH-ALL is not nil, and there is no selected group whose | |
7637 | SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is there a selected group | |
7638 | whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this group name will be appended to | |
7639 | the returned SPLIT list, as the last element in a '| SPLIT. | |
7640 | ||
7641 | For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC | |
7642 | is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this | |
7643 | case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or | |
7644 | EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is | |
7645 | constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if | |
7646 | SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it | |
7647 | matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT | |
7648 | clauses will be generated. | |
7649 | ||
7650 | For example, given the following group parameters: | |
7651 | ||
7652 | nnml:mail.bar: | |
7653 | \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") | |
7654 | (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) | |
7655 | nnml:mail.foo: | |
7656 | \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") | |
7657 | (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") | |
7658 | (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") | |
7659 | (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) | |
7660 | nnml:mail.others: | |
7661 | \((split-spec . catch-all)) | |
7662 | ||
7663 | Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns: | |
7664 | ||
7665 | \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" | |
7666 | \"mail.bar\") | |
7667 | (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" | |
7668 | - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) | |
7669 | \"mail.others\")" nil nil) | |
7670 | ||
7671 | ;;;*** | |
7672 | \f | |
93548d2e | 7673 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" |
b442e70a | 7674 | ;;;;;; (14792 2677)) |
93548d2e DL |
7675 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
7676 | ||
7677 | (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
7678 | Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
7679 | Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
7680 | ||
7681 | ;;;*** | |
7682 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
7683 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14793 |
7684 | ;;;;;; 26123)) | |
7685 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el | |
93548d2e | 7686 | |
b442e70a MB |
7687 | (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ |
7688 | Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
7689 | Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the | |
7690 | the Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil) | |
93548d2e | 7691 | |
b442e70a | 7692 | (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
93548d2e DL |
7693 | |
7694 | ;;;*** | |
7695 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 7696 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el" |
d09b9dbd | 7697 | ;;;;;; (14842 10645)) |
0ad84a21 MB |
7698 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
7699 | ||
7700 | (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
7701 | Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
7702 | All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
7703 | If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr | |
7704 | part is ignored. | |
7705 | ||
7706 | This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is | |
7707 | recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' | |
7708 | rather than using this function." nil nil) | |
7709 | ||
7710 | ;;;*** | |
7711 | \f | |
93548d2e | 7712 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" |
b442e70a | 7713 | ;;;;;; (14792 2677)) |
93548d2e DL |
7714 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
7715 | ||
7716 | (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
7717 | Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
7718 | Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
7719 | for matching on group names. | |
7720 | ||
7721 | For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
7722 | groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
7723 | ||
7724 | $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
7725 | ||
7726 | Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
7727 | ||
7728 | ;;;*** | |
7729 | \f | |
7730 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
b442e70a | 7731 | ;;;;;; (14792 2677)) |
93548d2e DL |
7732 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
7733 | ||
7734 | (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
7735 | Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
7736 | ||
7737 | ;;;*** | |
7738 | \f | |
7739 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
d09b9dbd | 7740 | ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14841 19792)) |
93548d2e DL |
7741 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
7742 | ||
7743 | (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
b442e70a MB |
7744 | Unload all Gnus features. |
7745 | \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names | |
7746 | have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use | |
7747 | cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
7748 | |
7749 | (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
7750 | Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
7751 | ||
7752 | ;;;*** | |
7753 | \f | |
7754 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
b442e70a | 7755 | ;;;;;; (14792 2682)) |
93548d2e DL |
7756 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
7757 | ||
7758 | (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
7759 | Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
7760 | ||
7761 | ;;;*** | |
7762 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 7763 | ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 41839)) |
93548d2e DL |
7764 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
7765 | ||
7766 | (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
7767 | Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
7768 | If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. | |
7769 | If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
7770 | If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
7771 | ||
7772 | You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
7773 | and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
7774 | marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
7775 | ||
7776 | You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
7777 | \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
7778 | Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
7779 | ||
7780 | ;;;*** | |
7781 | \f | |
7782 | ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
54baed30 | 7783 | ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775)) |
a25bbe00 | 7784 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el |
93548d2e DL |
7785 | |
7786 | (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7787 | Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
7788 | Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
7789 | `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7790 | there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
7791 | ||
7792 | (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7793 | Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
7794 | Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
7795 | `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
7796 | there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
7797 | ||
7798 | (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
7799 | Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
7800 | Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
7801 | or to send e-mail. | |
7802 | By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
7803 | ||
7804 | Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
7805 | `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
7806 | ||
7807 | ;;;*** | |
7808 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 7809 | ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906)) |
93548d2e DL |
7810 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
7811 | ||
7812 | (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
7813 | Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
7814 | SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
7815 | and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
7816 | the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
7817 | ||
7818 | ;;;*** | |
7819 | \f | |
7820 | ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
54baed30 | 7821 | ;;;;;; (14750 26818)) |
93548d2e DL |
7822 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
7823 | ||
7824 | (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
7825 | Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7826 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7827 | and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7828 | ||
7829 | (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
7830 | Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7831 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7832 | and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7833 | ||
7834 | (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
7835 | Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7836 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7837 | and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7838 | ||
7839 | (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
7840 | Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7841 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7842 | and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
7843 | ||
7844 | You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
7845 | directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
7846 | ||
7847 | (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
7848 | Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
7849 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7850 | and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7851 | ||
7852 | (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
7853 | Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
7854 | The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
7855 | and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
7856 | ||
7857 | (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
7858 | Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named | |
7859 | \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" | |
7860 | if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace | |
7861 | between it and it's value." t nil) | |
7862 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") | |
7863 | ||
7864 | ;;;*** | |
7865 | \f | |
f75a0f7a GM |
7866 | ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638 |
7867 | ;;;;;; 40782)) | |
93548d2e DL |
7868 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
7869 | ||
7870 | (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
7871 | Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
7872 | The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
7873 | and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
7874 | ||
7875 | Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
7876 | handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
7877 | handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
7878 | handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
7879 | ||
7880 | ;;;*** | |
7881 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 7882 | ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
fd0e837b | 7883 | ;;;;;; (14539 53714)) |
93548d2e DL |
7884 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
7885 | ||
7886 | (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
7518ed7b GM |
7887 | Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
7888 | ||
7889 | (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
7890 | Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
7891 | Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
7892 | second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
7893 | ||
7894 | Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
7895 | ||
7896 | (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
7897 | Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
7898 | This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
7899 | current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
7900 | to be updated." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
7901 | |
7902 | ;;;*** | |
7903 | \f | |
7518ed7b GM |
7904 | ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" |
7905 | ;;;;;; (14264 39262)) | |
93548d2e DL |
7906 | ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
7907 | ||
7908 | (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
7909 | *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
7910 | The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
7911 | and window listing and describing the options. | |
7912 | A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
7913 | \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
7914 | ||
7915 | ;;;*** | |
7916 | \f | |
7917 | ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" | |
b442e70a | 7918 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866)) |
93548d2e DL |
7919 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
7920 | ||
7921 | (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
7922 | Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
7923 | ||
7924 | (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
7925 | Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
7926 | ||
7927 | ;;;*** | |
7928 | \f | |
7929 | ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
d09b9dbd | 7930 | ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 33060)) |
93548d2e DL |
7931 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
7932 | ||
7933 | (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
7518ed7b GM |
7934 | \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
7935 | This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
7936 | if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
7937 | Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
93548d2e DL |
7938 | |
7939 | This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
7940 | using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
7941 | ||
7942 | Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
7943 | representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
7944 | are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
7945 | values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
7946 | ||
7947 | If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
7948 | unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
7949 | periods. | |
7950 | ||
7951 | If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
7952 | in hexl format. | |
7953 | ||
7954 | A sample format: | |
7955 | ||
7956 | HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
7957 | -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
7958 | 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
7959 | 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
7960 | 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
7961 | 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
7962 | 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
7963 | 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
7964 | 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
7965 | 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
7966 | 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
7967 | 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
7968 | 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
7969 | 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
7970 | 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
7971 | ||
7972 | Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
7973 | cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
7974 | to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
7975 | ||
7976 | Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
7977 | also supported. | |
7978 | ||
7979 | There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
7980 | ||
7981 | ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
7982 | bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
7983 | insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
7984 | ||
7985 | \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
7986 | it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
7987 | of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
7988 | ||
7989 | \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
7990 | into the buffer at the current point. | |
7991 | ||
7992 | \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
7993 | into the buffer at the current point. | |
7994 | ||
7995 | \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
7996 | into the buffer at the current point. | |
7997 | ||
7998 | \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
7999 | ||
8000 | Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
8001 | will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
8002 | ||
7518ed7b | 8003 | You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
93548d2e DL |
8004 | |
8005 | \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
8006 | ||
8007 | (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
8008 | Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
8009 | Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
8010 | ||
8011 | (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
8012 | Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
8013 | This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
8014 | ||
8015 | ;;;*** | |
8016 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
8017 | ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer |
8018 | ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode | |
0ad84a21 | 8019 | ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14792 36880)) |
abb2db1c GM |
8020 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el |
8021 | ||
8022 | (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces)) | |
8023 | ||
8024 | (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | |
8025 | Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | |
8026 | ||
8027 | (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8028 | ||
8029 | (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock)) | |
8030 | ||
8031 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8032 | Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | |
8033 | ||
8034 | If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | |
8035 | turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\" | |
8036 | submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, | |
8037 | which can be called interactively, are: | |
8038 | ||
8039 | \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
8040 | Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8041 | ||
8042 | \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
8043 | Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8044 | ||
8045 | \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | |
8046 | Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | |
8047 | ||
8048 | \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | |
8049 | Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | |
8050 | be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | |
8051 | is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | |
8052 | (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | |
8053 | any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | |
8054 | ||
8055 | \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | |
8056 | Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | |
8057 | ||
8058 | When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | |
8059 | beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | |
8060 | Hi-lock: FOO | |
8061 | where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | |
8062 | already present. The patterns must start before position (number | |
8063 | of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | |
8064 | will be read until | |
8065 | Hi-lock: end | |
8066 | is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil) | |
8067 | ||
8068 | (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | |
8069 | ||
8070 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8071 | Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE. | |
8072 | ||
8073 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8074 | list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8075 | \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8076 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8077 | ||
8078 | (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | |
8079 | ||
8080 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8081 | Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE. | |
8082 | ||
8083 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8084 | list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8085 | \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8086 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8087 | ||
8088 | (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) | |
8089 | ||
8090 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8091 | Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock. | |
8092 | ||
8093 | Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | |
8094 | regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | |
54baed30 | 8095 | interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) |
abb2db1c GM |
8096 | \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. |
8097 | \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil) | |
8098 | ||
8099 | (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8100 | Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | |
8101 | ||
8102 | Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | |
8103 | `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | |
8104 | be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil) | |
8105 | ||
8106 | ;;;*** | |
8107 | \f | |
93548d2e | 8108 | ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially |
0ad84a21 | 8109 | ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 16483)) |
93548d2e DL |
8110 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
8111 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
8112 | (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\ |
8113 | Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.") | |
8114 | ||
93548d2e DL |
8115 | (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ |
8116 | Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
8117 | With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
8118 | In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
8119 | would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
8120 | how the hiding is done: | |
8121 | ||
8122 | hide-ifdef-env | |
8123 | An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the | |
8124 | current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8125 | is used. | |
8126 | ||
8127 | hide-ifdef-define-alist | |
8128 | An association list of defined symbol lists. | |
8129 | Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8130 | and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8131 | from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
8132 | ||
8133 | hide-ifdef-lines | |
8134 | Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and | |
8135 | #endif lines when hiding. | |
8136 | ||
8137 | hide-ifdef-initially | |
8138 | Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode | |
8139 | is activated. | |
8140 | ||
8141 | hide-ifdef-read-only | |
8142 | Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. | |
8143 | After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
8144 | ||
8145 | \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8146 | ||
8147 | (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
8148 | *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
8149 | ||
8150 | (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
8151 | *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
8152 | ||
8153 | (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
8154 | *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
8155 | ||
8156 | ;;;*** | |
8157 | \f | |
6448a6b3 | 8158 | ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
b442e70a | 8159 | ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14798 40437)) |
93548d2e DL |
8160 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
8161 | ||
8162 | (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
6448a6b3 GM |
8163 | *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
8164 | ||
8165 | (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
93548d2e | 8166 | *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
6448a6b3 | 8167 | Each element has the form |
93548d2e | 8168 | (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
93548d2e | 8169 | |
6448a6b3 GM |
8170 | If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks |
8171 | and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
8172 | ||
8173 | START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
8174 | defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
93548d2e | 8175 | |
6448a6b3 GM |
8176 | As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START |
8177 | MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
8178 | MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
8179 | place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
8180 | example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
93548d2e | 8181 | |
6448a6b3 GM |
8182 | For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those |
8183 | cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
93548d2e | 8184 | |
6448a6b3 GM |
8185 | See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the |
8186 | use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
8187 | ||
8188 | If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
8189 | appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
8190 | whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
93548d2e DL |
8191 | |
8192 | (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
8193 | Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
8194 | With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
8195 | When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
8196 | commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
8197 | The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
93548d2e DL |
8198 | |
8199 | The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
b442e70a | 8200 | `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also |
6448a6b3 | 8201 | `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. |
93548d2e DL |
8202 | |
8203 | Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
8204 | variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
8205 | ||
d054101f GM |
8206 | Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
8207 | ||
93548d2e DL |
8208 | Key bindings: |
8209 | \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8210 | ||
8211 | ;;;*** | |
8212 | \f | |
8213 | ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
8214 | ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
8215 | ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
0ad84a21 | 8216 | ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 33582)) |
93548d2e DL |
8217 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
8218 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
8219 | (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
8220 | ||
93548d2e | 8221 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
54baed30 | 8222 | Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. |
93548d2e DL |
8223 | This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) |
8224 | ||
8225 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8226 | Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
8227 | ||
54baed30 GM |
8228 | Without an argument: |
8229 | If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | |
8230 | or passive state as determined by the variable | |
8231 | `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | |
8232 | and passive state. | |
93548d2e | 8233 | |
54baed30 GM |
8234 | With an argument ARG: |
8235 | If ARG is positive, set state to active; | |
8236 | If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | |
8237 | If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
93548d2e | 8238 | |
54baed30 | 8239 | Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. |
93548d2e DL |
8240 | Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are |
8241 | not displayed in a different face. | |
8242 | ||
8243 | Functions: | |
8244 | \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
8245 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
8246 | \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
8247 | buffer with the contents of a file | |
8248 | \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
8249 | \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
8250 | various faces. | |
8251 | ||
93548d2e | 8252 | Hook variables: |
54baed30 GM |
8253 | `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. |
8254 | `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | |
8255 | `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
8256 | |
8257 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8258 | Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8259 | ||
8260 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8261 | Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
8262 | ||
8263 | (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8264 | Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
8265 | ||
54baed30 GM |
8266 | Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element |
8267 | of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | |
93548d2e DL |
8268 | face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain |
8269 | shown in the last face in the list. | |
8270 | ||
8271 | You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
54baed30 | 8272 | by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the |
93548d2e | 8273 | buffer to be saved): |
54baed30 GM |
8274 | |
8275 | (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
8276 | |
8277 | (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8278 | Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
8279 | ||
8280 | The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
54baed30 | 8281 | and must not be read-only. |
93548d2e | 8282 | |
54baed30 GM |
8283 | If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when |
8284 | this function is called interactively. | |
93548d2e | 8285 | |
54baed30 GM |
8286 | If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it |
8287 | also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | |
8288 | read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
93548d2e | 8289 | |
54baed30 GM |
8290 | If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property |
8291 | changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
93548d2e DL |
8292 | \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) |
8293 | ||
8294 | (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8295 | Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
8296 | ||
8297 | When called interactively: | |
8298 | - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
8299 | - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
8300 | - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
8301 | - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
8302 | ||
8303 | When called from a program: | |
8304 | - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
54baed30 GM |
8305 | - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode |
8306 | - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | |
93548d2e DL |
8307 | - otherwise just turn it on |
8308 | ||
8309 | When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
8310 | on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
8311 | variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
54baed30 | 8312 | \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
8313 | |
8314 | ;;;*** | |
8315 | \f | |
8316 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
8317 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
8318 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
cded5ed3 | 8319 | ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
54baed30 | 8320 | ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398)) |
93548d2e DL |
8321 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
8322 | ||
8323 | (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
8324 | The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
8325 | To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
8326 | or insert functions in this list.") | |
8327 | ||
8328 | (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
8329 | *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
8330 | ||
8331 | (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
8332 | *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
8333 | ||
8334 | (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
8335 | *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
8336 | ||
8337 | (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
8338 | *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
8339 | ||
8340 | (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
8341 | *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
8342 | If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
8343 | ||
8344 | (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
8345 | *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
8346 | Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8347 | \(as atoms)") | |
8348 | ||
8349 | (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
8350 | *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
8351 | Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
8352 | \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable | |
8353 | `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") | |
8354 | ||
8355 | (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8356 | Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
8357 | The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
8358 | tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
8359 | application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
8360 | expansions. | |
8361 | With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
8362 | function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
8363 | undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
8364 | ||
8365 | (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
8366 | Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
8367 | Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
8368 | argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
8369 | ||
8370 | ;;;*** | |
8371 | \f | |
b442e70a | 8372 | ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14798 40431)) |
7518ed7b GM |
8373 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
8374 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
8375 | (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\ |
8376 | Toggle Hl-Line mode. | |
8377 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
8378 | use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.") | |
8379 | ||
8380 | (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8381 | ||
8382 | (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
8383 | ||
7518ed7b | 8384 | (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ |
0a352cd7 | 8385 | Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
7518ed7b | 8386 | With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
7518ed7b GM |
8387 | Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on |
8388 | `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
8389 | ||
8390 | ;;;*** | |
8391 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
8392 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
8393 | ;;;;;; (13462 53924)) | |
8394 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el | |
8395 | ||
8396 | (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ | |
8397 | Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
8398 | ||
8399 | The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
8400 | documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
8401 | ||
8402 | The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
8403 | ||
8404 | ;;;*** | |
8405 | \f | |
8406 | ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
abb2db1c | 8407 | ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520)) |
93548d2e DL |
8408 | ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el |
8409 | ||
8410 | (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 8411 | This function is obsolete." nil nil) |
93548d2e DL |
8412 | |
8413 | (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 8414 | This function is absolete." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
8415 | |
8416 | (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 8417 | This function is absolete." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
8418 | |
8419 | ;;;*** | |
8420 | \f | |
8421 | ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" | |
f75a0f7a | 8422 | ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704)) |
93548d2e DL |
8423 | ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
8424 | ||
8425 | (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
8426 | Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. | |
8427 | Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil) | |
8428 | ||
8429 | (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
8430 | Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
8431 | Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
8432 | ||
8433 | ;;;*** | |
8434 | \f | |
d09b9dbd | 8435 | ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14816 63837)) |
93548d2e DL |
8436 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
8437 | ||
8438 | (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
8439 | Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
8440 | Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
8441 | Tab indents for Icon code. | |
8442 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
8443 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
8444 | \\{icon-mode-map} | |
8445 | Variables controlling indentation style: | |
8446 | icon-tab-always-indent | |
8447 | Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
8448 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
8449 | icon-auto-newline | |
8450 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
8451 | inserted in Icon code. | |
8452 | icon-indent-level | |
8453 | Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
8454 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
8455 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
8456 | icon-continued-statement-offset | |
8457 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
8458 | then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
8459 | icon-continued-brace-offset | |
8460 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
8461 | This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
8462 | icon-brace-offset | |
8463 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
8464 | icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
8465 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
8466 | this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
8467 | ||
8468 | Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
8469 | with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
8470 | ||
8471 | ;;;*** | |
8472 | \f | |
0a352cd7 | 8473 | ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
54baed30 | 8474 | ;;;;;; (14735 57460)) |
0a352cd7 GM |
8475 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
8476 | ||
8477 | (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
8478 | Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
8479 | If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
8480 | If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
8481 | ||
8482 | When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
8483 | is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
8484 | separate frames. | |
8485 | ||
8486 | The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
8487 | ||
8488 | The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
8489 | input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
8490 | See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
8491 | ||
8492 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
8493 | ||
8494 | ;;;*** | |
8495 | \f | |
6448a6b3 | 8496 | ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
abb2db1c | 8497 | ;;;;;; (14671 47574)) |
6448a6b3 GM |
8498 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
8499 | ||
8500 | (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
8501 | Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
8502 | ||
8503 | The main features of this mode are | |
8504 | ||
8505 | 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
8506 | -------------------------- | |
8507 | Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
8508 | TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
8509 | ||
8510 | To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
8511 | be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
8512 | When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
8513 | that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
8514 | ||
8515 | Comments are indented as follows: | |
8516 | ||
8517 | `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
8518 | `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
8519 | `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
8520 | ||
8521 | The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
8522 | ||
8523 | Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
8524 | of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
8525 | retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
8526 | When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
8527 | can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
8528 | ||
8529 | To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
8530 | entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
8531 | Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
8532 | ||
8533 | 2. Routine Info | |
8534 | ------------ | |
8535 | IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
8536 | keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
8537 | \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
8538 | These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
8539 | buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
8540 | currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
abb2db1c GM |
8541 | information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). |
8542 | ||
8543 | 3. Online IDL Help | |
8544 | --------------- | |
8545 | \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | |
8546 | for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | |
8547 | stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | |
8548 | files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | |
8549 | be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | |
6448a6b3 | 8550 | |
abb2db1c | 8551 | 4. Completion |
6448a6b3 | 8552 | ---------- |
abb2db1c GM |
8553 | \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions |
8554 | class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | |
8555 | figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | |
8556 | Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | |
8557 | mixed or upper case. | |
6448a6b3 | 8558 | |
abb2db1c | 8559 | 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations |
6448a6b3 GM |
8560 | -------------------------------- |
8561 | Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
8562 | The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
8563 | ||
8564 | \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
8565 | \\fu FUNCTION template | |
8566 | \\c CASE statement template | |
8567 | \\f FOR loop template | |
8568 | \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
8569 | \\w WHILE loop template | |
8570 | \\i IF statement template | |
8571 | \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
8572 | \\b BEGIN | |
8573 | ||
8574 | For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
8575 | direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
8576 | ||
8577 | \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
8578 | current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
8579 | can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
8580 | ||
abb2db1c | 8581 | 6. Automatic Case Conversion |
6448a6b3 GM |
8582 | ------------------------- |
8583 | The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
8584 | `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
8585 | ||
abb2db1c | 8586 | 7. Automatic END completion |
6448a6b3 GM |
8587 | ------------------------ |
8588 | If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
8589 | will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
8590 | ||
abb2db1c | 8591 | 8. Hooks |
6448a6b3 GM |
8592 | ----- |
8593 | Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
8594 | Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
8595 | ||
abb2db1c | 8596 | 9. Documentation and Customization |
6448a6b3 GM |
8597 | ------------------------------- |
8598 | Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
8599 | to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
8600 | For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
8601 | homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
8602 | IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
8603 | ||
abb2db1c | 8604 | 10.Keybindings |
6448a6b3 GM |
8605 | ----------- |
8606 | Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
8607 | If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
8608 | followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
8609 | ||
8610 | \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8611 | ||
8612 | ;;;*** | |
8613 | \f | |
d09b9dbd | 8614 | ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14819 42852)) |
93548d2e DL |
8615 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
8616 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
8617 | ||
8618 | (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
8619 | Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
8620 | Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
8621 | ||
8622 | ;;;*** | |
8623 | \f | |
7464346d GM |
8624 | ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image |
8625 | ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
d09b9dbd | 8626 | ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14812 24473)) |
93548d2e DL |
8627 | ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
8628 | ||
0a352cd7 GM |
8629 | (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
8630 | Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
8631 | Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
8632 | be determined." nil nil) | |
8633 | ||
93548d2e DL |
8634 | (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
8635 | Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
8636 | Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
8637 | be determined." nil nil) | |
8638 | ||
8639 | (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
8640 | Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
8641 | Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
8642 | ||
8643 | (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
0a352cd7 GM |
8644 | Create an image. |
8645 | FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
93548d2e | 8646 | Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
0a352cd7 GM |
8647 | or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
8648 | of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
8649 | use its file extension.as image type. | |
8650 | Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. | |
93548d2e | 8651 | Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
b442e70a | 8652 | like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. |
93548d2e DL |
8653 | Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) |
8654 | ||
8655 | (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 8656 | Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
93548d2e | 8657 | IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
7518ed7b GM |
8658 | IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
8659 | `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
f75a0f7a | 8660 | image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. |
93548d2e | 8661 | POS may be an integer or marker. |
93548d2e DL |
8662 | AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
8663 | display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8664 | display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
7518ed7b | 8665 | means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
93548d2e DL |
8666 | |
8667 | (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
8668 | Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
7518ed7b | 8669 | IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
f75a0f7a GM |
8670 | with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
8671 | defaulted if you omit it. | |
93548d2e DL |
8672 | AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
8673 | display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
8674 | display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
7518ed7b | 8675 | means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
93548d2e DL |
8676 | |
8677 | (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
8678 | Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
8679 | Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
8680 | BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
8681 | ||
7464346d GM |
8682 | (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
8683 | Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
8684 | ||
f75a0f7a | 8685 | SPECS is a list of image specifications. |
7464346d GM |
8686 | |
8687 | Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8688 | a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
8689 | least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
8690 | `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8691 | e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
f75a0f7a GM |
8692 | string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE |
8693 | is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | |
8694 | specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | |
8695 | satisfied. | |
8696 | ||
8697 | The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
7464346d | 8698 | |
93548d2e DL |
8699 | (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
8700 | Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
8701 | ||
8702 | SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
8703 | documentation string. | |
8704 | ||
8705 | Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
8706 | a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
0a352cd7 GM |
8707 | least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
8708 | `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
8709 | e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
8710 | string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
8711 | specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
8712 | define SYMBOL. | |
93548d2e DL |
8713 | |
8714 | Example: | |
8715 | ||
8716 | (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
8717 | (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
8718 | ||
8719 | ;;;*** | |
8720 | \f | |
0ad84a21 MB |
8721 | ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp |
8722 | ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" | |
d09b9dbd | 8723 | ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14822 58259)) |
b442e70a MB |
8724 | ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el |
8725 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
8726 | (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm")) "\ |
8727 | *A list of image-file filename extensions. | |
8728 | Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, | |
8729 | in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. | |
8730 | ||
8731 | See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, | |
8732 | setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
8733 | `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
8734 | variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
8735 | ||
8736 | (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ | |
8737 | *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. | |
8738 | Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, | |
8739 | in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. | |
8740 | ||
8741 | See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is | |
8742 | enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
8743 | `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the | |
8744 | variable is set using \\[customize].") | |
8745 | ||
b442e70a | 8746 | (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ |
0ad84a21 MB |
8747 | Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil) |
8748 | ||
8749 | (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ | |
8750 | Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. | |
8751 | Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for | |
8752 | the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil) | |
b442e70a MB |
8753 | |
8754 | (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ | |
8755 | Toggle Auto-Image-File mode. | |
8756 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
8757 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") | |
8758 | ||
8759 | (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8760 | ||
8761 | (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file)) | |
8762 | ||
8763 | (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ | |
8764 | Toggle visiting of image files as images. | |
8765 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
8766 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
8767 | ||
8768 | Image files are those whose name has an extension in | |
8769 | `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in | |
8770 | `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil) | |
8771 | ||
b442e70a MB |
8772 | ;;;*** |
8773 | \f | |
93548d2e | 8774 | ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar |
0ad84a21 | 8775 | ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14837 50473)) |
93548d2e DL |
8776 | ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
8777 | ||
8778 | (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
8779 | *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
8780 | ||
8781 | Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
8782 | ||
8783 | Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
8784 | The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
8785 | in the buffer. | |
8786 | ||
8787 | Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
8788 | ||
8789 | The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
8790 | element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
8791 | \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
8792 | ||
8793 | (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
8794 | The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
8795 | ||
8796 | If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
8797 | to create a buffer index. | |
8798 | ||
8799 | The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
8800 | (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
8801 | or like this: | |
8802 | (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
8803 | with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
8804 | the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
abb2db1c GM |
8805 | of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
8806 | with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
93548d2e DL |
8807 | |
8808 | MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
8809 | entries are not nested. | |
8810 | ||
8811 | REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
8812 | to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
8813 | etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
8814 | menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
8815 | ||
8816 | INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
8817 | function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
8818 | ||
8819 | The variable is buffer-local. | |
8820 | ||
8821 | The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
8822 | regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be | |
8823 | used to alter the syntax table for the search. | |
8824 | ||
8825 | For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by | |
8826 | `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set | |
8827 | locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\" | |
8828 | syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.") | |
8829 | ||
8830 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
8831 | ||
8832 | (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
8833 | The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
8834 | ||
8835 | It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
8836 | of the current buffer as an alist. | |
8837 | ||
8838 | Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
8839 | Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
8840 | A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
8841 | The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
8842 | if it is a sub-alist. | |
8843 | ||
8844 | This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
8845 | ||
8846 | The variable is buffer-local.") | |
8847 | ||
8848 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
8849 | ||
8850 | (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
8851 | Function for finding the next index position. | |
8852 | ||
8853 | If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
8854 | `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
8855 | to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
8856 | file. | |
8857 | ||
8858 | The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
8859 | index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
8860 | ||
8861 | This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8862 | ||
8863 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
8864 | ||
8865 | (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
8866 | Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
8867 | ||
8868 | This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
8869 | finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
8870 | It should return the name for that index item. | |
8871 | ||
8872 | This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8873 | ||
8874 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
8875 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
8876 | (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
8877 | Function to compare string with index item. | |
8878 | ||
8879 | This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
8880 | non-nil if they match. | |
8881 | ||
8882 | If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
8883 | Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
8884 | such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
8885 | arguments match\". | |
8886 | ||
8887 | This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
8888 | ||
8889 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
8890 | ||
93548d2e DL |
8891 | (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
8892 | The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
8893 | The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
8894 | ||
8895 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
8896 | ||
8897 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) | |
8898 | ||
8899 | (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
8900 | Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8901 | NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
8902 | See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
8903 | ||
8904 | (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
8905 | Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
8906 | ||
8907 | A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
8908 | ||
8909 | (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
8910 | Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
8911 | INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
8912 | for more information." t nil) | |
8913 | ||
8914 | ;;;*** | |
8915 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 8916 | ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
d09b9dbd | 8917 | ;;;;;; (14819 42855)) |
7518ed7b | 8918 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
93548d2e DL |
8919 | |
8920 | (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
8921 | *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
8922 | Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
0ad84a21 | 8923 | mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword |
93548d2e DL |
8924 | \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") |
8925 | ||
8926 | (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
8927 | *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8928 | ||
8929 | (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
8930 | *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
8931 | This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
8932 | and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
8933 | to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
8934 | The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
8935 | produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
8936 | but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
8937 | ||
8938 | (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
8939 | Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
8940 | Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
0ad84a21 | 8941 | and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the |
93548d2e DL |
8942 | Inferior Lisp buffer. |
8943 | ||
54baed30 GM |
8944 | This variable is only used if the variable |
8945 | `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
8946 | ||
93548d2e DL |
8947 | More precise choices: |
8948 | Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
8949 | franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
8950 | kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
8951 | ||
8952 | This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
8953 | ||
8954 | (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
8955 | *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
8956 | ||
8957 | (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
8958 | Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
8959 | If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
8960 | to that buffer. | |
8961 | With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
8962 | of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
8963 | `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
8964 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
8965 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
8966 | ||
8967 | (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
8968 | ||
8969 | ;;;*** | |
8970 | \f | |
8971 | ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
612839b6 | 8972 | ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone |
d09b9dbd | 8973 | ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14836 27426)) |
93548d2e DL |
8974 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
8975 | ||
8976 | (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
8977 | Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
8978 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
8979 | ||
8980 | (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
8981 | Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
8982 | Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
8983 | the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
7518ed7b GM |
8984 | Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
8985 | `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
93548d2e DL |
8986 | |
8987 | In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
8988 | to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
8989 | ||
8990 | The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
f75a0f7a | 8991 | The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' |
93548d2e DL |
8992 | in all the directories in that path." t nil) |
8993 | ||
8994 | (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
8995 | Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
8996 | Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
8997 | In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
8998 | ||
612839b6 GM |
8999 | (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
9000 | Go to the Info directory node." t nil) | |
9001 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9002 | (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
9003 | Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
9004 | The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index | |
9005 | or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
9006 | the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9007 | ||
9008 | (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
9009 | Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. | |
abb2db1c | 9010 | Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. |
93548d2e DL |
9011 | The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index |
9012 | or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or | |
9013 | the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
9014 | ||
9015 | (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
9016 | Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
9017 | This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
9018 | ||
9019 | ;;;*** | |
9020 | \f | |
9021 | ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
9022 | ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 9023 | ;;;;;; (14712 9626)) |
93548d2e DL |
9024 | ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
9025 | ||
9026 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
9027 | Throw away all cached data. | |
9028 | This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
9029 | quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
9030 | system." t nil) | |
9031 | ||
9032 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9033 | Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
9034 | When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
9035 | In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
9036 | into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
7518ed7b GM |
9037 | The default symbol is the one found at point. |
9038 | ||
9039 | With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9040 | |
9041 | (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9042 | Display the documentation of a file. | |
9043 | When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
9044 | In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
9045 | into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
7518ed7b GM |
9046 | The default file name is the one found at point. |
9047 | ||
9048 | With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9049 | |
9050 | (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
9051 | Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
9052 | ||
9053 | (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
9054 | Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
9055 | ||
9056 | ;;;*** | |
9057 | \f | |
9058 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
7518ed7b | 9059 | ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724)) |
93548d2e DL |
9060 | ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
9061 | ||
9062 | (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
9063 | Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
9064 | ||
9065 | (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
9066 | Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
9067 | Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
9068 | ||
9069 | To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
9070 | table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
9071 | should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
9072 | ||
9073 | The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
9074 | in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
9075 | file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
9076 | contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
9077 | ||
9078 | (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9079 | Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
9080 | Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
9081 | ||
9082 | (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
9083 | Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
9084 | Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
9085 | Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
9086 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
9087 | ||
9088 | ;;;*** | |
9089 | \f | |
9090 | ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
9091 | ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 9092 | ;;;;;; (14837 50475)) |
93548d2e DL |
9093 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
9094 | ||
9095 | (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9096 | Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
9097 | ||
9098 | (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
9099 | Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
9100 | ||
9101 | (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
9102 | ||
9103 | ;;;*** | |
9104 | \f | |
9105 | ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
b442e70a | 9106 | ;;;;;; (14388 11031)) |
93548d2e DL |
9107 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
9108 | ||
9109 | (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
9110 | Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
9111 | This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
9112 | When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
9113 | \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
9114 | letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
9115 | ||
9116 | You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
9117 | with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
9118 | ||
9119 | Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
9120 | ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
9121 | ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
9122 | \"s gives German sharp s. | |
9123 | /a gives a with ring. | |
9124 | /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
9125 | ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
9126 | ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
9127 | ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
9128 | ||
9129 | With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
9130 | and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
9131 | ||
9132 | ;;;*** | |
9133 | \f | |
9134 | ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
be0dbdab GM |
9135 | ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
9136 | ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
9137 | ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908)) | |
93548d2e DL |
9138 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
9139 | ||
9140 | (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9141 | Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
9142 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
9143 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9144 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9145 | ||
9146 | (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9147 | Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
9148 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
9149 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9150 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9151 | ||
9152 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9153 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
9154 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
9155 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9156 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9157 | ||
9158 | (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9159 | Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9160 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
9161 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9162 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9163 | ||
9164 | (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9165 | Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9166 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
9167 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9168 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9169 | ||
9170 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9171 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9172 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
9173 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9174 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9175 | ||
9176 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9177 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
9178 | The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
9179 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9180 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9181 | ||
be0dbdab GM |
9182 | (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9183 | Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
9184 | The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
9185 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9186 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9187 | ||
9188 | (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9189 | Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
9190 | The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
9191 | Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in | |
9192 | `format-alist')." t nil) | |
9193 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9194 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
9195 | Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
9196 | ||
9197 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9198 | Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
9199 | ||
9200 | (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
9201 | Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
9202 | ||
9203 | ;;;*** | |
9204 | \f | |
9205 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 9206 | ;;;;;; (14716 17385)) |
93548d2e DL |
9207 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
9208 | (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
9209 | (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
9210 | (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
9211 | ||
9212 | ;;;*** | |
9213 | \f | |
abb2db1c | 9214 | ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag |
93548d2e DL |
9215 | ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings |
9216 | ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
9217 | ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist | |
7518ed7b | 9218 | ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" |
d09b9dbd | 9219 | ;;;;;; (14832 14721)) |
7518ed7b | 9220 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
93548d2e | 9221 | |
612839b6 | 9222 | (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
0a352cd7 GM |
9223 | Non nil if using XEmacs.") |
9224 | ||
612839b6 | 9225 | (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
0a352cd7 GM |
9226 | Non nil if using emacs version 18.") |
9227 | ||
612839b6 | 9228 | (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\ |
0a352cd7 GM |
9229 | Non nil if using emacs version 20.") |
9230 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9231 | (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
9232 | *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
9233 | If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
9234 | where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
9235 | ||
9236 | (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
9237 | *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
9238 | See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
9239 | ||
54baed30 | 9240 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
93548d2e DL |
9241 | |
9242 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
9243 | ||
54baed30 | 9244 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
93548d2e | 9245 | |
54baed30 | 9246 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1)))) |
93548d2e DL |
9247 | |
9248 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
9249 | ||
54baed30 | 9250 | (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
93548d2e DL |
9251 | |
9252 | (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
9253 | An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
9254 | ||
9255 | Each element of this list is also a list: | |
9256 | ||
9257 | \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
9258 | ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
9259 | ||
9260 | DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
9261 | nil means the default dictionary. | |
9262 | ||
9263 | CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
9264 | word. | |
9265 | ||
9266 | NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
9267 | ||
9268 | OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
9269 | used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
9270 | and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
9271 | otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
9272 | regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
9273 | \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
9274 | \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
9275 | If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
9276 | Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
9277 | ||
9278 | MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
9279 | Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
9280 | single word. | |
9281 | ||
9282 | ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
9283 | subprocess. | |
9284 | ||
9285 | EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
9286 | have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
9287 | can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
9288 | in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
9289 | The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
9290 | but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
9291 | Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
9292 | `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
9293 | ||
9294 | CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
9295 | ||
9296 | Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
9297 | contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
9298 | LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
9299 | ||
9300 | (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
9301 | Key map for ispell menu.") | |
9302 | ||
9303 | (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
9304 | Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
9305 | If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
9306 | and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
9307 | ||
612839b6 | 9308 | (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
93548d2e | 9309 | |
612839b6 | 9310 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) |
93548d2e | 9311 | |
612839b6 | 9312 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) |
93548d2e | 9313 | |
54baed30 | 9314 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) |
93548d2e | 9315 | |
54baed30 | 9316 | (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) |
93548d2e | 9317 | |
54baed30 | 9318 | (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ |
93548d2e DL |
9319 | Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. |
9320 | The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
9321 | Valid forms include: | |
9322 | (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
9323 | (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
9324 | (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
9325 | (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
9326 | ||
54baed30 | 9327 | (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ |
93548d2e DL |
9328 | *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. |
9329 | First list is used raw. | |
9330 | Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
9331 | ||
9332 | Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
9333 | for skipping in latex mode.") | |
9334 | ||
9335 | (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
9336 | ||
9337 | (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9338 | Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
9339 | If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
9340 | in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
9341 | ||
9342 | If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
9343 | is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
9344 | \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
9345 | When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
9346 | when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
9347 | ||
9348 | With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
9349 | resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
9350 | ||
9351 | Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
9352 | ||
9353 | This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
0a352cd7 GM |
9354 | or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
9355 | ||
9356 | return values: | |
9357 | nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
9358 | 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
9359 | \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
9360 | \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
9361 | quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9362 | |
9363 | (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ | |
9364 | Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
9365 | ||
9366 | Selections are: | |
9367 | ||
9368 | DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
9369 | SPC: Accept word this time. | |
9370 | `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
9371 | `a': Accept word for this session. | |
9372 | `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
9373 | `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
9374 | `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
9375 | `?': Show these commands. | |
9376 | `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
9377 | `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
9378 | the aborted check to be completed later. | |
9379 | `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
9380 | `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
9381 | `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
9382 | `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
9383 | `C-l': redraws screen | |
9384 | `C-r': recursive edit | |
9385 | `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
9386 | ||
9387 | (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
9388 | Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
9389 | With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
9390 | ||
9391 | (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
9392 | Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
9393 | A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
9394 | ||
9395 | By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
9396 | ||
9397 | With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil) | |
9398 | ||
9399 | (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
9400 | Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
0a352cd7 GM |
9401 | Return nil if spell session is quit, |
9402 | otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9403 | |
9404 | (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
9405 | Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
9406 | ||
9407 | (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
9408 | Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
9409 | ||
9410 | (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
9411 | Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
9412 | ||
9413 | (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
9414 | Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') | |
9415 | If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character | |
9416 | sequence inside of a word. | |
9417 | ||
9418 | Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
9419 | ||
9420 | (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
9421 | Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
9422 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
9423 | (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ |
9424 | Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | |
54baed30 | 9425 | If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check |
abb2db1c GM |
9426 | that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil) |
9427 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9428 | (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ |
9429 | Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
9430 | With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
54baed30 | 9431 | |
93548d2e DL |
9432 | In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET |
9433 | warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
9434 | ||
9435 | All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
9436 | them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
9437 | ||
9438 | (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
9439 | Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
9440 | Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
9441 | Don't check included messages. | |
9442 | ||
9443 | To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
9444 | use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
9445 | The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
9446 | ||
9447 | To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
9448 | in your .emacs file: | |
9449 | (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
9450 | (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
9451 | (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
9452 | (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
9453 | ||
9454 | You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
9455 | `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
9456 | (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
9457 | ||
9458 | ;;;*** | |
9459 | \f | |
b442e70a | 9460 | ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer |
93548d2e | 9461 | ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings |
b442e70a | 9462 | ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" |
d09b9dbd | 9463 | ;;;;;; (14816 63828)) |
93548d2e DL |
9464 | ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
9465 | ||
b442e70a MB |
9466 | (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ |
9467 | Toggle Iswitchb mode. | |
9468 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9469 | use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") | |
9470 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
9471 | (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
9472 | ||
9473 | (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb)) | |
9474 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9475 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ |
9476 | Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
b442e70a | 9477 | Return the name of a buffer selected. |
93548d2e DL |
9478 | PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default |
9479 | buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
9480 | If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
9481 | ||
9482 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9483 | Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
9484 | Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
b442e70a MB |
9485 | adds a hook to the minibuffer. |
9486 | ||
9487 | Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9488 | |
9489 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9490 | Switch to another buffer. | |
9491 | ||
9492 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
9493 | buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
9494 | default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
9495 | in another frame. | |
9496 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9497 | ||
9498 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9499 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
9500 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9501 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9502 | ||
9503 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9504 | Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
9505 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9506 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9507 | ||
9508 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
9509 | Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
9510 | The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
9511 | For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
9512 | ||
b442e70a MB |
9513 | (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ |
9514 | Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. | |
9515 | With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
9516 | This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See | |
9517 | `iswitchb' for details." t nil) | |
9518 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9519 | ;;;*** |
9520 | \f | |
9521 | ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
9522 | ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
a1b8d58b | 9523 | ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
abb2db1c | 9524 | ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200)) |
93548d2e DL |
9525 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
9526 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9527 | (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) |
9528 | ||
9529 | (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
9530 | Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
9531 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9532 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
9533 | Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
9534 | (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
9535 | may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
9536 | necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
9537 | ||
9538 | (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
9539 | Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
9540 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9541 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
9542 | ||
9543 | (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
9544 | Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
9545 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9546 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
9547 | Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
9548 | ||
9549 | (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
9550 | Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
9551 | The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
9552 | The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
9553 | ||
9554 | (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9555 | Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
9556 | Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
9557 | of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
9558 | ||
9559 | (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9560 | Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
9561 | ||
9562 | (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9563 | Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
9564 | `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
9565 | `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
9566 | Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
9567 | ||
9568 | (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
9569 | Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
9570 | `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
9571 | `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
9572 | Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
9573 | ||
9574 | (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
9575 | Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
9576 | If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
9577 | ||
9578 | ;;;*** | |
9579 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 9580 | ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14829 |
d09b9dbd | 9581 | ;;;;;; 31693)) |
93548d2e DL |
9582 | ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
9583 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
9584 | (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ |
9585 | Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. | |
9586 | FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region | |
9587 | that needs to be (re)fontified. | |
9588 | If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9589 | |
9590 | ;;;*** | |
9591 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 9592 | ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) |
d09b9dbd | 9593 | ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14825 37999)) |
93548d2e | 9594 | ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
7518ed7b GM |
9595 | |
9596 | (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
b442e70a | 9597 | Toggle Auto-Compression mode. |
7518ed7b GM |
9598 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
9599 | use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
9600 | ||
9601 | (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9602 | ||
9603 | (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
b442e70a MB |
9604 | |
9605 | (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | |
93548d2e DL |
9606 | Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. |
9607 | With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
b442e70a | 9608 | Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil) |
93548d2e | 9609 | |
0ad84a21 MB |
9610 | (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ |
9611 | Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro)) | |
9612 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9613 | ;;;*** |
9614 | \f | |
9615 | ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
7518ed7b | 9616 | ;;;;;; (13866 35434)) |
93548d2e DL |
9617 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
9618 | ||
9619 | (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
9620 | Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
9621 | LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
9622 | ||
9623 | `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
9624 | at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
9625 | at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
9626 | respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
9627 | shorter. | |
9628 | ||
9629 | `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
9630 | in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
9631 | the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
9632 | ||
9633 | ;;;*** | |
9634 | \f | |
54baed30 | 9635 | ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762 |
0ad84a21 | 9636 | ;;;;;; 13574)) |
93548d2e DL |
9637 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
9638 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
9639 | (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ |
9640 | Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | |
9641 | With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | |
9642 | candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | |
9643 | list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | |
9644 | positions that contains the current selection.") | |
9645 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9646 | (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ |
9647 | Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
9648 | Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
9649 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
9650 | positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
9651 | When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
9652 | and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
9653 | ||
9654 | ;;;*** | |
9655 | \f | |
a1b8d58b GM |
9656 | ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
9657 | ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991)) | |
93548d2e DL |
9658 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
9659 | ||
7518ed7b | 9660 | (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
93548d2e DL |
9661 | *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
9662 | \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
9663 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9664 | (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) |
9665 | ||
9666 | ;;;*** | |
9667 | \f | |
9668 | ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
54baed30 | 9669 | ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
93548d2e DL |
9670 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
9671 | ||
9672 | (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
9673 | ||
9674 | (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
9675 | Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
9676 | ||
9677 | (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
9678 | ||
9679 | (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
9680 | Start or resume an Lm game. | |
9681 | If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
9682 | Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
9683 | ||
9684 | prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
9685 | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
9686 | none / 1 | yes | no | |
9687 | 2 | yes | yes | |
9688 | 3 | no | yes | |
9689 | 4 | no | no | |
9690 | ||
9691 | You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
9692 | if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
9693 | Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
9694 | ||
9695 | ;;;*** | |
9696 | \f | |
a1b8d58b GM |
9697 | ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string |
9698 | ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string) | |
f75a0f7a | 9699 | ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047)) |
93548d2e DL |
9700 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
9701 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
9702 | (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
9703 | ||
9704 | (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
9705 | Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
9706 | Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
9707 | The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
9708 | START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
9709 | LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
9710 | ||
9711 | Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
9712 | syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
9713 | ||
9714 | (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
9715 | Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
9716 | ||
9717 | (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ | |
9718 | Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
9719 | The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
9720 | Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
9721 | to compose. | |
9722 | ||
9723 | The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
9724 | ||
a1b8d58b GM |
9725 | (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil) |
9726 | ||
93548d2e DL |
9727 | ;;;*** |
9728 | \f | |
b442e70a | 9729 | ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" |
d09b9dbd | 9730 | ;;;;;; (14842 10654)) |
b442e70a MB |
9731 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el |
9732 | ||
9733 | (defvar latin1-display nil "\ | |
9734 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. | |
9735 | This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', | |
9736 | if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using | |
9737 | the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise | |
9738 | ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input | |
9739 | methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if | |
9740 | `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. | |
9741 | ||
9742 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9743 | use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") | |
9744 | ||
9745 | (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9746 | ||
9747 | (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp)) | |
9748 | ||
9749 | (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ | |
9750 | Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. | |
9751 | See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list | |
9752 | must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the | |
9753 | display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil) | |
9754 | ||
9755 | ;;;*** | |
9756 | \f | |
93548d2e | 9757 | ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" |
2cb750ba | 9758 | ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252)) |
93548d2e DL |
9759 | ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
9760 | ||
9761 | (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
9762 | Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
9763 | With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
9764 | automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
9765 | ||
9766 | (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
9767 | ||
9768 | When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: | |
9769 | ||
9770 | - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
9771 | This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
9772 | `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
9773 | when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
9774 | reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
9775 | for large buffers. | |
9776 | ||
9777 | - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
9778 | This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
9779 | Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
9780 | of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
9781 | fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
9782 | ||
9783 | - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
9784 | This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
9785 | fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
9786 | idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
9787 | slow to keep up with your typing. | |
9788 | ||
9789 | - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
9790 | This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
9791 | context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
9792 | remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
9793 | subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
9794 | contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
9795 | ||
9796 | - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
9797 | This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
9798 | been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
9799 | This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
9800 | ||
9801 | Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
9802 | lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
9803 | on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
9804 | event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
9805 | ||
9806 | Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
9807 | If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
9808 | fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
9809 | the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
9810 | verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
9811 | ||
9812 | (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
9813 | Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
9814 | ||
9815 | ;;;*** | |
9816 | \f | |
9817 | ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 9818 | ;;;;;; (14819 42852)) |
93548d2e DL |
9819 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
9820 | ||
9821 | (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
9822 | *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
9823 | ||
9824 | (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
9825 | *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
9826 | ||
9827 | (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
9828 | *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
9829 | ||
9830 | (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
9831 | \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
9832 | Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
9833 | \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
9834 | for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
9835 | \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
9836 | \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
9837 | \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
9838 | and transmit saved text. | |
9839 | \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
9840 | To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
9841 | do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
9842 | ||
9843 | (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
9844 | ||
9845 | ;;;*** | |
9846 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 9847 | ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356)) |
93548d2e DL |
9848 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
9849 | ||
9850 | (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
9851 | Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
9852 | The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
9853 | arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
9854 | generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
9855 | ||
9856 | ;;;*** | |
9857 | \f | |
b442e70a | 9858 | ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14789 |
0ad84a21 | 9859 | ;;;;;; 22295)) |
93548d2e DL |
9860 | ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
9861 | ||
9862 | (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
9863 | Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
f75a0f7a | 9864 | If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE |
93548d2e DL |
9865 | is nil, raise an error." t nil) |
9866 | ||
9867 | ;;;*** | |
9868 | \f | |
9869 | ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
54baed30 | 9870 | ;;;;;; (14763 31121)) |
93548d2e DL |
9871 | ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
9872 | ||
9873 | (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
64ed733a PE |
9874 | Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
9875 | With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9876 | |
9877 | (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
cded5ed3 GM |
9878 | Run the locate command with a filter. |
9879 | ||
9880 | The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
9881 | shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9882 | |
9883 | ;;;*** | |
9884 | \f | |
d09b9dbd | 9885 | ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14837 50473)) |
fd0e837b GM |
9886 | ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
9887 | ||
9888 | (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
9889 | Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
9890 | The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. | |
9891 | If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. | |
9892 | Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
9893 | buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
9894 | Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
9895 | `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil) | |
9896 | ||
9897 | ;;;*** | |
9898 | \f | |
f75a0f7a GM |
9899 | ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631 |
9900 | ;;;;;; 42770)) | |
fd0e837b GM |
9901 | ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
9902 | ||
9903 | (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
81bf3fa7 | 9904 | Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil) |
fd0e837b GM |
9905 | |
9906 | ;;;*** | |
9907 | \f | |
93548d2e | 9908 | ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
0ad84a21 MB |
9909 | ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14693 |
9910 | ;;;;;; 49864)) | |
93548d2e DL |
9911 | ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
9912 | ||
9913 | (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\ | |
9914 | *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. | |
9915 | \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
9916 | ||
9917 | On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
9918 | lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
9919 | ||
9920 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
9921 | a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
9922 | Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
9923 | printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
9924 | \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
9925 | it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
9926 | file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
9927 | ||
9928 | (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
9929 | *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
9930 | It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
9931 | switch on this list. | |
9932 | See `lpr-command'.") | |
9933 | ||
9934 | (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ | |
9935 | *Name of program for printing a file. | |
9936 | ||
9937 | On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
9938 | Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
9939 | The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
9940 | Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
9941 | `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
9942 | treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
9943 | argument.") | |
9944 | ||
9945 | (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
6448a6b3 GM |
9946 | Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
9947 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9948 | for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9949 | |
9950 | (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
cded5ed3 | 9951 | Paginate and print buffer contents. |
cded5ed3 | 9952 | |
6448a6b3 GM |
9953 | The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. |
9954 | If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9955 | `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9956 | `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9957 | ||
9958 | Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9959 | in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9960 | ||
9961 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9962 | for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9963 | |
9964 | (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
6448a6b3 GM |
9965 | Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
9966 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9967 | for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9968 | |
9969 | (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
6448a6b3 GM |
9970 | Paginate and print the region contents. |
9971 | ||
9972 | The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
9973 | If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
9974 | `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
9975 | `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
9976 | ||
9977 | Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
9978 | in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
9979 | ||
9980 | See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
9981 | for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
9982 | |
9983 | ;;;*** | |
9984 | \f | |
2936437d | 9985 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316)) |
93548d2e DL |
9986 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
9987 | ||
9988 | (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\ | |
9989 | *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards. | |
9990 | nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility). | |
9991 | This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el' | |
9992 | package is used.") | |
9993 | ||
9994 | ;;;*** | |
9995 | \f | |
9996 | ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462 | |
9997 | ;;;;;; 53924)) | |
9998 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el | |
9999 | ||
10000 | (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
10001 | Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
10002 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
10003 | ||
10004 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
10005 | ||
10006 | ;;;*** | |
10007 | \f | |
0ad84a21 MB |
10008 | ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14720 |
10009 | ;;;;;; 7115)) | |
93548d2e DL |
10010 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
10011 | ||
10012 | (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
10013 | A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
10014 | \\{m4-mode-map} | |
10015 | " t nil) | |
10016 | ||
10017 | ;;;*** | |
10018 | \f | |
10019 | ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
7518ed7b | 10020 | ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845)) |
93548d2e DL |
10021 | ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
10022 | ||
10023 | (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10024 | Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
10025 | Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
10026 | The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
10027 | Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
10028 | ||
10029 | (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
10030 | Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
10031 | Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
10032 | \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
10033 | ||
10034 | This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
10035 | definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
10036 | will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
10037 | are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
10038 | bindings. | |
10039 | ||
10040 | To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
10041 | use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
10042 | ||
10043 | (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
10044 | Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
10045 | With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
10046 | commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
10047 | each time the macro executes. | |
10048 | Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
10049 | Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
10050 | \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
10051 | \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
10052 | \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
10053 | \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
10054 | \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
10055 | ||
10056 | (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
10057 | For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
10058 | of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
10059 | ||
10060 | When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
10061 | BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
10062 | The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
10063 | execute. | |
10064 | ||
10065 | This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
10066 | removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
10067 | ||
10068 | For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
10069 | author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
10070 | section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
10071 | and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
10072 | `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
10073 | ||
10074 | Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
10075 | looked like this: | |
10076 | ||
10077 | { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
10078 | { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
10079 | { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
10080 | ||
10081 | You could enter the names in this format: | |
10082 | ||
10083 | foo | |
10084 | bar | |
10085 | baz | |
10086 | ||
10087 | and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
10088 | ||
10089 | \\C-x ( | |
10090 | \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
10091 | \\C-x ) | |
10092 | ||
10093 | and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
10094 | `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
10095 | " t nil) | |
10096 | (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
10097 | ||
10098 | ;;;*** | |
10099 | \f | |
10100 | ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
7518ed7b | 10101 | ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314)) |
93548d2e DL |
10102 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
10103 | ||
10104 | (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10105 | Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
10106 | Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
10107 | If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
10108 | ||
10109 | If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
10110 | or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
10111 | the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
10112 | each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
10113 | one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
10114 | ||
10115 | ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible | |
10116 | (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. | |
10117 | (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
10118 | consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
10119 | ||
10120 | (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
10121 | Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
10122 | ||
10123 | ;;;*** | |
10124 | \f | |
10125 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
10126 | ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
abb2db1c | 10127 | ;;;;;; (14723 62186)) |
93548d2e DL |
10128 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
10129 | ||
10130 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10131 | Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
10132 | ||
10133 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
10134 | ||
10135 | (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
10136 | *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
10137 | ||
10138 | (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
10139 | Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
10140 | Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
10141 | message. | |
10142 | ||
10143 | This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
10144 | ||
10145 | ;;;*** | |
10146 | \f | |
7518ed7b GM |
10147 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
10148 | ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
d09b9dbd KG |
10149 | ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14800 |
10150 | ;;;;;; 33445)) | |
93548d2e DL |
10151 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
10152 | ||
10153 | (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
10154 | *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
10155 | Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
10156 | often correct parser.") | |
10157 | ||
10158 | (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
10159 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
10160 | (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
10161 | Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
10162 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10163 | we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10164 | ||
10165 | (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10166 | Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
10167 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10168 | we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
10169 | ||
10170 | (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
10171 | Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
10172 | If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
10173 | we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
10174 | ||
93548d2e DL |
10175 | (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
10176 | Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
10177 | The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
10178 | If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
10179 | If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
10180 | If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
10181 | ||
10182 | ;;;*** | |
10183 | \f | |
10184 | ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
54baed30 | 10185 | ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775)) |
93548d2e DL |
10186 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
10187 | ||
10188 | (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10189 | Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
10190 | ||
10191 | (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10192 | Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
10193 | By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
10194 | ||
10195 | (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
10196 | Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10197 | If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
10198 | ||
10199 | ;;;*** | |
10200 | \f | |
10201 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
10202 | ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996 | |
0a352cd7 | 10203 | ;;;;;; 15646)) |
93548d2e DL |
10204 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
10205 | ||
10206 | (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
10207 | *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
10208 | If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
10209 | king@grassland.com | |
10210 | If `parens', they look like: | |
10211 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
10212 | If `angles', they look like: | |
10213 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
10214 | ||
10215 | (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
10216 | Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
10217 | If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
10218 | Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
10219 | their `Resent-' variants. | |
10220 | ||
10221 | Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
10222 | removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
10223 | ||
10224 | (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
10225 | Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
10226 | This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
10227 | ||
10228 | Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
10229 | If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
10230 | can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
10231 | if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
10232 | ||
10233 | (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
10234 | Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
10235 | Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
10236 | current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
10237 | ||
10238 | ;;;*** | |
10239 | \f | |
10240 | ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 10241 | ;;;;;; (14720 7115)) |
93548d2e DL |
10242 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
10243 | ||
10244 | (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
10245 | Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
10246 | This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
10247 | ||
10248 | \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
10249 | ||
10250 | In the browser, use the following keys: | |
10251 | ||
10252 | \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
10253 | ||
10254 | Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
10255 | ||
10256 | makefile-browser-buffer-name: | |
10257 | Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. | |
10258 | ||
10259 | makefile-target-colon: | |
10260 | The string that gets appended to all target names | |
10261 | inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
10262 | \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
10263 | ||
10264 | makefile-macro-assign: | |
10265 | The string that gets appended to all macro names | |
10266 | inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
10267 | The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
cded5ed3 | 10268 | standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
93548d2e DL |
10269 | allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
10270 | might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
10271 | ||
10272 | makefile-tab-after-target-colon: | |
10273 | If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the | |
10274 | target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
10275 | ||
10276 | makefile-browser-leftmost-column: | |
10277 | Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. | |
10278 | ||
10279 | makefile-browser-cursor-column: | |
10280 | Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves | |
10281 | up or down in the browser. | |
10282 | ||
10283 | makefile-browser-selected-mark: | |
10284 | String used to mark selected entries in the browser. | |
10285 | ||
10286 | makefile-browser-unselected-mark: | |
10287 | String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. | |
10288 | ||
10289 | makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: | |
10290 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor | |
10291 | will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
10292 | has been selected in the browser. | |
10293 | ||
10294 | makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: | |
10295 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value then | |
10296 | `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
10297 | (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
10298 | filenames are omitted. | |
10299 | ||
10300 | makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: | |
cded5ed3 | 10301 | If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
93548d2e DL |
10302 | will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
10303 | (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
10304 | This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
10305 | the backslash itself intact. | |
cded5ed3 | 10306 | IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
93548d2e DL |
10307 | to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
10308 | ||
10309 | makefile-browser-hook: | |
10310 | A function or list of functions to be called just before the | |
10311 | browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
10312 | ||
10313 | makefile-special-targets-list: | |
10314 | List of special targets. You will be offered to complete | |
10315 | on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
10316 | at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
10317 | ||
10318 | ;;;*** | |
10319 | \f | |
10320 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229 | |
7518ed7b | 10321 | ;;;;;; 28917)) |
93548d2e DL |
10322 | ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
10323 | ||
10324 | (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
10325 | Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
10326 | Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
10327 | ||
10328 | ;;;*** | |
10329 | \f | |
d09b9dbd | 10330 | ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14825 31072)) |
93548d2e DL |
10331 | ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
10332 | ||
10333 | (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
10334 | ||
10335 | (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
10336 | Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
10337 | This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
10338 | command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
10339 | results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
10340 | `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
abb2db1c GM |
10341 | If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. |
10342 | ||
10343 | To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | |
10344 | SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
10345 | |
10346 | (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
10347 | Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
10348 | ||
10349 | ;;;*** | |
10350 | \f | |
10351 | ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame | |
10352 | ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
10353 | ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover | |
10354 | ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply | |
10355 | ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
10356 | ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
10357 | ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
10358 | ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
0ad84a21 | 10359 | ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14842 10648)) |
93548d2e DL |
10360 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
10361 | ||
10362 | (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
10363 | *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
10364 | ||
10365 | If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
10366 | king@grassland.com | |
10367 | If `parens', they look like: | |
10368 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
10369 | If `angles', they look like: | |
10370 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
10371 | ||
10372 | Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
10373 | `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
10374 | ||
10375 | (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
10376 | Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
10377 | ||
10378 | (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
10379 | *Local news organization file.") | |
10380 | ||
10381 | (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
10382 | Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
10383 | The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
10384 | variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
10385 | ||
b442e70a | 10386 | Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), |
93548d2e DL |
10387 | `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and |
10388 | `smtpmail-send-it'.") | |
10389 | ||
10390 | (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
10391 | *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
10392 | ||
10393 | (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
b442e70a | 10394 | *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.") |
93548d2e DL |
10395 | |
10396 | (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
10397 | *Function for citing an original message. | |
10398 | Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
10399 | `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
10400 | Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
10401 | ||
10402 | (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
10403 | *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
10404 | This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
10405 | citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
10406 | point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
10407 | ||
10408 | (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
10409 | *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
10410 | If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
10411 | If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
10412 | If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
10413 | ||
10414 | (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
10415 | *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.") | |
10416 | ||
b442e70a | 10417 | (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
93548d2e DL |
10418 | |
10419 | (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
10420 | Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
10421 | Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
10422 | C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit | |
b442e70a | 10423 | C-c C-d Pospone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message |
93548d2e DL |
10424 | C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): |
10425 | C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
10426 | C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
10427 | C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
10428 | C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
10429 | C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
10430 | C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
10431 | C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup) | |
10432 | C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
10433 | C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text). | |
10434 | C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
10435 | C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
10436 | C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any). | |
10437 | C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
10438 | C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark). | |
b442e70a | 10439 | C-c C-v message-delete-not-region (remove the text outside the region). |
93548d2e | 10440 | C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature). |
b442e70a MB |
10441 | C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body). |
10442 | C-c C-a mml-attach-file (attach a file as MIME). | |
10443 | M-RET message-newline-and-reformat (break the line and reformat)." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
10444 | |
10445 | (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
10446 | Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
10447 | OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
10448 | ||
10449 | (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
10450 | Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10451 | ||
10452 | (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
10453 | Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
10454 | ||
10455 | (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
10456 | Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
10457 | ||
10458 | (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
10459 | Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
10460 | If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
10461 | ||
10462 | (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
b442e70a MB |
10463 | Cancel an article you posted. |
10464 | If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
10465 | |
10466 | (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
10467 | Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
10468 | This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
10469 | header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
10470 | ||
10471 | (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
10472 | Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
10473 | ||
10474 | (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
10475 | Forward the current message via mail. | |
b442e70a MB |
10476 | Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. |
10477 | Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
10478 | |
10479 | (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ | |
10480 | Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
10481 | ||
10482 | (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
10483 | Re-mail the current message. | |
b442e70a | 10484 | This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that |
93548d2e DL |
10485 | contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to |
10486 | you." t nil) | |
10487 | ||
10488 | (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
10489 | Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
10490 | ||
10491 | (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
10492 | Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
10493 | ||
10494 | (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
10495 | Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10496 | ||
10497 | (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
10498 | Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
10499 | ||
10500 | (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
10501 | Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
10502 | Works by overstriking characters. | |
10503 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
10504 | which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
10505 | ||
10506 | (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
10507 | Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
10508 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
10509 | which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
10510 | ||
10511 | ;;;*** | |
10512 | \f | |
10513 | ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
7518ed7b | 10514 | ;;;;;; (13549 39401)) |
93548d2e DL |
10515 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
10516 | ||
10517 | (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
10518 | Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
10519 | Special commands: | |
10520 | \\{meta-mode-map} | |
10521 | ||
10522 | Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
10523 | `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10524 | ||
10525 | (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
10526 | Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
10527 | Special commands: | |
10528 | \\{meta-mode-map} | |
10529 | ||
10530 | Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
10531 | `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10532 | ||
10533 | ;;;*** | |
10534 | \f | |
10535 | ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
10536 | ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
cded5ed3 | 10537 | ;;;;;; (14345 52966)) |
93548d2e DL |
10538 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
10539 | ||
10540 | (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
10541 | Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
10542 | Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
10543 | ||
10544 | (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
10545 | Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
10546 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10547 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10548 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10549 | redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
10550 | Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
10551 | ||
10552 | (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
10553 | Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
10554 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10555 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10556 | Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
10557 | means current). | |
10558 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10559 | redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
10560 | ||
10561 | (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
10562 | Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
10563 | Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
10564 | EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
10565 | Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
10566 | means current). | |
10567 | Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
10568 | redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
10569 | ||
10570 | ;;;*** | |
10571 | \f | |
10572 | ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
54baed30 | 10573 | ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14747 44775)) |
93548d2e DL |
10574 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
10575 | ||
10576 | (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10577 | Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
10578 | This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10579 | to the MH mail system. | |
10580 | ||
10581 | See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
10582 | ||
10583 | (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10584 | Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
10585 | This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10586 | to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
10587 | for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
10588 | that want to create a mail buffer. | |
10589 | Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
10590 | ||
10591 | (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10592 | Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
10593 | This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10594 | to the MH mail system. | |
10595 | ||
10596 | See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
10597 | ||
10598 | (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
10599 | Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
10600 | When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
10601 | using the MH mail handling system. | |
10602 | See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
10603 | messages. | |
10604 | ||
10605 | \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
10606 | ||
10607 | Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
10608 | ||
10609 | mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
10610 | If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
10611 | the yanked message. | |
10612 | ||
10613 | mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
10614 | If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
10615 | If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
10616 | If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
10617 | If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
10618 | ||
10619 | mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
10620 | String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
10621 | inserted in a draft letter. | |
10622 | ||
10623 | mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
10624 | File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
10625 | ||
10626 | This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
10627 | ||
10628 | ;;;*** | |
10629 | \f | |
54baed30 GM |
10630 | ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14747 |
10631 | ;;;;;; 44775)) | |
93548d2e DL |
10632 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
10633 | ||
10634 | (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
10635 | Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
10636 | This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
10637 | to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
10638 | ||
10639 | (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
10640 | Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
10641 | ||
10642 | ;;;*** | |
10643 | \f | |
0a352cd7 | 10644 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022)) |
93548d2e DL |
10645 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
10646 | ||
10647 | (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
10648 | Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
10649 | ||
10650 | ;;;*** | |
10651 | \f | |
b442e70a | 10652 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14484 43737)) |
93548d2e DL |
10653 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
10654 | ||
10655 | (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10656 | ||
10657 | (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10658 | ||
10659 | (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10660 | ||
10661 | (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
10662 | ||
10663 | ;;;*** | |
10664 | \f | |
10665 | ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
0ad84a21 | 10666 | ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14721 29450)) |
93548d2e DL |
10667 | ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
10668 | ||
10669 | (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
10670 | Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
10671 | The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
10672 | `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
10673 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
10674 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
10675 | `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
10676 | While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
10677 | the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
10678 | displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
10679 | lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
10680 | ||
10681 | (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
10682 | Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
10683 | Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
10684 | to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
10685 | ||
10686 | ;;;*** | |
10687 | \f | |
10688 | ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el" | |
abb2db1c | 10689 | ;;;;;; (14660 49410)) |
93548d2e DL |
10690 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el |
10691 | ||
10692 | (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\ | |
10693 | Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil) | |
10694 | ||
10695 | ;;;*** | |
10696 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
10697 | ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" |
10698 | ;;;;;; (14791 27300)) | |
10699 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el | |
10700 | ||
10701 | (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ | |
10702 | Show the partial part of HANDLE. | |
10703 | This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains | |
10704 | the entire message. | |
10705 | If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil) | |
10706 | ||
10707 | ;;;*** | |
10708 | \f | |
93548d2e | 10709 | ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" |
7518ed7b | 10710 | ;;;;;; (13552 32940)) |
93548d2e DL |
10711 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
10712 | ||
10713 | (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
10714 | This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
10715 | All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
10716 | followed by the first character of the construct. | |
10717 | \\<m2-mode-map> | |
10718 | \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
10719 | \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
10720 | \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
10721 | \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
10722 | \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
10723 | \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
10724 | \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
10725 | \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
10726 | \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
10727 | \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
10728 | \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
10729 | \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
10730 | \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
10731 | \\[m2-link] link | |
10732 | ||
10733 | `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
10734 | `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
10735 | `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
10736 | ||
10737 | ;;;*** | |
10738 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 10739 | ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" |
d09b9dbd | 10740 | ;;;;;; (14816 63829)) |
0ad84a21 MB |
10741 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el |
10742 | ||
10743 | (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ | |
10744 | Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil) | |
10745 | ||
10746 | (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ | |
10747 | Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil) | |
10748 | ||
10749 | ;;;*** | |
10750 | \f | |
54baed30 | 10751 | ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736 |
0ad84a21 | 10752 | ;;;;;; 26481)) |
93548d2e DL |
10753 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
10754 | ||
10755 | (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
10756 | Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
10757 | With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
10758 | Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
10759 | ||
10760 | When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
10761 | ||
10762 | - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
10763 | ||
10764 | - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
10765 | ||
10766 | - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
10767 | Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
10768 | Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
10769 | Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
10770 | Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
10771 | Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
10772 | ||
10773 | - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
54baed30 GM |
10774 | the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection. |
10775 | Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | |
10776 | mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and | |
10777 | interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
93548d2e DL |
10778 | |
10779 | - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
10780 | the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil). | |
10781 | ||
10782 | - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
10783 | to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
10784 | ||
10785 | - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
10786 | ||
10787 | - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
10788 | & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
10789 | primary selection and region." t nil) | |
10790 | ||
10791 | ;;;*** | |
10792 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 10793 | ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750)) |
93548d2e DL |
10794 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
10795 | ||
10796 | (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
10797 | Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
10798 | ||
10799 | ;;;*** | |
10800 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 10801 | ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14795 14357)) |
93548d2e DL |
10802 | ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
10803 | ||
10804 | (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
54baed30 | 10805 | Toggle Msb mode. |
93548d2e DL |
10806 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
10807 | use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
10808 | ||
10809 | (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10810 | ||
10811 | (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
10812 | ||
10813 | (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
10814 | Toggle Msb mode. | |
10815 | With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
10816 | This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
10817 | different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
10818 | ||
10819 | ;;;*** | |
10820 | \f | |
10821 | ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
cded5ed3 GM |
10822 | ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
10823 | ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
54baed30 GM |
10824 | ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set |
10825 | ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" | |
0ad84a21 | 10826 | ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14763 35975)) |
93548d2e DL |
10827 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
10828 | ||
10829 | (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10830 | Display a list of all character sets. | |
10831 | ||
d054101f GM |
10832 | The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
10833 | for internal Emacs use. | |
10834 | ||
10835 | The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
10836 | of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
10837 | by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
10838 | `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
10839 | `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
10840 | ||
10841 | The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
10842 | The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
10843 | The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
10844 | designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
93548d2e DL |
10845 | |
10846 | With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
10847 | but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
10848 | ||
d054101f GM |
10849 | (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
10850 | Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
10851 | It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
10852 | or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
10853 | `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
10854 | ||
10855 | Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
10856 | DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
10857 | INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
10858 | See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
10859 | detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
10860 | ||
10861 | (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10862 | Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
10863 | ||
54baed30 GM |
10864 | (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ |
10865 | Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil) | |
10866 | ||
a1b8d58b GM |
10867 | (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\ |
10868 | Display information of in current buffer at position POS. | |
10869 | The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, | |
10870 | syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
10871 | which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil) | |
10872 | ||
93548d2e DL |
10873 | (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
10874 | Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
10875 | ||
10876 | (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10877 | Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
10878 | ||
10879 | The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
10880 | where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
10881 | at the place of `..': | |
54baed30 GM |
10882 | `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
10883 | eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
93548d2e | 10884 | Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' |
54baed30 GM |
10885 | eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' |
10886 | Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | |
10887 | eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | |
93548d2e | 10888 | `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
54baed30 | 10889 | eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
93548d2e | 10890 | `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
54baed30 | 10891 | eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
93548d2e | 10892 | `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
54baed30 | 10893 | eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
93548d2e | 10894 | `default-process-coding-system' for read |
54baed30 | 10895 | eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read |
93548d2e | 10896 | `default-process-coding-system' for write |
54baed30 | 10897 | eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
10898 | |
10899 | (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10900 | Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
10901 | ||
10902 | (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10903 | Display a list of all coding systems. | |
10904 | This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
10905 | ||
10906 | With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
10907 | but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
10908 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
10909 | (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
10910 | Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
10911 | ||
93548d2e DL |
10912 | (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
10913 | Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
10914 | ||
10915 | (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10916 | Display information of FONTSET. | |
a1b8d58b | 10917 | This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
10918 | |
10919 | (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10920 | Display a list of all fontsets. | |
10921 | This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
10922 | With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
10923 | see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
10924 | ||
10925 | (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10926 | Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
10927 | ||
10928 | (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10929 | Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
10930 | ||
10931 | This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
10932 | environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
10933 | character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
10934 | system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
10935 | ||
10936 | (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10937 | Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
10938 | The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10939 | ||
10940 | (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
10941 | Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
10942 | The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
10943 | ||
10944 | ;;;*** | |
10945 | \f | |
5ec14d3c KH |
10946 | ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
10947 | ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
93548d2e DL |
10948 | ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
10949 | ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
10950 | ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
10951 | ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
f75a0f7a | 10952 | ;;;;;; (14647 32042)) |
93548d2e DL |
10953 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
10954 | ||
10955 | (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
10956 | Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
10957 | TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
10958 | ||
be0dbdab GM |
10959 | (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
10960 | Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list))) | |
93548d2e | 10961 | |
be0dbdab GM |
10962 | (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ |
10963 | Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector))) | |
93548d2e DL |
10964 | |
10965 | (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
10966 | Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
10967 | ||
10968 | (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
10969 | Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
cded5ed3 | 10970 | The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
93548d2e DL |
10971 | the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
10972 | columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
10973 | ||
cded5ed3 | 10974 | The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
93548d2e DL |
10975 | to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
10976 | or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10977 | PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
10978 | if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
10979 | ||
10980 | If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
10981 | the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
10982 | ||
10983 | (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
10984 | ||
be0dbdab GM |
10985 | (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
10986 | Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
10987 | ||
10988 | Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
10989 | any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
10990 | \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
10991 | ||
10992 | You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
10993 | sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
10994 | can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
93548d2e DL |
10995 | |
10996 | (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
10997 | Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
10998 | Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
10999 | is considered. | |
11000 | Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
11001 | longer than KEYSEQ. | |
11002 | See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
11003 | ||
11004 | (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
11005 | Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
11006 | Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
11007 | Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
11008 | The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
11009 | car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
11010 | If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
11011 | how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
11012 | to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
11013 | Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
11014 | even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
11015 | ||
11016 | (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
11017 | Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
11018 | ||
11019 | (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11020 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11021 | ||
11022 | (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
11023 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil) | |
11024 | ||
11025 | (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11026 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil) | |
11027 | ||
11028 | (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
11029 | Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil) | |
11030 | ||
11031 | (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
11032 | Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
11033 | Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
11034 | or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
11035 | ||
11036 | (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
11037 | Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
11038 | PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
11039 | coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
11040 | ||
11041 | (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
11042 | Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
11043 | The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
11044 | language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
11045 | ||
93548d2e DL |
11046 | ;;;*** |
11047 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 11048 | ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" |
d09b9dbd | 11049 | ;;;;;; (14838 50497)) |
cded5ed3 GM |
11050 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
11051 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
11052 | (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ |
11053 | Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode. | |
11054 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
11055 | use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") | |
11056 | ||
11057 | (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11058 | ||
11059 | (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel)) | |
11060 | ||
11061 | (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ | |
11062 | Toggle mouse wheel support. | |
11063 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
11064 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
11065 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
11066 | (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ |
11067 | Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
11068 | ||
11069 | ;;;*** | |
11070 | \f | |
93548d2e | 11071 | ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
64ed733a | 11072 | ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
a25bbe00 | 11073 | ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" |
d09b9dbd | 11074 | ;;;;;; (14813 44131)) |
a25bbe00 | 11075 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
93548d2e DL |
11076 | |
11077 | (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
11078 | Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
11079 | ||
11080 | (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
11081 | Ping HOST. | |
0ad84a21 | 11082 | If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting |
93548d2e DL |
11083 | `ping-program-options'." t nil) |
11084 | ||
11085 | (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
11086 | Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
11087 | ||
11088 | (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
11089 | ||
11090 | (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
11091 | Run netstat program." t nil) | |
11092 | ||
11093 | (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
11094 | Run the arp program." t nil) | |
11095 | ||
11096 | (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
11097 | Run the route program." t nil) | |
11098 | ||
11099 | (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
11100 | Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
11101 | ||
11102 | (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
11103 | Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
11104 | ||
64ed733a PE |
11105 | (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
11106 | Run dig program." t nil) | |
11107 | ||
93548d2e DL |
11108 | (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
11109 | Run ftp program." t nil) | |
11110 | ||
11111 | (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
11112 | Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
11113 | ||
11114 | (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
11115 | Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
11116 | If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
11117 | from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
11118 | ||
11119 | (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
11120 | ||
11121 | (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
11122 | Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
11123 | ||
11124 | (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
11125 | Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
11126 | ||
11127 | ;;;*** | |
11128 | \f | |
f75a0f7a GM |
11129 | ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region |
11130 | ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent | |
0ad84a21 MB |
11131 | ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding |
11132 | ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 11133 | ;;;;;; (14816 63828)) |
f75a0f7a GM |
11134 | ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el |
11135 | ||
11136 | (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | |
11137 | ||
11138 | (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | |
11139 | ||
11140 | (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | |
11141 | ||
11142 | (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | |
11143 | ||
abb2db1c | 11144 | (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill)) |
f75a0f7a GM |
11145 | |
11146 | (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | |
11147 | *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | |
11148 | Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer. | |
11149 | Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | |
11150 | can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.") | |
11151 | ||
11152 | (defvar comment-start nil "\ | |
11153 | *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | |
11154 | ||
11155 | (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | |
11156 | *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | |
11157 | If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | |
11158 | at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | |
11159 | ||
11160 | (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | |
11161 | Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | |
11162 | ||
11163 | (defvar comment-end "" "\ | |
11164 | *String to insert to end a new comment. | |
11165 | Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | |
11166 | ||
0ad84a21 | 11167 | (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ |
f75a0f7a GM |
11168 | Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. |
11169 | This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | |
0ad84a21 MB |
11170 | the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired |
11171 | column indentation or nil. | |
11172 | If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") | |
f75a0f7a GM |
11173 | |
11174 | (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | |
11175 | *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | |
11176 | See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | |
11177 | ||
11178 | (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | |
11179 | Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | |
11180 | Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | |
11181 | of the corresponding number of spaces. | |
11182 | ||
11183 | Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | |
11184 | makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | |
11185 | ||
11186 | (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | |
abb2db1c | 11187 | *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. |
f75a0f7a GM |
11188 | This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") |
11189 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
11190 | (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ |
11191 | Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil) | |
11192 | ||
f75a0f7a GM |
11193 | (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ |
11194 | Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. | |
11195 | If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil) | |
11196 | ||
11197 | (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | |
11198 | Set the comment column based on point. | |
11199 | With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | |
11200 | With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | |
11201 | With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | |
11202 | and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil) | |
11203 | ||
11204 | (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | |
11205 | Kill the comment on this line, if any. | |
11206 | With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil) | |
11207 | ||
11208 | (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11209 | Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region. | |
11210 | The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | |
11211 | comment markers." t nil) | |
11212 | ||
11213 | (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
11214 | Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | |
11215 | With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END. | |
11216 | Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. | |
11217 | If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | |
11218 | By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | |
11219 | even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | |
11220 | do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | |
11221 | ||
11222 | The strings used as comment starts are built from | |
11223 | `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil) | |
11224 | ||
11225 | (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | |
11226 | Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | |
11227 | If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | |
11228 | `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which | |
11229 | case it calls `uncomment-region'). | |
11230 | Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | |
11231 | Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | |
11232 | Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil) | |
11233 | ||
11234 | (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | |
11235 | Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | |
11236 | This indents the body of the continued comment | |
11237 | under the previous comment line. | |
11238 | ||
11239 | This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | |
11240 | starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | |
11241 | If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | |
11242 | ||
11243 | If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | |
11244 | or comment indentation. | |
11245 | ||
11246 | The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | |
11247 | unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil) | |
11248 | ||
11249 | ;;;*** | |
11250 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
11251 | ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14792 |
11252 | ;;;;;; 2696)) | |
93548d2e DL |
11253 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
11254 | ||
11255 | (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
11256 | Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
11257 | If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
11258 | as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
11259 | first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
11260 | symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
11261 | ||
11262 | ;;;*** | |
11263 | \f | |
11264 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 11265 | ;;;;;; (14813 6105)) |
93548d2e DL |
11266 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
11267 | ||
11268 | (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
b442e70a MB |
11269 | Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. |
11270 | This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
11271 | |
11272 | ;;;*** | |
11273 | \f | |
11274 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 11275 | ;;;;;; (14842 10650)) |
93548d2e DL |
11276 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
11277 | ||
11278 | (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
11279 | \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
11280 | Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
11281 | ||
11282 | ;;;*** | |
11283 | \f | |
11284 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
b442e70a | 11285 | ;;;;;; (14792 2698)) |
93548d2e DL |
11286 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
11287 | ||
11288 | (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
11289 | Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
11290 | ||
11291 | ;;;*** | |
11292 | \f | |
11293 | ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
b442e70a | 11294 | ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14792 2698)) |
93548d2e DL |
11295 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
11296 | ||
11297 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11298 | Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
11299 | ||
11300 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11301 | Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
11302 | ||
11303 | (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
11304 | Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
11305 | ||
11306 | ;;;*** | |
11307 | \f | |
11308 | ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
7518ed7b | 11309 | ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111)) |
93548d2e DL |
11310 | ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
11311 | ||
11312 | (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
11313 | Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
11314 | If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
11315 | ||
11316 | (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
11317 | ||
11318 | (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
11319 | Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
11320 | The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
11321 | to future sessions." t nil) | |
11322 | ||
11323 | (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
11324 | Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
11325 | The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
11326 | to future sessions." t nil) | |
11327 | ||
11328 | ;;;*** | |
11329 | \f | |
11330 | ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
0a352cd7 | 11331 | ;;;;;; (13382 24740)) |
93548d2e DL |
11332 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
11333 | ||
11334 | (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
11335 | Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
11336 | \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
11337 | Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
11338 | Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
11339 | closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
11340 | ||
11341 | ;;;*** | |
11342 | \f | |
11343 | ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
7518ed7b | 11344 | ;;;;;; (13145 50478)) |
93548d2e DL |
11345 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
11346 | ||
11347 | (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
11348 | Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
11349 | Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
11350 | specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
11351 | If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
11352 | ||
11353 | ;;;*** | |
11354 | \f | |
11355 | ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
54baed30 | 11356 | ;;;;;; (14747 44776)) |
93548d2e DL |
11357 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
11358 | ||
11359 | (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
11360 | Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
11361 | This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
11362 | ||
11363 | Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
11364 | ||
11365 | The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
11366 | command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
11367 | ||
11368 | Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
11369 | the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
11370 | startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
11371 | ||
11372 | (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
11373 | ||
11374 | ;;;*** | |
11375 | \f | |
11376 | ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
b442e70a | 11377 | ;;;;;; (14535 42824)) |
93548d2e DL |
11378 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
11379 | ||
11380 | (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
11381 | Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
11382 | ||
11383 | This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
11384 | indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
11385 | showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
11386 | Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
11387 | ||
11388 | Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
11389 | computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
11390 | solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
11391 | can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
11392 | is why you need this mode!). | |
11393 | ||
11394 | The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
11395 | ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
11396 | source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
11397 | ||
11398 | Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
11399 | ||
11400 | Keybindings | |
11401 | =========== | |
11402 | ||
11403 | \\{octave-mode-map} | |
11404 | ||
11405 | Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
11406 | ============================================== | |
11407 | ||
11408 | octave-auto-indent | |
11409 | Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
11410 | Default is nil. | |
11411 | ||
11412 | octave-auto-newline | |
11413 | Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
11414 | Default is nil. | |
11415 | ||
11416 | octave-blink-matching-block | |
11417 | Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
11418 | newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
11419 | ||
11420 | octave-block-offset | |
11421 | Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
11422 | Default is 2. | |
11423 | ||
11424 | octave-continuation-offset | |
11425 | Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
11426 | Default is 4. | |
11427 | ||
11428 | octave-continuation-string | |
11429 | String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
11430 | Default is a backslash. | |
11431 | ||
11432 | octave-mode-startup-message | |
11433 | Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. | |
11434 | Default is t. | |
11435 | ||
11436 | octave-send-echo-input | |
11437 | Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
11438 | command to the inferior Octave process. | |
11439 | ||
11440 | octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
11441 | Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
11442 | sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
11443 | ||
11444 | octave-send-echo-input | |
11445 | Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
11446 | ||
11447 | Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
11448 | ||
11449 | To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
11450 | following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
11451 | ||
11452 | (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
11453 | (setq auto-mode-alist | |
11454 | (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
11455 | ||
11456 | To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
11457 | add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
11458 | ||
11459 | (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
11460 | (lambda () | |
11461 | (abbrev-mode 1) | |
11462 | (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
11463 | (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
11464 | (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
11465 | ||
11466 | To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
11467 | This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
11468 | already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
11469 | including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
11470 | ||
11471 | ;;;*** | |
11472 | \f | |
11473 | ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 11474 | ;;;;;; (14816 63828)) |
93548d2e DL |
11475 | ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
11476 | ||
11477 | (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
0ad84a21 MB |
11478 | Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. |
11479 | It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
11480 | |
11481 | (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
11482 | Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
11483 | Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
11484 | in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
11485 | Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
11486 | ||
11487 | The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
11488 | ||
11489 | ;;;*** | |
11490 | \f | |
11491 | ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
b442e70a | 11492 | ;;;;;; (14807 56561)) |
93548d2e DL |
11493 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
11494 | ||
11495 | (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
11496 | Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
11497 | Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
11498 | two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
11499 | ||
11500 | Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
11501 | invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
11502 | of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
11503 | back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
11504 | ||
11505 | Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
11506 | \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
11507 | \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
11508 | \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
11509 | \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
11510 | \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
11511 | ||
11512 | \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
11513 | \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
11514 | ||
11515 | The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
11516 | They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
11517 | \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
11518 | \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
11519 | \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
11520 | No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
11521 | With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
11522 | \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
11523 | \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
11524 | \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
11525 | The subheadings remain visible. | |
11526 | \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
11527 | ||
11528 | The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
11529 | A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
11530 | beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
11531 | ||
11532 | Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
11533 | `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
11534 | ||
11535 | (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
11536 | Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
11537 | With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
11538 | See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
11539 | ||
11540 | ;;;*** | |
11541 | \f | |
b442e70a | 11542 | ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14807 56559)) |
93548d2e DL |
11543 | ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
11544 | ||
7518ed7b | 11545 | (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
b442e70a | 11546 | Toggle Show-Paren mode. |
7518ed7b GM |
11547 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11548 | use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
11549 | ||
11550 | (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11551 | ||
11552 | (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
11553 | ||
93548d2e DL |
11554 | (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
11555 | Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
11556 | With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11557 | Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
11558 | ||
11559 | When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
11560 | in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
11561 | ||
11562 | ;;;*** | |
11563 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
11564 | ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628 |
11565 | ;;;;;; 14481)) | |
93548d2e DL |
11566 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
11567 | ||
11568 | (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
11569 | Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
11570 | TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11571 | ||
11572 | \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
11573 | \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
11574 | ||
11575 | Other useful functions are: | |
11576 | ||
11577 | \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
11578 | \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
11579 | \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
11580 | \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
11581 | \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
11582 | \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
11583 | \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
11584 | \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
11585 | \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
11586 | ||
11587 | Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
11588 | ||
11589 | pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
11590 | Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
11591 | pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
11592 | Indentation for case statements. | |
11593 | pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
11594 | Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
11595 | mark after an end. | |
11596 | pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
11597 | Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
11598 | pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
11599 | Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
11600 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
11601 | pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
11602 | Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
11603 | functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
11604 | pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
11605 | List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
11606 | ||
11607 | See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
11608 | pascal-separator-keywords. | |
11609 | ||
11610 | Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
11611 | no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
11612 | ||
11613 | ;;;*** | |
11614 | \f | |
11615 | ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
7518ed7b | 11616 | ;;;;;; (13229 29217)) |
93548d2e DL |
11617 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
11618 | ||
11619 | (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
11620 | Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
11621 | The keys affected are: | |
11622 | Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
11623 | C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
11624 | M-Backspace does undo. | |
11625 | Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
11626 | C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
11627 | C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
11628 | ||
11629 | ;;;*** | |
11630 | \f | |
11631 | ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
0ad84a21 | 11632 | ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14782 11919)) |
93548d2e DL |
11633 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
11634 | ||
11635 | (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ | |
11636 | Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
11637 | ||
11638 | This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
11639 | ||
11640 | The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
11641 | which modify the status of the mark. | |
11642 | ||
11643 | The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
11644 | The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
11645 | ||
11646 | C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
11647 | S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
11648 | ||
11649 | M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
11650 | S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
11651 | behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the | |
11652 | variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before | |
11653 | turning pc-selection-mode on. | |
11654 | ||
11655 | C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
11656 | S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
11657 | ||
11658 | HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
11659 | S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
11660 | With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
11661 | ||
11662 | END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
11663 | S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
11664 | With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
11665 | ||
11666 | PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
11667 | S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
11668 | ||
11669 | S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
11670 | S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
11671 | C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
11672 | ||
11673 | In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
11674 | the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el | |
11675 | but before calling pc-selection-mode): | |
11676 | ||
11677 | F6 other-window | |
11678 | DELETE delete-char | |
11679 | C-DELETE kill-line | |
11680 | M-DELETE kill-word | |
11681 | C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
11682 | C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
11683 | M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
11684 | ||
11685 | (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
11686 | Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
11687 | Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
11688 | and cursor movement commands. | |
11689 | This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
11690 | You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
11691 | ||
11692 | (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11693 | ||
11694 | (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
11695 | ||
11696 | ;;;*** | |
11697 | \f | |
abb2db1c | 11698 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680 |
b442e70a | 11699 | ;;;;;; 33021)) |
abb2db1c GM |
11700 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el |
11701 | ||
11702 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | |
11703 | Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil) | |
11704 | ||
11705 | ;;;*** | |
11706 | \f | |
11707 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | |
0ad84a21 | 11708 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 35955)) |
abb2db1c GM |
11709 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el |
11710 | ||
11711 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11712 | Completion for `gzip'." nil nil) | |
11713 | ||
11714 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11715 | Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil) | |
11716 | ||
11717 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11718 | Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil) | |
11719 | ||
11720 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
11721 | Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil) | |
11722 | ||
11723 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
11724 | ||
11725 | ;;;*** | |
11726 | \f | |
11727 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | |
b442e70a | 11728 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 33024)) |
abb2db1c GM |
11729 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el |
11730 | ||
11731 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
11732 | Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil) | |
11733 | ||
11734 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
11735 | Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil) | |
11736 | ||
11737 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
11738 | Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil) | |
11739 | ||
11740 | ;;;*** | |
11741 | \f | |
11742 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680 | |
b442e70a | 11743 | ;;;;;; 33025)) |
abb2db1c GM |
11744 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el |
11745 | ||
11746 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | |
11747 | Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | |
11748 | These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | |
11749 | system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | |
11750 | not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | |
11751 | You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil) | |
11752 | ||
11753 | ;;;*** | |
11754 | \f | |
11755 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | |
11756 | ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | |
b442e70a | 11757 | ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026)) |
abb2db1c GM |
11758 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el |
11759 | ||
11760 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11761 | Completion for `cd'." nil nil) | |
11762 | ||
11763 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | |
11764 | ||
11765 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11766 | Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil) | |
11767 | ||
11768 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11769 | Completion for `rm'." nil nil) | |
11770 | ||
11771 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11772 | Completion for `xargs'." nil nil) | |
11773 | ||
11774 | (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
11775 | ||
11776 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11777 | Completion for `which'." nil nil) | |
11778 | ||
11779 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11780 | Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil) | |
11781 | ||
11782 | (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
11783 | Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil) | |
11784 | ||
11785 | ;;;*** | |
11786 | \f | |
11787 | ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | |
11788 | ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | |
d09b9dbd KG |
11789 | ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14826 |
11790 | ;;;;;; 56519)) | |
abb2db1c GM |
11791 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el |
11792 | ||
11793 | (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11794 | Support extensible programmable completion. | |
11795 | To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | |
11796 | completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil) | |
11797 | ||
11798 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11799 | If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil) | |
11800 | ||
11801 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11802 | Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
11803 | This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
11804 | ||
11805 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11806 | Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil) | |
11807 | ||
11808 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11809 | Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
11810 | This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
11811 | ||
11812 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11813 | Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil) | |
11814 | ||
11815 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11816 | Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil) | |
11817 | ||
11818 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11819 | Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | |
11820 | COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | |
11821 | dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | |
11822 | `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil) | |
11823 | ||
11824 | (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
11825 | Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil) | |
11826 | ||
11827 | ;;;*** | |
11828 | \f | |
11829 | ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | |
11830 | ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | |
d09b9dbd | 11831 | ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14825 31072)) |
fd0e837b GM |
11832 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
11833 | ||
11834 | (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
11835 | Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
11836 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
11837 | and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11838 | ||
11839 | With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil) | |
11840 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
11841 | (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ |
11842 | Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | |
11843 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
11844 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11845 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
11846 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
11847 | FLAGS is ignored." t nil) | |
11848 | ||
fd0e837b GM |
11849 | (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ |
11850 | Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
11851 | That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
11852 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11853 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
11854 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11855 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
11856 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
11857 | ||
11858 | (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
11859 | Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
11860 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11861 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
11862 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11863 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil) | |
11864 | ||
11865 | (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
11866 | Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
11867 | Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
11868 | With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
11869 | A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
11870 | prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
11871 | Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
11872 | ||
11873 | (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
11874 | ||
0ad84a21 | 11875 | (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ |
abb2db1c GM |
11876 | The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. |
11877 | Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | |
11878 | ||
fd0e837b GM |
11879 | (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ |
11880 | Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
11881 | NIL means never do it. | |
11882 | ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the | |
11883 | command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
11884 | Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
11885 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
11886 | (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ |
11887 | Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | |
11888 | The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | |
fd0e837b GM |
11889 | |
11890 | ;;;*** | |
11891 | \f | |
abb2db1c | 11892 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185)) |
81bf3fa7 GM |
11893 | ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el |
11894 | ||
11895 | (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m)) | |
11896 | ||
11897 | ;;;*** | |
11898 | \f | |
93548d2e | 11899 | ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
b442e70a | 11900 | ;;;;;; (14807 56561)) |
93548d2e DL |
11901 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
11902 | ||
11903 | (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
11904 | Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
11905 | Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
11906 | Tab indents for Perl code. | |
11907 | Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
11908 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
11909 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
11910 | \\{perl-mode-map} | |
11911 | Variables controlling indentation style: | |
11912 | perl-tab-always-indent | |
11913 | Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, | |
11914 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
11915 | perl-tab-to-comment | |
11916 | Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will | |
11917 | either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
11918 | to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
11919 | perl-nochange | |
11920 | Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. | |
11921 | perl-indent-level | |
11922 | Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
11923 | The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
11924 | of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
11925 | perl-continued-statement-offset | |
11926 | Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
11927 | then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
11928 | perl-continued-brace-offset | |
11929 | Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
11930 | This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
11931 | perl-brace-offset | |
11932 | Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
11933 | perl-brace-imaginary-offset | |
11934 | An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
11935 | this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
11936 | perl-label-offset | |
11937 | Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
11938 | ||
11939 | Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
11940 | perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
11941 | perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
11942 | perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
11943 | perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
11944 | perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
11945 | perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
11946 | ||
11947 | Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11948 | ||
11949 | ;;;*** | |
11950 | \f | |
93548d2e | 11951 | ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" |
cded5ed3 | 11952 | ;;;;;; (14348 33291)) |
93548d2e DL |
11953 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
11954 | ||
11955 | (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
11956 | Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
11957 | Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
11958 | afterwards settable by these commands: | |
11959 | C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
11960 | C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
11961 | C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
11962 | C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
11963 | C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
11964 | C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
11965 | C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
11966 | C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
11967 | C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
11968 | C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
11969 | C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
11970 | C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
11971 | The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
11972 | direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
11973 | spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
11974 | with these commands: | |
11975 | \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
11976 | \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
11977 | \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
11978 | \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
11979 | \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
11980 | C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
11981 | C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
11982 | Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
11983 | You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
11984 | M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
11985 | `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
11986 | Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
11987 | C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
11988 | With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
11989 | See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
11990 | which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
11991 | change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
11992 | You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
11993 | C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
11994 | C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
11995 | \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
11996 | \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
11997 | text is saved in the kill ring. | |
11998 | \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
11999 | You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
12000 | C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
12001 | C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
12002 | C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
12003 | C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
12004 | C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
12005 | \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
12006 | \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
12007 | commands if invoked soon enough. | |
12008 | You can return to the previous mode with: | |
12009 | C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
12010 | Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
12011 | ||
12012 | Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. | |
12013 | ||
12014 | Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
12015 | they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
12016 | ||
12017 | (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
12018 | ||
12019 | ;;;*** | |
12020 | \f | |
54baed30 | 12021 | ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776)) |
0a352cd7 GM |
12022 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el |
12023 | ||
12024 | (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
12025 | Play pong and waste time. | |
12026 | This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
12027 | Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
12028 | ||
54baed30 | 12029 | pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> |
0a352cd7 | 12030 | |
54baed30 | 12031 | \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) |
0a352cd7 GM |
12032 | |
12033 | ;;;*** | |
12034 | \f | |
93548d2e | 12035 | ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
0a352cd7 | 12036 | ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860)) |
93548d2e DL |
12037 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
12038 | ||
12039 | (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
12040 | Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
12041 | Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
12042 | can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
12043 | Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
12044 | ||
12045 | (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
12046 | Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
12047 | If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
12048 | instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
12049 | in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
12050 | ||
12051 | (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
12052 | Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
12053 | With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
12054 | Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
12055 | ||
12056 | ;;;*** | |
12057 | \f | |
12058 | ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 12059 | ;;;;;; (14729 20675)) |
93548d2e DL |
12060 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
12061 | ||
12062 | (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
12063 | Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
12064 | Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
12065 | Commands: | |
12066 | \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
12067 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
12068 | if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
12069 | ||
12070 | (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
12071 | Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
12072 | ||
12073 | ;;;*** | |
12074 | \f | |
cded5ed3 | 12075 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101)) |
93548d2e DL |
12076 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
12077 | ||
12078 | (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ | |
12079 | *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. | |
12080 | The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
12081 | ||
12082 | ;;;*** | |
12083 | \f | |
cded5ed3 | 12084 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380 |
b442e70a | 12085 | ;;;;;; 3920)) |
7518ed7b GM |
12086 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
12087 | ||
12088 | (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\ | |
12089 | Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs. | |
12090 | ||
12091 | Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'. | |
12092 | ||
12093 | The following variables hold user options, and can | |
12094 | be set through the `customize' command: | |
12095 | ||
12096 | ps-mode-auto-indent | |
12097 | ps-mode-tab | |
12098 | ps-mode-paper-size | |
12099 | ps-mode-print-function | |
7518ed7b | 12100 | ps-run-prompt |
cded5ed3 | 12101 | ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2 |
7518ed7b GM |
12102 | ps-run-x |
12103 | ps-run-dumb | |
12104 | ps-run-init | |
12105 | ps-run-error-line-numbers | |
cded5ed3 | 12106 | ps-run-tmp-dir |
7518ed7b GM |
12107 | |
12108 | Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options. | |
12109 | ||
12110 | ||
12111 | \\{ps-mode-map} | |
12112 | ||
12113 | ||
12114 | When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start], | |
12115 | a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called. | |
12116 | The keymap for this second window is: | |
12117 | ||
12118 | \\{ps-run-mode-map} | |
12119 | ||
12120 | ||
12121 | When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message | |
12122 | with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring | |
12123 | point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input | |
12124 | to the interpreter was sent from that window. | |
12125 | Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect. | |
12126 | " t nil) | |
12127 | ||
12128 | ;;;*** | |
12129 | \f | |
93548d2e | 12130 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize |
5ec14d3c | 12131 | ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font |
6ddb893f | 12132 | ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" |
0ad84a21 | 12133 | ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14729 19580)) |
93548d2e DL |
12134 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
12135 | ||
6ddb893f KH |
12136 | (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
12137 | *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
12138 | ||
12139 | Valid values are: | |
12140 | ||
12141 | nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
12142 | is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
12143 | and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
12144 | changed by setting the variable | |
12145 | `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
12146 | The initial value of this variable is | |
12147 | `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
12148 | documentation). | |
12149 | ||
12150 | `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
12151 | or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
12152 | buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
12153 | JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
12154 | it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
12155 | If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
12156 | test it. | |
12157 | ||
12158 | `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
12159 | buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
12160 | and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
12161 | Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
12162 | source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
12163 | `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts | |
12164 | for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to | |
12165 | use this value, be sure to have installed | |
12166 | `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable | |
12167 | `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for | |
12168 | documentation of this variable). | |
12169 | ||
12170 | `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
12171 | PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
12172 | characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
12173 | need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
12174 | the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
12175 | `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
12176 | ||
12177 | Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
12178 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12179 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
12180 | Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
12181 | STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
12182 | ||
12183 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12184 | ||
12185 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
12186 | Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO. | |
12187 | ||
12188 | It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
12189 | ||
12190 | Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12191 | ||
12192 | Returns the value: | |
12193 | ||
12194 | (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12195 | ||
12196 | Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12197 | the sequence." nil nil) | |
12198 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
12199 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
12200 | Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO. | |
12201 | ||
12202 | It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
12203 | composition. | |
12204 | ||
12205 | Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
12206 | ||
12207 | Returns the value: | |
12208 | ||
12209 | (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
12210 | ||
12211 | Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
12212 | the sequence." nil nil) | |
12213 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12214 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
12215 | Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
12216 | ||
12217 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ | |
12218 | Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
12219 | This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
12220 | ||
12221 | (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
12222 | ||
12223 | ;;;*** | |
12224 | \f | |
12225 | ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
12226 | ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
12227 | ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
12228 | ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
0a352cd7 | 12229 | ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
d09b9dbd | 12230 | ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14840 15865)) |
93548d2e DL |
12231 | ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
12232 | ||
12233 | (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
4efd38a1 | 12234 | *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
93548d2e DL |
12235 | Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
12236 | example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
12237 | ||
0a352cd7 GM |
12238 | (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
12239 | Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
12240 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12241 | (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
12242 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12243 | ||
12244 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
12245 | prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image | |
12246 | in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
12247 | ||
12248 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
12249 | is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
12250 | the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
12251 | ||
12252 | (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12253 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12254 | Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12255 | information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12256 | are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
12257 | ||
12258 | (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12259 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
12260 | Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
12261 | ||
12262 | (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12263 | Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
12264 | Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12265 | information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12266 | are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
12267 | ||
12268 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
12269 | Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12270 | Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
12271 | local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
12272 | ||
12273 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12274 | ||
12275 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12276 | Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
12277 | Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12278 | information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12279 | are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
12280 | ||
12281 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12282 | ||
12283 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12284 | Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
12285 | Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
12286 | ||
12287 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12288 | ||
12289 | (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
12290 | Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
12291 | Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline | |
12292 | information in the generated image. This command works only if you | |
12293 | are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. | |
12294 | ||
12295 | Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
12296 | ||
12297 | (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
12298 | Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
12299 | ||
12300 | Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command | |
12301 | prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript | |
12302 | image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. | |
12303 | ||
12304 | Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it | |
12305 | is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
12306 | the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
12307 | ||
12308 | (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
12309 | Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, | |
12310 | using the current ps-print setup. | |
12311 | Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s | |
12312 | \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
12313 | ||
12314 | (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
12315 | Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
12316 | The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
12317 | ||
12318 | (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
12319 | Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
12320 | The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
12321 | ||
12322 | (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
12323 | Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
12324 | ||
12325 | (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
12326 | Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
12327 | ||
12328 | If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
12329 | with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
12330 | ||
12331 | The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
12332 | ||
12333 | See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
12334 | ||
12335 | (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
12336 | Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'. | |
12337 | ||
12338 | If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
12339 | with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides. | |
12340 | ||
12341 | The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
12342 | ||
12343 | (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
12344 | ||
12345 | FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
12346 | ||
12347 | FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
12348 | foreground and background colors respectively. | |
12349 | ||
12350 | EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
12351 | bold - use bold font. | |
12352 | italic - use italic font. | |
12353 | underline - put a line under text. | |
12354 | strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
12355 | overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
12356 | shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
12357 | box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
12358 | outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
12359 | ||
12360 | If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
12361 | ||
12362 | ;;;*** | |
12363 | \f | |
12364 | ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
54baed30 | 12365 | ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map |
b442e70a MB |
12366 | ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout |
12367 | ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 12368 | ;;;;;; (14842 10654)) |
93548d2e DL |
12369 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
12370 | ||
12371 | (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ | |
12372 | Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
12373 | The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil) | |
12374 | ||
12375 | (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
12376 | Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
12377 | TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
12378 | Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
12379 | FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
12380 | CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
12381 | UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
12382 | ||
12383 | GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
12384 | If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
12385 | with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
12386 | If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
12387 | in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
12388 | shown. | |
12389 | If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
12390 | ||
b442e70a MB |
12391 | DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command |
12392 | `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form | |
12393 | \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a | |
12394 | string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is | |
12395 | replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a | |
12396 | list of candidates. | |
93548d2e DL |
12397 | |
12398 | TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
12399 | region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
12400 | command to be called. | |
12401 | ||
12402 | FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
12403 | for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
12404 | translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
12405 | first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
12406 | ||
12407 | DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
12408 | selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
12409 | translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
12410 | no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
12411 | programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
12412 | to t. | |
12413 | ||
12414 | KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
12415 | user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
12416 | documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
12417 | `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
12418 | ||
12419 | SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
12420 | the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
12421 | If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
12422 | this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
12423 | ||
12424 | CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
12425 | map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
12426 | Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
12427 | other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
12428 | convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
12429 | characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
12430 | ||
12431 | MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
12432 | length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
12433 | key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
12434 | the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
12435 | packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
12436 | break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
12437 | ||
12438 | OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
12439 | covers Quail translation region. | |
12440 | ||
12441 | UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
12442 | the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
12443 | default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
12444 | for it) is inserted. | |
12445 | ||
12446 | CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
12447 | conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
12448 | vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
12449 | ||
12450 | If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
12451 | commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
12452 | non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
12453 | ||
12454 | (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
12455 | Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
12456 | ||
12457 | Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
12458 | characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
12459 | standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
12460 | function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
12461 | you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
12462 | ||
b442e70a MB |
12463 | (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ |
12464 | Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. | |
12465 | ||
12466 | The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected | |
12467 | keyboard type." t nil) | |
12468 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12469 | (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ |
12470 | Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
12471 | Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
12472 | KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
12473 | TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
12474 | If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
12475 | If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
12476 | If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
12477 | for the translation. | |
12478 | In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
12479 | ||
12480 | If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
54baed30 GM |
12481 | it is used to handle KEY. |
12482 | ||
12483 | The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | |
12484 | rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | |
12485 | ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | |
12486 | the following annotation types are supported. | |
12487 | ||
12488 | append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | |
12489 | be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | |
12490 | ||
12491 | face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | |
12492 | candidate list. | |
12493 | ||
12494 | advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | |
12495 | selected. The function is called with one argument, the | |
12496 | selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | |
12497 | inserted. | |
12498 | ||
12499 | no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | |
12500 | generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro)) | |
93548d2e DL |
12501 | |
12502 | (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
12503 | Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
5ec14d3c KH |
12504 | |
12505 | Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
12506 | which to install MAP. | |
12507 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12508 | The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
12509 | ||
54baed30 GM |
12510 | (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ |
12511 | Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | |
12512 | ||
12513 | Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
12514 | which to install MAP. | |
12515 | ||
12516 | The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil) | |
12517 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12518 | (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ |
12519 | Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
12520 | KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
12521 | TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
12522 | a function, or a cons. | |
12523 | It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
12524 | If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
12525 | If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
12526 | for the translation. | |
12527 | If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
12528 | to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
12529 | variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
12530 | the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
12531 | In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
12532 | ||
12533 | If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
12534 | it is used to handle KEY. | |
12535 | ||
12536 | Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
12537 | to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
12538 | current Quail package. | |
12539 | ||
12540 | Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
12541 | to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
12542 | ||
12543 | (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
54baed30 GM |
12544 | Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. |
12545 | ||
12546 | If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | |
12547 | current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
12548 | ||
12549 | Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | |
12550 | ||
12551 | Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | |
12552 | function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12553 | |
12554 | (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
12555 | Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
12556 | DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
12557 | normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
12558 | of the Emacs source tree. | |
12559 | ||
12560 | It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
12561 | and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
12562 | ||
12563 | When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
12564 | directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
12565 | of each directory." t nil) | |
12566 | ||
12567 | ;;;*** | |
12568 | \f | |
12569 | ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
12570 | ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
81bf3fa7 | 12571 | ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554 |
b442e70a | 12572 | ;;;;;; 8650)) |
a25bbe00 | 12573 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
93548d2e DL |
12574 | |
12575 | (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
12576 | Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
12577 | `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
12578 | `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
12579 | ||
12580 | To make use of this do something like: | |
12581 | ||
12582 | (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
12583 | ||
12584 | in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
12585 | ||
b442e70a MB |
12586 | (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ |
12587 | Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. | |
12588 | ||
12589 | If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current | |
12590 | buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
12591 | `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12592 | |
12593 | (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
12594 | Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
12595 | ||
12596 | (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
12597 | Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
12598 | ||
12599 | See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
12600 | is decided." t nil) | |
12601 | ||
b442e70a MB |
12602 | (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ |
12603 | Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. | |
12604 | ||
12605 | If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the | |
12606 | current buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
12607 | `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12608 | |
12609 | (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
12610 | Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
12611 | ||
12612 | (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
12613 | Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
12614 | ||
12615 | (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
12616 | A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
12617 | ||
12618 | The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
12619 | ||
12620 | \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
12621 | ||
12622 | (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
12623 | Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
12624 | ||
12625 | ;;;*** | |
12626 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
12627 | ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550 |
12628 | ;;;;;; 7848)) | |
a25bbe00 | 12629 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
93548d2e DL |
12630 | |
12631 | (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
12632 | Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. | |
12633 | See \\[compile]." t nil) | |
12634 | ||
12635 | ;;;*** | |
12636 | \f | |
d1221ea9 | 12637 | ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
b442e70a | 12638 | ;;;;;; (14539 46619)) |
d1221ea9 GM |
12639 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
12640 | ||
12641 | (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
12642 | Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil) | |
12643 | ||
12644 | ;;;*** | |
12645 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
12646 | ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files |
12647 | ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf" | |
d09b9dbd | 12648 | ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14838 50964)) |
7518ed7b GM |
12649 | ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
12650 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
12651 | (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ |
12652 | Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
12653 | ||
d054101f GM |
12654 | (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
12655 | Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
12656 | ||
7518ed7b | 12657 | (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
d054101f GM |
12658 | Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
12659 | ||
abb2db1c | 12660 | (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\ |
0ad84a21 MB |
12661 | Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list. |
12662 | The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise | |
12663 | `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies | |
12664 | which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil) | |
abb2db1c | 12665 | |
d054101f GM |
12666 | (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ |
12667 | Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
7518ed7b | 12668 | |
0ad84a21 MB |
12669 | (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ |
12670 | Toggle Recentf mode. | |
12671 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
12672 | use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") | |
12673 | ||
12674 | (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12675 | ||
12676 | (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf)) | |
12677 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
12678 | (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ |
12679 | Toggle recentf mode. | |
0ad84a21 MB |
12680 | With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
12681 | Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
abb2db1c GM |
12682 | |
12683 | When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
12684 | were operated on recently." t nil) | |
12685 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
12686 | ;;;*** |
12687 | \f | |
fd0e837b GM |
12688 | ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle |
12689 | ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle | |
12690 | ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
0ad84a21 MB |
12691 | ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14710 |
12692 | ;;;;;; 21251)) | |
93548d2e DL |
12693 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
12694 | ||
12695 | (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
12696 | Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. | |
12697 | If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by | |
7518ed7b GM |
12698 | spaces and tab. |
12699 | ||
12700 | As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to | |
12701 | the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12702 | |
12703 | (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
7518ed7b GM |
12704 | Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
12705 | The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
12706 | line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
12707 | ends. | |
12708 | ||
12709 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12710 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
12711 | to be deleted." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12712 | |
12713 | (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
7518ed7b GM |
12714 | Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
12715 | Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
12716 | ||
12717 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12718 | With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
12719 | deleted." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12720 | |
12721 | (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
7518ed7b GM |
12722 | Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
12723 | Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12724 | |
12725 | (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
7518ed7b GM |
12726 | Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
12727 | ||
12728 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12729 | You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
12730 | ||
12731 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
12732 | deleted." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12733 | |
12734 | (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
12735 | Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
12736 | ||
12737 | (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
12738 | Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
12739 | RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
12740 | line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
12741 | RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
12742 | After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
12743 | and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
12744 | ||
12745 | (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
7518ed7b GM |
12746 | Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
12747 | ||
93548d2e | 12748 | The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
7518ed7b GM |
12749 | but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
12750 | ||
12751 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12752 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
12753 | on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12754 | (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
12755 | ||
12756 | (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
12757 | Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
12758 | The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
12759 | at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
7518ed7b GM |
12760 | rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
12761 | ||
12762 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12763 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12764 | |
12765 | (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 12766 | Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
93548d2e | 12767 | |
7518ed7b GM |
12768 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. |
12769 | The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. | |
12770 | This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
93548d2e | 12771 | |
fd0e837b GM |
12772 | (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
12773 | Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil) | |
12774 | ||
93548d2e | 12775 | (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ |
7518ed7b GM |
12776 | Blank out the region-rectangle. |
12777 | The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
12778 | ||
12779 | When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
12780 | With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
12781 | rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12782 | |
12783 | ;;;*** | |
12784 | \f | |
0ad84a21 MB |
12785 | ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14842 |
12786 | ;;;;;; 10654)) | |
12787 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el | |
12788 | ||
12789 | (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ | |
12790 | Toggle Refill minor mode. | |
12791 | With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. | |
12792 | ||
12793 | When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when | |
12794 | changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause | |
12795 | refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil) | |
12796 | ||
12797 | ;;;*** | |
12798 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 12799 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" |
abb2db1c | 12800 | ;;;;;; (14671 47574)) |
93548d2e DL |
12801 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
12802 | ||
12803 | (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
12804 | Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
12805 | ||
12806 | (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
12807 | Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
12808 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
12809 | \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
12810 | capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
12811 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12812 | Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
12813 | When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
12814 | context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
12815 | \\ref macro. | |
12816 | ||
12817 | Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
12818 | to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
12819 | database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
12820 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
12821 | Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
12822 | or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
12823 | `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
93548d2e DL |
12824 | |
12825 | Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
12826 | pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
12827 | ||
12828 | Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
12829 | You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
12830 | ||
12831 | \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
12832 | Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
12833 | on the menu bar. | |
12834 | ||
12835 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
12836 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
12837 | ;;;*** |
12838 | \f | |
12839 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 12840 | ;;;;;; (14702 63699)) |
7518ed7b GM |
12841 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
12842 | ||
12843 | (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
93548d2e DL |
12844 | Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
12845 | After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
12846 | bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
12847 | matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
12848 | to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
12849 | ||
12850 | If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
12851 | ||
2936437d GM |
12852 | FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
12853 | ||
93548d2e DL |
12854 | When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
12855 | When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
12856 | called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will | |
12857 | add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. | |
12858 | ||
12859 | The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
12860 | Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
12861 | While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
12862 | `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
12863 | ||
12864 | ;;;*** | |
12865 | \f | |
2936437d | 12866 | ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
abb2db1c | 12867 | ;;;;;; (14671 47574)) |
2936437d GM |
12868 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
12869 | ||
12870 | (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
12871 | Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
12872 | This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
12873 | ||
12874 | To insert new phrases, use | |
12875 | - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
12876 | - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
12877 | ||
12878 | To index phrases use one of: | |
12879 | ||
12880 | \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
12881 | \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
12882 | \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
12883 | \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
12884 | \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
12885 | ||
12886 | You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
12887 | To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
12888 | ||
12889 | For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
12890 | ||
12891 | Here are all local bindings. | |
12892 | ||
12893 | \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
12894 | ||
12895 | ;;;*** | |
12896 | \f | |
93548d2e | 12897 | ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
d09b9dbd | 12898 | ;;;;;; (14816 63829)) |
93548d2e DL |
12899 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
12900 | ||
12901 | (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
12902 | Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
12903 | Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
12904 | quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
12905 | is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
12906 | The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
12907 | ||
0ad84a21 MB |
12908 | (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) |
12909 | (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) | |
12910 | ||
12911 | If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded | |
12912 | by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12913 | |
12914 | (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
12915 | Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
12916 | This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
12917 | in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
12918 | ||
12919 | ;;;*** | |
12920 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 12921 | ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820)) |
93548d2e DL |
12922 | ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
12923 | ||
12924 | (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
12925 | Repeat most recently executed command. | |
12926 | With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
12927 | the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
12928 | This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
12929 | ||
12930 | If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
12931 | be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
12932 | can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
12933 | ||
12934 | ;;;*** | |
12935 | \f | |
12936 | ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
f75a0f7a | 12937 | ;;;;;; (14638 40777)) |
93548d2e DL |
12938 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
12939 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
12940 | (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
12941 | Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
12942 | ||
12943 | ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
12944 | the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
12945 | you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
f75a0f7a GM |
12946 | Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. |
12947 | Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | |
12948 | and point is left after the salutation. | |
cded5ed3 GM |
12949 | |
12950 | VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
12951 | for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
12952 | passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
12953 | to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
12954 | left after that text. | |
12955 | ||
12956 | This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
12957 | is non-nil. | |
12958 | ||
12959 | This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
12960 | to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send | |
12961 | \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which | |
12962 | mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
12963 | |
12964 | ;;;*** | |
12965 | \f | |
12966 | ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
b442e70a | 12967 | ;;;;;; (14808 17014)) |
93548d2e DL |
12968 | ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
12969 | ||
12970 | (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
12971 | Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
12972 | Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
12973 | visibility of comments that precede it. | |
12974 | Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
12975 | If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
12976 | window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
12977 | definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
12978 | which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
12979 | as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
12980 | Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
12981 | preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
12982 | the comment lines. | |
12983 | If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
12984 | visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
12985 | visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
12986 | comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
12987 | first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
12988 | (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
12989 | ||
12990 | ;;;*** | |
12991 | \f | |
12992 | ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679 | |
12993 | ;;;;;; 50658)) | |
12994 | ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el | |
12995 | ||
12996 | (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
12997 | Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
12998 | ||
12999 | ;;;*** | |
13000 | \f | |
13001 | ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" | |
f75a0f7a | 13002 | ;;;;;; (14634 20460)) |
93548d2e DL |
13003 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
13004 | ||
13005 | (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
13006 | Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
13007 | ||
13008 | (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
13009 | Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
13010 | ||
13011 | ;;;*** | |
13012 | \f | |
a25bbe00 GM |
13013 | ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959)) |
13014 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el | |
93548d2e DL |
13015 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
13016 | ||
13017 | (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
13018 | Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
13019 | INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
13020 | other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
13021 | ||
13022 | Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
13023 | ||
13024 | Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
13025 | \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
13026 | If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
13027 | a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
13028 | ||
13029 | When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
13030 | a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
13031 | ||
13032 | The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
13033 | run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
13034 | ||
13035 | The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
13036 | the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
13037 | INPUT-ARGS. | |
13038 | ||
13039 | If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
13040 | default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
13041 | access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
13042 | an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
13043 | error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
13044 | ||
13045 | If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
13046 | directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
13047 | This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
13048 | share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
13049 | ||
13050 | If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
13051 | function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
13052 | variable." t nil) | |
13053 | ||
13054 | ;;;*** | |
13055 | \f | |
13056 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
a1b8d58b GM |
13057 | ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge |
13058 | ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
13059 | ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
13060 | ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
13061 | ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
0ad84a21 | 13062 | ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 41837)) |
93548d2e DL |
13063 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
13064 | ||
13065 | (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
13066 | *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
13067 | A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
13068 | plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
13069 | ||
13070 | (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
13071 | A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
13072 | the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
13073 | `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
13074 | value is the user's name.) | |
13075 | It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
13076 | ||
13077 | (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\ | |
13078 | *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. | |
13079 | This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
13080 | which normally happens once for each message, | |
13081 | when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
13082 | To make a change in this variable take effect | |
13083 | for a message that you have already viewed, | |
13084 | go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
13085 | ||
13086 | (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
13087 | *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
13088 | If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
13089 | `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
13090 | ||
13091 | (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\ | |
13092 | *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") | |
13093 | ||
13094 | (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
13095 | *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
13096 | A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
13097 | See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
13098 | ||
13099 | (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
13100 | *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
13101 | ||
13102 | (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
13103 | *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
13104 | ||
13105 | (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
13106 | *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
13107 | `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
13108 | \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
13109 | and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
13110 | ||
13111 | (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
13112 | *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
13113 | ||
13114 | (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
13115 | *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
13116 | ||
13117 | (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
13118 | *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
13119 | ||
3b55acc9 GM |
13120 | (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\ |
13121 | *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") | |
13122 | ||
93548d2e DL |
13123 | (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
13124 | List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
13125 | ||
13126 | (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
13127 | List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
13128 | ||
13129 | (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
13130 | List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
13131 | ||
d054101f GM |
13132 | (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
13133 | List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
13134 | ||
93548d2e DL |
13135 | (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
13136 | List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
13137 | When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
13138 | still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
13139 | ||
13140 | (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
13141 | Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
13142 | ||
13143 | This is set to nil by default.") | |
13144 | ||
13145 | (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
13146 | *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
13147 | If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
13148 | If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
13149 | until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
13150 | ||
13151 | (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
13152 | Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.") | |
13153 | ||
13154 | (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
13155 | Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
13156 | When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
13157 | this feature is required with `require'.") | |
13158 | ||
13159 | (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
13160 | *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
13161 | If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
13162 | the message is decoded as normal way. | |
13163 | ||
13164 | If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
13165 | ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
13166 | the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
13167 | ||
13168 | (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
13169 | Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
13170 | The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
13171 | ||
13172 | (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
13173 | Read and edit incoming mail. | |
13174 | Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
13175 | and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
13176 | Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
13177 | ||
13178 | May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
13179 | that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
13180 | Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
13181 | have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
13182 | ||
13183 | If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
13184 | ||
13185 | (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
13186 | Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
13187 | All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
13188 | Instead, these commands are available: | |
13189 | ||
13190 | \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
13191 | \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
13192 | \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
13193 | \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
13194 | \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
13195 | \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
13196 | \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
13197 | \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
13198 | \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
13199 | \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
13200 | \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
13201 | \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
13202 | \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
13203 | \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
13204 | till a deleted message is found. | |
13205 | \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
13206 | \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
13207 | \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
13208 | \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
13209 | \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
13210 | \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
13211 | \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
13212 | \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
13213 | \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
13214 | \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
13215 | \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
13216 | \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
13217 | \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
13218 | \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
13219 | \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
13220 | \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
13221 | \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
13222 | \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
13223 | (label defaults to last one specified). | |
13224 | Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
13225 | Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
13226 | \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
13227 | \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
13228 | \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
13229 | \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
13230 | \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
13231 | \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
13232 | \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
13233 | ||
13234 | (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
13235 | Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
13236 | ||
13237 | (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
13238 | Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
13239 | ||
13240 | ;;;*** | |
13241 | \f | |
13242 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
b442e70a | 13243 | ;;;;;; (14387 64265)) |
93548d2e DL |
13244 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
13245 | ||
13246 | (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
13247 | Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
13248 | ||
13249 | ;;;*** | |
13250 | \f | |
13251 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
13252 | ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
7518ed7b | 13253 | ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164)) |
93548d2e DL |
13254 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
13255 | ||
13256 | (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13257 | Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
13258 | Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
13259 | ||
13260 | (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13261 | Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
13262 | Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
13263 | ||
13264 | (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
13265 | ||
13266 | (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13267 | Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
13268 | LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
13269 | If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
13270 | With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
13271 | ||
13272 | (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
13273 | Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
13274 | LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
13275 | If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
13276 | With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
13277 | ||
13278 | ;;;*** | |
13279 | \f | |
13280 | ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
7518ed7b | 13281 | ;;;;;; (13772 51133)) |
93548d2e DL |
13282 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
13283 | ||
13284 | (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
13285 | Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
13286 | You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
13287 | If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
13288 | ||
13289 | ;;;*** | |
13290 | \f | |
13291 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
13292 | ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
f75a0f7a | 13293 | ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741)) |
93548d2e DL |
13294 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
13295 | ||
13296 | (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
13297 | *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
13298 | This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
13299 | The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
13300 | NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
13301 | or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
13302 | a file name as a string.") | |
13303 | ||
13304 | (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
13305 | Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
13306 | If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
13307 | If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
13308 | buffer visiting that file. | |
13309 | If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
13310 | appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
13311 | ||
13312 | The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
13313 | which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
13314 | ||
13315 | A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
f75a0f7a GM |
13316 | starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
13317 | ||
13318 | If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | |
13319 | mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
13320 | |
13321 | (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
13322 | *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
13323 | ||
13324 | (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
13325 | Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
13326 | A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
13327 | starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
13328 | When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
13329 | ||
13330 | If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
13331 | messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
13332 | will be appended with their original headers. | |
13333 | ||
13334 | The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
13335 | which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
13336 | ||
13337 | The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
13338 | to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
13339 | ||
13340 | The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
13341 | ||
13342 | (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
13343 | Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
13344 | FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
13345 | ||
13346 | ;;;*** | |
13347 | \f | |
13348 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent | |
13349 | ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject | |
7518ed7b GM |
13350 | ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054 |
13351 | ;;;;;; 26387)) | |
93548d2e DL |
13352 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
13353 | ||
13354 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13355 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
13356 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13357 | ||
13358 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13359 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
13360 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13361 | ||
13362 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13363 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
13364 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13365 | ||
13366 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13367 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
13368 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13369 | ||
13370 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13371 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
13372 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13373 | ||
13374 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13375 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
13376 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
13377 | ||
13378 | (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\ | |
13379 | Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. | |
13380 | If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
13381 | KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
13382 | ||
13383 | ;;;*** | |
13384 | \f | |
be0dbdab GM |
13385 | ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
13386 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
13387 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
13388 | ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
f75a0f7a | 13389 | ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354)) |
93548d2e DL |
13390 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
13391 | ||
13392 | (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
13393 | *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
13394 | ||
13395 | (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
13396 | *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
13397 | ||
13398 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13399 | Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
13400 | ||
13401 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13402 | Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
13403 | LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
13404 | ||
13405 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13406 | Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
13407 | Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
13408 | but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
13409 | only look in the To and From fields. | |
13410 | RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
13411 | ||
13412 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13413 | Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
13414 | If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
13415 | \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
13416 | Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
13417 | ||
13418 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13419 | Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
13420 | Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
13421 | but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
13422 | look in the whole message. | |
13423 | SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
13424 | ||
13425 | (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
13426 | Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
13427 | SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
13428 | ||
13429 | (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
13430 | *Function to decode summary-line. | |
13431 | ||
13432 | By default, `identity' is set.") | |
13433 | ||
be0dbdab GM |
13434 | (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
13435 | *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
13436 | If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
13437 | when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
13438 | the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
13439 | If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
13440 | are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
13441 | ||
13442 | Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
13443 | sent by you under different user names. | |
13444 | Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses. | |
13445 | ||
13446 | Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
13447 | ||
93548d2e DL |
13448 | ;;;*** |
13449 | \f | |
13450 | ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el" | |
abb2db1c | 13451 | ;;;;;; (14660 49436)) |
93548d2e DL |
13452 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el |
13453 | ||
13454 | (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
13455 | Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
13456 | Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
13457 | If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
13458 | ||
13459 | ;;;*** | |
13460 | \f | |
13461 | ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
0a352cd7 | 13462 | ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574)) |
93548d2e DL |
13463 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
13464 | ||
13465 | (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
13466 | Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
13467 | To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil) | |
13468 | ||
13469 | (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
13470 | Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
13471 | ||
13472 | ;;;*** | |
13473 | \f | |
13474 | ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
13475 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
13476 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
7518ed7b | 13477 | ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409)) |
93548d2e DL |
13478 | ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el |
13479 | ||
13480 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
7518ed7b | 13481 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
93548d2e DL |
13482 | |
13483 | (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13484 | ||
13485 | (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
13486 | ||
13487 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
7518ed7b | 13488 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
93548d2e DL |
13489 | |
13490 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
7518ed7b | 13491 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
93548d2e DL |
13492 | |
13493 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
7518ed7b | 13494 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
93548d2e DL |
13495 | |
13496 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
7518ed7b | 13497 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
93548d2e DL |
13498 | |
13499 | (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
7518ed7b | 13500 | *This variable is obsolete.") |
93548d2e DL |
13501 | |
13502 | (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 13503 | This function is obsolete." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
13504 | |
13505 | ;;;*** | |
13506 | \f | |
13507 | ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 13508 | ;;;;;; (14821 46406)) |
93548d2e DL |
13509 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
13510 | ||
13511 | (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
13512 | Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
6448a6b3 | 13513 | Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
93548d2e DL |
13514 | |
13515 | In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
13516 | commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
13517 | the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
13518 | modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
0ad84a21 MB |
13519 | with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT |
13520 | Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the | |
13521 | documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to | |
13522 | start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. | |
93548d2e DL |
13523 | |
13524 | Commands: | |
13525 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13526 | Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
13527 | \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
6448a6b3 | 13528 | Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
93548d2e DL |
13529 | if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
13530 | ||
13531 | (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
13532 | Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
6448a6b3 | 13533 | Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
93548d2e DL |
13534 | |
13535 | Commands: | |
13536 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13537 | Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
13538 | \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
13539 | Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
13540 | `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
13541 | that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
13542 | ||
13543 | ;;;*** | |
13544 | \f | |
13545 | ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
b442e70a | 13546 | ;;;;;; (14792 2703)) |
93548d2e DL |
13547 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
13548 | ||
13549 | (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
13550 | Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
13551 | This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
13552 | ||
13553 | \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13554 | ||
13555 | ;;;*** | |
13556 | \f | |
cded5ed3 | 13557 | ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381 |
b442e70a | 13558 | ;;;;;; 56615)) |
93548d2e DL |
13559 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
13560 | ||
13561 | (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
13562 | Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
cded5ed3 | 13563 | Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
93548d2e DL |
13564 | \\{scribe-mode-map} |
13565 | ||
13566 | Interesting variables: | |
13567 | ||
13568 | scribe-fancy-paragraphs | |
13569 | Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. | |
13570 | ||
13571 | scribe-electric-quote | |
13572 | Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. | |
13573 | ||
13574 | scribe-electric-parenthesis | |
13575 | Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') | |
13576 | automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
13577 | ||
13578 | ;;;*** | |
13579 | \f | |
13580 | ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode | |
13581 | ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
13582 | ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers | |
7518ed7b | 13583 | ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from |
d09b9dbd | 13584 | ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14816 63829)) |
93548d2e DL |
13585 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
13586 | ||
13587 | (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
13588 | *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
13589 | ||
13590 | If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
13591 | king@grassland.com | |
13592 | If `parens', they look like: | |
13593 | king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
13594 | If `angles', they look like: | |
13595 | Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
7518ed7b GM |
13596 | If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
13597 | derived from the envelope-from address. | |
13598 | ||
13599 | In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
13600 | Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
13601 | to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
13602 | controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
13603 | ||
abb2db1c | 13604 | (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ |
7518ed7b GM |
13605 | *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. |
13606 | The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'. | |
13607 | ||
13608 | On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
13609 | is a privileged operation.") | |
93548d2e DL |
13610 | |
13611 | (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
13612 | *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
13613 | This is done when the message is initialized, | |
13614 | so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
13615 | ||
13616 | (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
13617 | *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
13618 | nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
13619 | ||
13620 | (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
13621 | *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
13622 | ||
13623 | (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
13624 | Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
13625 | The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
13626 | not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.") | |
13627 | ||
13628 | (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
13629 | *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
13630 | ||
13631 | (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
13632 | *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
13633 | This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
13634 | ||
13635 | (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
13636 | *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
13637 | If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
13638 | when you first send mail.") | |
13639 | ||
13640 | (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
13641 | *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
13642 | This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
13643 | feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
13644 | This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
13645 | ||
13646 | (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
13647 | *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
13648 | This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
13649 | the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
13650 | This file need not actually exist.") | |
13651 | ||
13652 | (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
13653 | *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
13654 | If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
13655 | If a string, that string is inserted. | |
13656 | (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
13657 | which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
13658 | Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
13659 | and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
13660 | ||
13661 | (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
13662 | Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
13663 | Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
13664 | \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
13665 | Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
13666 | \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
13667 | \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
13668 | \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: | |
13669 | \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). | |
13670 | \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
13671 | \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
13672 | \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
13673 | \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil) | |
13674 | ||
13675 | (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
13676 | *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
13677 | This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
13678 | and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
13679 | but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
7518ed7b | 13680 | See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
93548d2e DL |
13681 | |
13682 | (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
13683 | Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
13684 | This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
13685 | ||
13686 | This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
13687 | User should not set this variable manually, | |
13688 | instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
13689 | of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
7518ed7b | 13690 | See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
93548d2e DL |
13691 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
13692 | ||
13693 | (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
13694 | Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
13695 | When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
13696 | The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
13697 | ||
13698 | Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
13699 | end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
13700 | ||
13701 | \\<mail-mode-map> | |
13702 | While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
13703 | ||
13704 | Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
13705 | to move to message header fields: | |
13706 | \\{mail-mode-map} | |
13707 | ||
13708 | If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
13709 | when the message is initialized. | |
13710 | ||
13711 | If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
13712 | a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
13713 | ||
13714 | If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
13715 | is inserted. | |
13716 | ||
13717 | The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
13718 | initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
13719 | ||
13720 | When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
13721 | not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
13722 | ||
13723 | The second through fifth arguments, | |
13724 | TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
13725 | the initial contents of those header fields. | |
13726 | These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
13727 | The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
13728 | original message being replied to, or else an action | |
13729 | of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
13730 | Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
13731 | The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
13732 | if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
13733 | when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
13734 | This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
13735 | ||
13736 | (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
13737 | Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
13738 | ||
13739 | (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
13740 | Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
13741 | ||
13742 | ;;;*** | |
13743 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 13744 | ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14754 19514)) |
93548d2e DL |
13745 | ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
13746 | ||
13747 | (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
13748 | Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
13749 | This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
13750 | client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
13751 | To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
13752 | Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
13753 | ||
13754 | Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
13755 | ||
13756 | ;;;*** | |
13757 | \f | |
13758 | ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
b442e70a | 13759 | ;;;;;; (14501 47217)) |
93548d2e DL |
13760 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
13761 | ||
13762 | (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
13763 | Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
13764 | Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
13765 | Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
13766 | `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
13767 | ||
13768 | An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
13769 | the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
13770 | N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
13771 | ||
13772 | If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
13773 | your `.emacs' file. | |
13774 | ||
13775 | Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
13776 | ||
13777 | Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
13778 | Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
13779 | \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13780 | ||
13781 | (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
13782 | Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
13783 | This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
13784 | completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
13785 | \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
13786 | which this is based. | |
13787 | ||
13788 | Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
13789 | ||
13790 | To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
13791 | browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
13792 | you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
13793 | can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
13794 | ||
13795 | <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
13796 | have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
13797 | <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
13798 | ||
13799 | <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
13800 | ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
13801 | <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
13802 | Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
13803 | ||
13804 | Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
13805 | to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
13806 | href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
13807 | directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
13808 | ||
13809 | Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
13810 | ||
13811 | If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
13812 | interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
13813 | To work around that, do: | |
13814 | (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
13815 | ||
13816 | \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13817 | ||
13818 | ;;;*** | |
13819 | \f | |
13820 | ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 13821 | ;;;;;; (14834 5677)) |
93548d2e DL |
13822 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
13823 | ||
13824 | (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
13825 | ||
13826 | (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
13827 | Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
13828 | This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
13829 | as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
13830 | Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
13831 | assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
13832 | ||
13833 | This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
13834 | means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
13835 | mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
13836 | shell-specific features. | |
13837 | ||
13838 | The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
13839 | The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
13840 | following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
13841 | ||
13842 | \\[sh-case] case statement | |
13843 | \\[sh-for] for loop | |
13844 | \\[sh-function] function definition | |
13845 | \\[sh-if] if statement | |
13846 | \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
13847 | \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
13848 | \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
13849 | \\[sh-select] select loop | |
13850 | \\[sh-until] until loop | |
13851 | \\[sh-while] while loop | |
13852 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
13853 | For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
13854 | \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
13855 | \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
13856 | \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
13857 | would indent to the way it currently is. | |
13858 | \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
54baed30 | 13859 | buffer indents as it currently is indented. |
7518ed7b GM |
13860 | |
13861 | ||
93548d2e DL |
13862 | \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
13863 | \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
13864 | \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
13865 | \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
13866 | \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
13867 | \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
13868 | ||
13869 | \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
13870 | {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
13871 | Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
13872 | ||
13873 | If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
13874 | set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
13875 | indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
13876 | ||
13877 | If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
13878 | with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
13879 | ||
13880 | (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
13881 | ||
13882 | ;;;*** | |
13883 | \f | |
13884 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
7518ed7b | 13885 | ;;;;;; (13667 35245)) |
93548d2e DL |
13886 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
13887 | ||
13888 | (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
13889 | Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
13890 | ||
13891 | This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
13892 | `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
13893 | files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
13894 | message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
13895 | the earlier. | |
13896 | ||
13897 | For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
13898 | ||
13899 | \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
13900 | ||
13901 | and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
13902 | XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
13903 | \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
13904 | ||
13905 | The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
13906 | the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
13907 | ||
13908 | When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
13909 | problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
13910 | XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
13911 | 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
13912 | it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
13913 | Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
13914 | will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
13915 | emacs version). | |
13916 | ||
13917 | This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
13918 | shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
13919 | \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
13920 | XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
13921 | considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
13922 | ||
13923 | When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
13924 | buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
13925 | \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
13926 | ||
13927 | ;;;*** | |
13928 | \f | |
b442e70a | 13929 | ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" |
d09b9dbd | 13930 | ;;;;;; (14841 19790)) |
93548d2e DL |
13931 | ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
13932 | ||
b442e70a MB |
13933 | (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ |
13934 | Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history. | |
13935 | For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the | |
13936 | command history when the shell finishes.") | |
93548d2e DL |
13937 | |
13938 | (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
0ad84a21 MB |
13939 | Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). |
13940 | Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. | |
13941 | If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
13942 | If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. | |
93548d2e DL |
13943 | Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', |
13944 | or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
13945 | or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
13946 | If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
13947 | (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
13948 | discards input when it starts up.) | |
13949 | The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
13950 | and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
13951 | See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
13952 | ||
13953 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
13954 | in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
13955 | before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
13956 | in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
13957 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
13958 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
13959 | ||
13960 | The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
13961 | such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
13962 | its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
13963 | Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
13964 | ||
13965 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
13966 | (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
13967 | ||
13968 | ;;;*** | |
13969 | \f | |
7518ed7b GM |
13970 | ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256 |
13971 | ;;;;;; 23740)) | |
93548d2e DL |
13972 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
13973 | ||
13974 | (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
13975 | Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
13976 | \\{simula-mode-map} | |
13977 | Variables controlling indentation style: | |
13978 | simula-tab-always-indent | |
13979 | Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
13980 | regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
13981 | simula-indent-level | |
13982 | Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
13983 | simula-substatement-offset | |
13984 | Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
13985 | simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
13986 | Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
13987 | e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
13988 | line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
13989 | with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
13990 | simula-label-offset -4711 | |
13991 | Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
13992 | simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
13993 | Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
13994 | Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
13995 | extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
13996 | simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
13997 | Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
13998 | corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
13999 | extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
14000 | simula-electric-indent nil | |
14001 | If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
14002 | will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
14003 | simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
14004 | Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
14005 | the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
14006 | or nil if they should not be changed. | |
14007 | simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
14008 | Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
14009 | expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
14010 | (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
14011 | ||
14012 | Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
14013 | with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
14014 | ||
14015 | Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
14016 | the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
14017 | at all." t nil) | |
14018 | ||
14019 | ;;;*** | |
14020 | \f | |
14021 | ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
14022 | ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
7518ed7b | 14023 | ;;;;;; (13940 33497)) |
93548d2e DL |
14024 | ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
14025 | ||
14026 | (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
14027 | Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
14028 | ||
14029 | (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
14030 | Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
14031 | DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
14032 | which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
14033 | INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
14034 | ||
14035 | (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
14036 | Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14037 | Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14038 | If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
14039 | on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
14040 | This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
14041 | \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
14042 | ||
14043 | When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
14044 | which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
14045 | ignored." t nil) | |
14046 | ||
14047 | (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
14048 | Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14049 | Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
14050 | If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
14051 | on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
14052 | This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
14053 | \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
14054 | ||
14055 | When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
14056 | which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
14057 | ignored." t nil) | |
14058 | ||
14059 | (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
14060 | Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
14061 | ||
14062 | With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
14063 | \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
14064 | If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
14065 | REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
14066 | ||
14067 | An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
14068 | points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
14069 | alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
14070 | But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
14071 | ||
14072 | The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
14073 | variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
14074 | interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
14075 | ||
14076 | SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
14077 | not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
14078 | ||
14079 | If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
14080 | `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
14081 | ||
14082 | \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
14083 | _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination | |
14084 | > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode | |
14085 | @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
14086 | & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point | |
14087 | | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point | |
14088 | -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') | |
14089 | resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
14090 | nil skipped | |
14091 | ||
14092 | Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may | |
14093 | itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
14094 | different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
14095 | non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
14096 | continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
14097 | a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
14098 | formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
14099 | strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
14100 | ||
14101 | Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
14102 | Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
14103 | Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
14104 | endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
14105 | to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
14106 | available: | |
14107 | ||
14108 | str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
14109 | then: insert previously read string once more | |
14110 | help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
14111 | input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
14112 | v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
14113 | ||
14114 | When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
14115 | `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
14116 | ||
14117 | (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
14118 | Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
14119 | ||
14120 | With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
14121 | is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
14122 | Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
14123 | word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
14124 | ||
14125 | If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
14126 | the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
14127 | symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
14128 | ||
14129 | ;;;*** | |
14130 | \f | |
0ad84a21 MB |
14131 | ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14814 |
14132 | ;;;;;; 33056)) | |
5ec14d3c KH |
14133 | ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
14134 | ||
14135 | (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
14136 | Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
14137 | \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14138 | ||
14139 | ;;;*** | |
14140 | \f | |
b442e70a | 14141 | ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el" |
0ad84a21 | 14142 | ;;;;;; (14811 40584)) |
b442e70a MB |
14143 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el |
14144 | ||
14145 | (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\ | |
14146 | Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images." t nil) | |
14147 | ||
14148 | ;;;*** | |
14149 | \f | |
93548d2e | 14150 | ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
b442e70a | 14151 | ;;;;;; (14342 21630)) |
93548d2e DL |
14152 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
14153 | ||
14154 | (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
14155 | ||
14156 | ;;;*** | |
14157 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 14158 | ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733)) |
93548d2e DL |
14159 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
14160 | ||
14161 | (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
14162 | Play the Snake game. | |
14163 | Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
14164 | ||
14165 | Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
14166 | ||
14167 | snake-mode keybindings: | |
14168 | \\<snake-mode-map> | |
14169 | \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
14170 | \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
14171 | \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
14172 | \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
14173 | \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
14174 | \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
14175 | \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
14176 | ||
14177 | " t nil) | |
14178 | ||
14179 | ;;;*** | |
14180 | \f | |
a25bbe00 | 14181 | ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
b442e70a | 14182 | ;;;;;; (14550 9134)) |
a25bbe00 | 14183 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
93548d2e DL |
14184 | |
14185 | (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
14186 | Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
14187 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
14188 | Tab indents for C code. | |
14189 | Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
14190 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14191 | \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
14192 | Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
14193 | `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14194 | ||
14195 | (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
14196 | Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
14197 | Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
14198 | Tab indents for C code. | |
14199 | Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
14200 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14201 | \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
14202 | Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
14203 | then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
14204 | ||
14205 | ;;;*** | |
14206 | \f | |
14207 | ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
14208 | ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
14209 | ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924)) | |
14210 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el | |
14211 | ||
14212 | (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
14213 | *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
14214 | ||
14215 | A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
14216 | `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
14217 | and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
14218 | ||
14219 | For example, the form | |
14220 | ||
14221 | '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
14222 | (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
14223 | ||
14224 | would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
14225 | ||
14226 | (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
14227 | *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
14228 | ||
14229 | The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
14230 | sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
14231 | can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
14232 | York City. | |
14233 | ||
14234 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
14235 | ||
14236 | (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
14237 | *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
14238 | ||
14239 | The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
14240 | sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
14241 | can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
14242 | York City. | |
14243 | ||
14244 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
14245 | ||
14246 | (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
14247 | *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
14248 | For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
14249 | pair. | |
14250 | ||
14251 | This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
14252 | ||
14253 | (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
14254 | Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
14255 | If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
14256 | ||
14257 | If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
14258 | latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
14259 | ||
14260 | This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
14261 | ||
14262 | (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
14263 | *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
14264 | Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
14265 | ||
14266 | ;;;*** | |
14267 | \f | |
14268 | ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672 | |
7518ed7b | 14269 | ;;;;;; 20348)) |
93548d2e DL |
14270 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
14271 | ||
14272 | (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
14273 | Play Solitaire. | |
14274 | ||
14275 | To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
14276 | \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
14277 | Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
14278 | Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
14279 | Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
14280 | Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
14281 | \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
14282 | check after each move or undo) | |
14283 | ||
14284 | What is Solitaire? | |
14285 | ||
14286 | I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
14287 | its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
14288 | Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
14289 | ||
14290 | Le Solitaire | |
14291 | ============ | |
14292 | ||
14293 | o o o | |
14294 | ||
14295 | o o o | |
14296 | ||
14297 | o o o o o o o | |
14298 | ||
14299 | o o o . o o o | |
14300 | ||
14301 | o o o o o o o | |
14302 | ||
14303 | o o o | |
14304 | ||
14305 | o o o | |
14306 | ||
14307 | Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
14308 | hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
14309 | aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
14310 | one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
14311 | ||
14312 | A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
14313 | after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
14314 | horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
14315 | this: o o . | |
14316 | ||
14317 | Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
14318 | which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
14319 | ||
14320 | That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
14321 | ||
14322 | o o o | |
14323 | ||
14324 | . o o | |
14325 | ||
14326 | o o . o o o o | |
14327 | ||
14328 | o . o o o o o | |
14329 | ||
14330 | o o o o o o o | |
14331 | ||
14332 | o o o | |
14333 | ||
14334 | o o o | |
14335 | ||
14336 | Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
14337 | ||
14338 | \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
14339 | ||
14340 | ;;;*** | |
14341 | \f | |
14342 | ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
14343 | ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
b442e70a | 14344 | ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36842)) |
93548d2e DL |
14345 | ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
14346 | ||
14347 | (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
14348 | General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
14349 | Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
14350 | ||
14351 | We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
14352 | called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
14353 | it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
14354 | buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
14355 | contiguous. | |
14356 | ||
14357 | Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
14358 | If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
14359 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14360 | the sort order. | |
14361 | ||
14362 | The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
14363 | across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
14364 | ||
14365 | NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
14366 | It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
14367 | It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
14368 | The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
14369 | is called. | |
14370 | ||
14371 | ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
14372 | It should move point to the end of the record. | |
14373 | ||
14374 | STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
14375 | It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
14376 | else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
14377 | STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
14378 | starts at the beginning of the record. | |
14379 | ||
14380 | ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
14381 | ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
14382 | same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
14383 | ||
14384 | (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
14385 | Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14386 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14387 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14388 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14389 | the sort order." t nil) | |
14390 | ||
14391 | (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
14392 | Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14393 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14394 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14395 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14396 | the sort order." t nil) | |
14397 | ||
14398 | (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
14399 | Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
14400 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14401 | REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
14402 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14403 | the sort order." t nil) | |
14404 | ||
14405 | (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14406 | Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
14407 | Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
2cb750ba GM |
14408 | Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
14409 | which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
14410 | Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
93548d2e DL |
14411 | With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
14412 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14413 | FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
14414 | ||
14415 | (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14416 | Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
14417 | Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
14418 | With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
14419 | Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
14420 | FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
14421 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14422 | the sort order." t nil) | |
14423 | ||
14424 | (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
14425 | Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
14426 | RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
14427 | For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
14428 | KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
14429 | is to be used for sorting. | |
14430 | If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
14431 | RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
14432 | If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
14433 | Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
14434 | If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
14435 | ||
14436 | With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
14437 | ||
14438 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14439 | the sort order. | |
14440 | ||
14441 | For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
14442 | starting with the letter \"f\", | |
14443 | RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
14444 | ||
14445 | (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
14446 | Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
14447 | For the purpose of this command, the region includes | |
14448 | the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. | |
14449 | The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
14450 | A prefix argument means sort into reverse order. | |
14451 | The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
14452 | the sort order. | |
14453 | ||
14454 | Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
14455 | because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
14456 | and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
14457 | it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
14458 | Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
14459 | ||
14460 | (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
14461 | Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
14462 | From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
14463 | ||
14464 | ;;;*** | |
14465 | \f | |
14466 | ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
0ad84a21 | 14467 | ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14782 11914)) |
93548d2e DL |
14468 | ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
14469 | ||
14470 | (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
14471 | ||
14472 | (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
14473 | Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
14474 | nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
14475 | `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
14476 | supported at a time. | |
14477 | `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
14478 | `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
14479 | ||
14480 | (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
14481 | Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
14482 | If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
14483 | selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
14484 | ||
14485 | ;;;*** | |
14486 | \f | |
14487 | ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
7518ed7b | 14488 | ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858)) |
93548d2e DL |
14489 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
14490 | ||
14491 | (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
14492 | ||
14493 | (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
14494 | Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
14495 | For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
14496 | and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
14497 | If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
14498 | as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
14499 | ||
14500 | (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
14501 | Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
14502 | If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
14503 | and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
14504 | ||
14505 | (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
14506 | Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
14507 | Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
14508 | DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
14509 | for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
14510 | ||
14511 | (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
14512 | Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
14513 | ||
14514 | ;;;*** | |
14515 | \f | |
d09b9dbd KG |
14516 | ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816 |
14517 | ;;;;;; 63829)) | |
93548d2e DL |
14518 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
14519 | ||
14520 | (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
14521 | Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
14522 | ||
14523 | (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
14524 | Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
14525 | ||
14526 | ;;;*** | |
14527 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
14528 | ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql |
14529 | ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" | |
0ad84a21 | 14530 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14829 52426)) |
93548d2e DL |
14531 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
14532 | ||
14533 | (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 14534 | Show short help for the SQL modes. |
93548d2e DL |
14535 | |
14536 | Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
14537 | usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
14538 | ||
14539 | Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
14540 | ||
14541 | PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
14542 | ||
14543 | Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
14544 | ||
14545 | MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] | |
14546 | Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
14547 | Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
14548 | Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
14549 | Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
14550 | Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
14551 | Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
14552 | ||
14553 | But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
14554 | ||
14555 | Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
14556 | buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
14557 | is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
14558 | that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
14559 | ||
93548d2e DL |
14560 | If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a |
14561 | procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
14562 | `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
14563 | anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
14564 | ||
14565 | In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
14566 | buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
14567 | appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
14568 | ||
14569 | (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
14570 | Major mode to edit SQL. | |
14571 | ||
14572 | You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
14573 | \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
14574 | See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
14575 | ||
7518ed7b | 14576 | \\{sql-mode-map} |
93548d2e DL |
14577 | Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
14578 | ||
14579 | When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
14580 | buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
14581 | will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
14582 | SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
14583 | determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
14584 | value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
14585 | ||
14586 | For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
14587 | `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil) | |
14588 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
14589 | (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ |
14590 | Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | |
14591 | ||
14592 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14593 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14594 | `*SQL*'. | |
14595 | ||
14596 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | |
14597 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
14598 | defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | |
14599 | the list `sql-oracle-options'. | |
14600 | ||
14601 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14602 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14603 | ||
14604 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14605 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14606 | before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14607 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14608 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14609 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14610 | ||
14611 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14612 | ||
14613 | (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | |
14614 | Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | |
14615 | ||
14616 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14617 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14618 | `*SQL*'. | |
14619 | ||
14620 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | |
0ad84a21 MB |
14621 | the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and |
14622 | `sql-database' as defaults, if set. | |
abb2db1c GM |
14623 | |
14624 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14625 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14626 | ||
14627 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14628 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14629 | before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14630 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14631 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14632 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14633 | ||
14634 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14635 | ||
14636 | (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | |
14637 | Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | |
14638 | ||
14639 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14640 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14641 | `*SQL*'. | |
14642 | ||
14643 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | |
14644 | the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
14645 | ||
14646 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14647 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14648 | ||
14649 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14650 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14651 | before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14652 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14653 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14654 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14655 | ||
14656 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14657 | ||
14658 | (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | |
14659 | Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | |
14660 | ||
14661 | Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate; | |
14662 | its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead. | |
14663 | ||
14664 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14665 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14666 | `*SQL*'. | |
14667 | ||
14668 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | |
14669 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
14670 | `sql-server' as defaults, if set. | |
14671 | ||
14672 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14673 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14674 | ||
14675 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14676 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14677 | before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14678 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14679 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14680 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14681 | ||
14682 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14683 | ||
14684 | (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | |
14685 | Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | |
14686 | ||
14687 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14688 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14689 | `*SQL*'. | |
14690 | ||
14691 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | |
14692 | the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
14693 | defaults, if set. | |
14694 | ||
14695 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14696 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14697 | ||
14698 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14699 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14700 | before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14701 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14702 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14703 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14704 | ||
14705 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14706 | ||
14707 | (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | |
14708 | Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | |
14709 | ||
14710 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14711 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14712 | `*SQL*'. | |
14713 | ||
14714 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | |
14715 | the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
14716 | ||
14717 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14718 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14719 | ||
14720 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14721 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14722 | before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14723 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14724 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14725 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14726 | ||
14727 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14728 | ||
14729 | (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | |
14730 | Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | |
14731 | ||
14732 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14733 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14734 | `*SQL*'. | |
14735 | ||
14736 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | |
14737 | variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | |
14738 | as defaults, if set. | |
14739 | ||
14740 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14741 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14742 | ||
14743 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14744 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14745 | before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14746 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14747 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
14748 | `default-process-coding-system'. | |
14749 | ||
14750 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14751 | ||
93548d2e DL |
14752 | (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ |
14753 | Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
14754 | ||
14755 | If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
14756 | If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
14757 | `*SQL*'. | |
14758 | ||
14759 | Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
14760 | the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
14761 | ||
14762 | The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
14763 | input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
14764 | ||
14765 | To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
14766 | in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
14767 | before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
14768 | in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
14769 | The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
7518ed7b | 14770 | `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
93548d2e DL |
14771 | your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
14772 | Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
14773 | ||
14774 | \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
14775 | '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
14776 | ||
14777 | \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
14778 | ||
14779 | ;;;*** | |
14780 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
14781 | ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer |
14782 | ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes | |
14783 | ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke | |
14784 | ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke | |
14785 | ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 14786 | ;;;;;; (14788 10033)) |
93548d2e DL |
14787 | ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
14788 | ||
14789 | (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
b442e70a MB |
14790 | Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled. |
14791 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize | |
14792 | or M-x strokes-mode.") | |
14793 | ||
14794 | (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14795 | ||
14796 | (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes)) | |
93548d2e DL |
14797 | |
14798 | (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14799 | Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
14800 | Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
14801 | COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
14802 | is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
14803 | documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
14804 | ||
14805 | (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
14806 | ||
14807 | (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14808 | Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
14809 | Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
14810 | This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
14811 | entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
14812 | `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
14813 | Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
14814 | ||
14815 | (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14816 | Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
14817 | Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
14818 | Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
14819 | is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
14820 | then complete the stroke with button3. | |
14821 | Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
14822 | ||
14823 | (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
b442e70a | 14824 | Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command. |
93548d2e DL |
14825 | This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) |
14826 | ||
14827 | (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14828 | Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
14829 | This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
14830 | ||
14831 | (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14832 | Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
14833 | ||
14834 | (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
14835 | ||
14836 | (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
b442e70a | 14837 | Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
14838 | |
14839 | (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
14840 | Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
14841 | ||
14842 | (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
14843 | ||
b442e70a MB |
14844 | (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ |
14845 | Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. | |
14846 | With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes | |
14847 | chronologically by command name. | |
14848 | If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil) | |
14849 | ||
93548d2e DL |
14850 | (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ |
14851 | Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
14852 | With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
14853 | Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
14854 | mode in all buffers when activated. | |
14855 | By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
14856 | new strokes with | |
14857 | ||
14858 | > M-x global-set-stroke | |
14859 | ||
14860 | To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
b442e70a | 14861 | S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your |
93548d2e DL |
14862 | strokes with |
14863 | ||
14864 | > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
14865 | > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
14866 | ||
b442e70a MB |
14867 | (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ |
14868 | Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. | |
14869 | Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | |
14870 | Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil) | |
14871 | ||
14872 | (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
14873 | Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil) | |
14874 | ||
93548d2e DL |
14875 | ;;;*** |
14876 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 14877 | ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el" |
d09b9dbd | 14878 | ;;;;;; (14816 63829)) |
0ad84a21 MB |
14879 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el |
14880 | ||
14881 | (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ | |
14882 | Studlify-case the region" t nil) | |
14883 | ||
14884 | (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ | |
14885 | Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil) | |
14886 | ||
14887 | ;;;*** | |
14888 | \f | |
93548d2e | 14889 | ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" |
be0dbdab | 14890 | ;;;;;; (14565 55801)) |
93548d2e DL |
14891 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
14892 | ||
14893 | (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
14894 | Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
14895 | This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
14896 | function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
14897 | for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
14898 | original message but it does require a few things: | |
14899 | ||
14900 | 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
14901 | ||
14902 | 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
14903 | reply buffer. | |
14904 | ||
14905 | 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
14906 | inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
14907 | original message. | |
14908 | ||
14909 | 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
14910 | ||
14911 | 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
14912 | ||
14913 | For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
14914 | when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
14915 | before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
14916 | ||
14917 | ;;;*** | |
14918 | \f | |
0a352cd7 | 14919 | ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639)) |
93548d2e DL |
14920 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
14921 | ||
14922 | (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
14923 | Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
14924 | Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
14925 | START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
14926 | The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
14927 | ||
14928 | (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
14929 | Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
14930 | A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
14931 | when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
14932 | Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
14933 | START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
14934 | The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
14935 | ||
14936 | ;;;*** | |
14937 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 14938 | ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630)) |
93548d2e DL |
14939 | ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
14940 | ||
14941 | (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
14942 | Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
14943 | ||
14944 | ;;;*** | |
14945 | \f | |
abb2db1c | 14946 | ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536)) |
93548d2e DL |
14947 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
14948 | ||
14949 | (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
14950 | Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
14951 | You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
14952 | Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
14953 | Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
14954 | or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
14955 | Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
14956 | ||
14957 | If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
14958 | save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
14959 | saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
14960 | inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
14961 | ||
14962 | See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
14963 | \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
14964 | ||
14965 | ;;;*** | |
14966 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 14967 | ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
0ad84a21 | 14968 | ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14729 20675)) |
7518ed7b | 14969 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el |
93548d2e | 14970 | |
7518ed7b GM |
14971 | (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ |
14972 | Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
14973 | Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
14974 | Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
14975 | Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
14976 | Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
14977 | ||
14978 | Variables controlling indentation style: | |
14979 | tcl-indent-level | |
14980 | Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. | |
14981 | tcl-continued-indent-level | |
14982 | Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. | |
14983 | ||
14984 | Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
14985 | documentation for details): | |
14986 | tcl-tab-always-indent | |
14987 | Controls action of TAB key. | |
14988 | tcl-auto-newline | |
14989 | Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, | |
14990 | and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
14991 | tcl-electric-hash-style | |
14992 | Controls action of `#' key. | |
14993 | tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector | |
14994 | If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. | |
14995 | This variable is only used in Emacs 19. | |
14996 | tcl-use-smart-word-finder | |
14997 | If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current | |
14998 | word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
14999 | ||
15000 | Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
15001 | with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
15002 | `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
15003 | already exist. | |
15004 | ||
15005 | Commands: | |
15006 | \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15007 | ||
15008 | (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
15009 | Run inferior Tcl process. | |
15010 | Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
15011 | See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
15012 | ||
15013 | (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
15014 | Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
15015 | Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
15016 | |
15017 | ;;;*** | |
15018 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 15019 | ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14729 20675)) |
a25bbe00 | 15020 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el |
93548d2e DL |
15021 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
15022 | ||
15023 | (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
15024 | Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
15025 | Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
15026 | where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
15027 | is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
15028 | falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
15029 | Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
15030 | (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
15031 | ||
15032 | (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
15033 | Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
15034 | Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
15035 | Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
15036 | ||
15037 | ;;;*** | |
15038 | \f | |
0ad84a21 MB |
15039 | ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14702 |
15040 | ;;;;;; 63698)) | |
93548d2e DL |
15041 | ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
15042 | ||
15043 | (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
15044 | Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
15045 | The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
15046 | If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
15047 | Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
15048 | the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
15049 | ||
15050 | (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
15051 | Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
15052 | ||
15053 | (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
15054 | Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
15055 | ||
15056 | ;;;*** | |
15057 | \f | |
54baed30 | 15058 | ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758 |
0ad84a21 | 15059 | ;;;;;; 23449)) |
93548d2e DL |
15060 | ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
15061 | ||
15062 | (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
15063 | Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
15064 | ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
15065 | BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
15066 | and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
15067 | program as keyboard input. | |
15068 | ||
15069 | Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
15070 | are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
15071 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
15072 | -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
15073 | ||
15074 | To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
15075 | to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
15076 | type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
15077 | Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
15078 | This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
15079 | ||
15080 | `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
15081 | ||
15082 | Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
15083 | of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
15084 | terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
15085 | terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
15086 | ||
15087 | This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
15088 | and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
15089 | subprocess started." t nil) | |
15090 | ||
15091 | ;;;*** | |
15092 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 15093 | ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411)) |
93548d2e DL |
15094 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
15095 | ||
15096 | (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
15097 | Play the Tetris game. | |
15098 | Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
15099 | rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
15100 | as to form complete rows. | |
15101 | ||
15102 | tetris-mode keybindings: | |
15103 | \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
15104 | \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
15105 | \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
15106 | \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
15107 | \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
15108 | \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
15109 | \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
15110 | \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
15111 | \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
15112 | ||
15113 | " t nil) | |
15114 | ||
15115 | ;;;*** | |
15116 | \f | |
15117 | ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
15118 | ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
15119 | ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15120 | ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
15121 | ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
15122 | ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
15123 | ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 15124 | ;;;;;; (14825 31079)) |
93548d2e DL |
15125 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
15126 | ||
15127 | (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
15128 | *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
15129 | ||
15130 | (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
15131 | *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
15132 | You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
15133 | and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
15134 | `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
15135 | ||
15136 | (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
15137 | Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
15138 | If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
15139 | if it matches the first line of the file, | |
15140 | `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
15141 | ||
15142 | (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
15143 | *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
15144 | The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
15145 | if the variable is non-nil.") | |
15146 | ||
15147 | (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
15148 | *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
15149 | ||
15150 | (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
15151 | *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
15152 | TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
15153 | See the documentation of that variable.") | |
15154 | ||
15155 | (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
15156 | *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
15157 | LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
15158 | See the documentation of that variable.") | |
15159 | ||
15160 | (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
15161 | *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
15162 | SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
15163 | See the documentation of that variable.") | |
15164 | ||
15165 | (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
15166 | *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
15167 | These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
15168 | See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
15169 | ||
15170 | (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
15171 | *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
15172 | Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
15173 | ||
15174 | (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
15175 | *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
15176 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15177 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
15178 | ||
15179 | (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
15180 | *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15181 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15182 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
15183 | ||
15184 | (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
15185 | *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
15186 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15187 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
15188 | ||
15189 | If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
15190 | `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
15191 | for example, | |
15192 | ||
15193 | (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15194 | '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
15195 | ||
15196 | would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
15197 | use.") | |
15198 | ||
15199 | (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
15200 | *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
15201 | If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
15202 | otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
15203 | ||
15204 | This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
15205 | window system being used. For example, | |
15206 | ||
15207 | (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
15208 | (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
15209 | ||
15210 | would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
15211 | otherwise.") | |
15212 | ||
15213 | (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
15214 | *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
15215 | Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
15216 | ||
cded5ed3 | 15217 | (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
93548d2e DL |
15218 | *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
15219 | This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
15220 | is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
15221 | Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
15222 | ||
15223 | (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
15224 | *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
15225 | ||
15226 | (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
15227 | *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
15228 | ||
15229 | (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15230 | Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
15231 | Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
15232 | this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
15233 | `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
15234 | such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
15235 | says which mode to use." t nil) | |
15236 | ||
15237 | (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
15238 | ||
15239 | (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
15240 | ||
15241 | (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
15242 | ||
15243 | (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15244 | Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
15245 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
15246 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
15247 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
15248 | ||
15249 | Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
15250 | copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
15251 | running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
15252 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
15253 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15254 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15255 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
15256 | ||
15257 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
15258 | mismatched $'s or braces. | |
15259 | ||
15260 | Special commands: | |
15261 | \\{tex-mode-map} | |
15262 | ||
15263 | Mode variables: | |
15264 | tex-run-command | |
15265 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15266 | tex-directory | |
15267 | Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
15268 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15269 | tex-dvi-print-command | |
15270 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15271 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15272 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
15273 | argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
15274 | tex-dvi-view-command | |
15275 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
15276 | tex-show-queue-command | |
15277 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
15278 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
15279 | ||
15280 | Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
15281 | `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
15282 | special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
15283 | ||
15284 | (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15285 | Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
15286 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
15287 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
15288 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
15289 | ||
15290 | Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
15291 | copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
15292 | running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
15293 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
15294 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15295 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15296 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
15297 | ||
15298 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
15299 | mismatched $'s or braces. | |
15300 | ||
15301 | Special commands: | |
15302 | \\{tex-mode-map} | |
15303 | ||
15304 | Mode variables: | |
15305 | latex-run-command | |
15306 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15307 | tex-directory | |
15308 | Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
15309 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15310 | tex-dvi-print-command | |
15311 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15312 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15313 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
15314 | argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
15315 | tex-dvi-view-command | |
15316 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
15317 | tex-show-queue-command | |
15318 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
15319 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
15320 | ||
15321 | Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
15322 | `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
15323 | subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
15324 | ||
15325 | (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
15326 | Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
15327 | Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
15328 | Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
15329 | and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
15330 | ||
15331 | Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
15332 | copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
15333 | running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
15334 | \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
15335 | \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15336 | \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
15337 | \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
15338 | ||
15339 | Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
15340 | mismatched $'s or braces. | |
15341 | ||
15342 | Special commands: | |
15343 | \\{tex-mode-map} | |
15344 | ||
15345 | Mode variables: | |
15346 | slitex-run-command | |
15347 | Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15348 | tex-directory | |
15349 | Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
15350 | run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
15351 | tex-dvi-print-command | |
15352 | Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
15353 | tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
15354 | Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
15355 | argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
15356 | tex-dvi-view-command | |
15357 | Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
15358 | tex-show-queue-command | |
15359 | Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
15360 | queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
15361 | ||
15362 | Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
15363 | `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
15364 | `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
15365 | `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
15366 | ||
15367 | (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
15368 | ||
15369 | ;;;*** | |
15370 | \f | |
15371 | ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
b442e70a | 15372 | ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293)) |
93548d2e DL |
15373 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
15374 | ||
15375 | (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
15376 | Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
15377 | The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
15378 | name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
15379 | ||
15380 | Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
15381 | and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
15382 | Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
15383 | ||
15384 | (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
15385 | Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
15386 | This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
15387 | The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
15388 | converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
15389 | ||
15390 | (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
15391 | Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
15392 | The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
15393 | names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
15394 | ||
15395 | This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
15396 | creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
15397 | is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
15398 | Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
15399 | ||
15400 | Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
15401 | if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
15402 | ||
15403 | ;;;*** | |
15404 | \f | |
15405 | ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 15406 | ;;;;;; (14819 42855)) |
93548d2e DL |
15407 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
15408 | ||
15409 | (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ | |
15410 | Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
15411 | ||
15412 | It has these extra commands: | |
15413 | \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
15414 | ||
15415 | These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
15416 | and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
15417 | the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
15418 | modified version of TeX input format. | |
15419 | ||
15420 | Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
15421 | set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
15422 | what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
15423 | use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
15424 | ||
15425 | You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
15426 | This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
15427 | lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
15428 | These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
15429 | In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
15430 | use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
15431 | in the Texinfo file. | |
15432 | ||
15433 | In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
15434 | frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
15435 | commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
15436 | \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
15437 | move forward past the closing brace. | |
15438 | ||
15439 | Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
15440 | updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
15441 | ||
15442 | * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
15443 | * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
15444 | * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
15445 | ||
15446 | Here are the functions: | |
15447 | ||
15448 | texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
15449 | texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
15450 | texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
15451 | ||
15452 | texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
15453 | texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
15454 | texinfo-master-menu | |
15455 | ||
15456 | texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
15457 | ||
15458 | The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
15459 | which menu descriptions are indented. | |
15460 | ||
15461 | Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
15462 | `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
15463 | in the region. | |
15464 | ||
15465 | To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
15466 | hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
15467 | Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
15468 | `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
15469 | ||
15470 | If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
15471 | be the first node in the file. | |
15472 | ||
612839b6 GM |
15473 | Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
15474 | value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
15475 | |
15476 | ;;;*** | |
15477 | \f | |
15478 | ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update | |
15479 | ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" | |
7518ed7b | 15480 | ;;;;;; (14263 36019)) |
93548d2e DL |
15481 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el |
15482 | ||
15483 | (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
15484 | Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
15485 | Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region. | |
15486 | ||
15487 | The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their | |
15488 | keybindings, are: | |
15489 | ||
15490 | texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
15491 | texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
15492 | texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) | |
15493 | ||
15494 | texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
15495 | texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
15496 | texinfo-master-menu () | |
15497 | ||
15498 | texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
15499 | ||
15500 | The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
15501 | which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil) | |
15502 | ||
15503 | (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
15504 | Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil) | |
15505 | ||
15506 | (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\ | |
15507 | Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. | |
15508 | ||
15509 | This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the | |
15510 | immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or | |
15511 | lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or | |
15512 | `p' takes you straight through the file. | |
15513 | ||
15514 | Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. | |
15515 | Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the | |
15516 | marked region. | |
15517 | ||
15518 | This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and | |
15519 | subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant | |
15520 | to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the | |
15521 | Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil) | |
15522 | ||
15523 | ;;;*** | |
15524 | \f | |
5ec14d3c | 15525 | ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
a1b8d58b | 15526 | ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) |
f75a0f7a | 15527 | ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047)) |
93548d2e DL |
15528 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
15529 | ||
93548d2e DL |
15530 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ |
15531 | Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
15532 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
15533 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
15534 | ||
15535 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
15536 | Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
15537 | ||
15538 | (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
15539 | Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
15540 | ||
15541 | (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
15542 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
15543 | (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
15544 | Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
15545 | The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
15546 | Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
15547 | to compose. | |
15548 | ||
15549 | The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
15550 | |
15551 | ;;;*** | |
15552 | \f | |
d054101f GM |
15553 | ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
15554 | ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
54baed30 | 15555 | ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125)) |
93548d2e DL |
15556 | ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
15557 | ||
15558 | (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15559 | Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
15560 | ||
15561 | (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15562 | Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
15563 | THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
15564 | Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
15565 | `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
15566 | ||
15567 | See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
15568 | a symbol as a valid THING. | |
15569 | ||
15570 | The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
15571 | of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
15572 | ||
15573 | (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
15574 | Return the THING at point. | |
15575 | THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
15576 | Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
15577 | `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
15578 | ||
15579 | See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
15580 | a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
15581 | ||
d054101f GM |
15582 | (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
15583 | ||
15584 | (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15585 | ||
15586 | (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15587 | ||
15588 | (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
15589 | ||
93548d2e DL |
15590 | ;;;*** |
15591 | \f | |
15592 | ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
5ec14d3c | 15593 | ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
f75a0f7a GM |
15594 | ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region |
15595 | ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription | |
abb2db1c GM |
15596 | ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672 |
15597 | ;;;;;; 33974)) | |
93548d2e DL |
15598 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
15599 | ||
5ec14d3c | 15600 | (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
93548d2e DL |
15601 | Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
15602 | Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
15603 | ||
5ec14d3c KH |
15604 | (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
15605 | Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
93548d2e | 15606 | |
5ec14d3c KH |
15607 | (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ |
15608 | Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
15609 | The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
15610 | |
15611 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
5ec14d3c KH |
15612 | Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
15613 | ||
15614 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15615 | Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) | |
93548d2e | 15616 | |
f75a0f7a GM |
15617 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
15618 | Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | |
15619 | This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
15620 | are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil) | |
93548d2e | 15621 | |
f75a0f7a GM |
15622 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ |
15623 | Decompose Tibetan string STR. | |
15624 | This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
15625 | are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil) | |
93548d2e | 15626 | |
5ec14d3c | 15627 | (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) |
93548d2e DL |
15628 | |
15629 | (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15630 | Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
5ec14d3c | 15631 | See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
15632 | |
15633 | (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
15634 | Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
15635 | See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
15636 | ||
15637 | (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15638 | ||
15639 | (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
15640 | ||
15641 | ;;;*** | |
15642 | \f | |
cded5ed3 | 15643 | ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
0ad84a21 | 15644 | ;;;;;; (14780 47087)) |
cded5ed3 GM |
15645 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
15646 | ||
15647 | (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
15648 | Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
15649 | See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
15650 | `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
15651 | parameters. | |
15652 | This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
15653 | ||
15654 | (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
15655 | Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
15656 | See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
15657 | `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
15658 | parameters. | |
15659 | This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
15660 | ||
15661 | ;;;*** | |
15662 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
15663 | ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) |
15664 | ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14807 56560)) | |
93548d2e DL |
15665 | ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
15666 | ||
15667 | (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ | |
15668 | *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
15669 | ||
15670 | (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
15671 | Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
15672 | This display updates automatically every minute. | |
15673 | If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
15674 | are displayed as well. | |
15675 | This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
15676 | ||
b442e70a MB |
15677 | (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
15678 | Toggle Display-Time mode. | |
15679 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15680 | use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
15681 | ||
15682 | (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15683 | ||
15684 | (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
15685 | ||
93548d2e DL |
15686 | (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ |
15687 | Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
15688 | With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
15689 | ||
15690 | When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
15691 | If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
15692 | are displayed as well. | |
15693 | This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
15694 | ||
15695 | ;;;*** | |
15696 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
15697 | ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el" |
15698 | ;;;;;; (14791 27442)) | |
15699 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el | |
15700 | ||
15701 | (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
15702 | Convert DATE into time." nil nil) | |
15703 | ||
15704 | (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
15705 | Parse DATE and return a time structure. | |
15706 | If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil) | |
15707 | ||
15708 | ;;;*** | |
15709 | \f | |
93548d2e | 15710 | ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" |
d09b9dbd | 15711 | ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14838 53329)) |
93548d2e DL |
15712 | ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
15713 | ||
15714 | (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
7518ed7b | 15715 | Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
93548d2e DL |
15716 | A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
15717 | every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
15718 | (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
15719 | Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
15720 | look like one of the following: | |
15721 | Time-stamp: <> | |
15722 | Time-stamp: \" \" | |
15723 | The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
15724 | Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
15725 | The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
15726 | The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
7518ed7b GM |
15727 | The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
15728 | `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
15729 | template." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
15730 | |
15731 | (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
15732 | Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
15733 | With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
15734 | ||
15735 | ;;;*** | |
15736 | \f | |
54baed30 GM |
15737 | ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string |
15738 | ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | |
15739 | ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | |
15740 | ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 15741 | ;;;;;; (14823 8292)) |
54baed30 GM |
15742 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el |
15743 | ||
15744 | (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | |
15745 | Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | |
15746 | If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be | |
15747 | updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the | |
15748 | timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating. | |
15749 | With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is | |
15750 | positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display | |
15751 | \(non-nil means on)." t nil) | |
15752 | ||
15753 | (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | |
15754 | Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
15755 | With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | |
15756 | many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | |
15757 | \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | |
15758 | weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | |
15759 | _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | |
15760 | this function is called within a day. | |
15761 | ||
15762 | PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | |
15763 | FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | |
15764 | interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | |
15765 | discover the name of the project." t nil) | |
15766 | ||
15767 | (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
15768 | Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
15769 | If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | |
15770 | begun during the last time segment. | |
15771 | ||
15772 | REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | |
15773 | FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | |
15774 | interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | |
15775 | discover the reason." t nil) | |
15776 | ||
15777 | (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15778 | Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil) | |
15779 | ||
15780 | (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | |
15781 | Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. | |
15782 | With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been | |
15783 | finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last | |
15784 | project you were working on." t nil) | |
15785 | ||
15786 | (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
15787 | Ask the user before clocking out. | |
15788 | This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil) | |
15789 | ||
15790 | (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | |
15791 | Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | |
15792 | Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil) | |
15793 | ||
15794 | (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15795 | Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | |
15796 | Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | |
15797 | is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | |
15798 | See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | |
15799 | \"relative to today\"." t nil) | |
15800 | ||
15801 | (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15802 | Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | |
15803 | Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | |
15804 | non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil) | |
15805 | ||
15806 | (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
15807 | Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. | |
15808 | This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | |
15809 | NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the | |
15810 | minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned | |
15811 | will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned | |
15812 | will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | |
15813 | This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is | |
15814 | non-nil." t nil) | |
15815 | ||
15816 | ;;;*** | |
15817 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
15818 | ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer |
15819 | ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
54baed30 | 15820 | ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772)) |
93548d2e DL |
15821 | ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
15822 | ||
15823 | (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
15824 | ||
15825 | (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
15826 | Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
15827 | ||
15828 | (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
15829 | Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
15830 | ||
15831 | (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
15832 | Perform an action at time TIME. | |
15833 | Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
15834 | TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
15835 | from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
15836 | meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
15837 | REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
15838 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
15839 | ||
15840 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
15841 | ||
15842 | (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
15843 | Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
15844 | Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
15845 | SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
15846 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
15847 | ||
15848 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
15849 | ||
15850 | (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
15851 | Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
15852 | If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
15853 | This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
15854 | ||
15855 | (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
15856 | Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
93548d2e | 15857 | The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
abb2db1c GM |
15858 | SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. |
15859 | ||
15860 | If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | |
15861 | exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | |
93548d2e DL |
15862 | |
15863 | This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
15864 | (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
15865 | ||
15866 | (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
15867 | Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
15868 | If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
15869 | The call should look like: | |
15870 | (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
15871 | The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
15872 | event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
15873 | if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
15874 | be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
15875 | ||
15876 | ;;;*** | |
15877 | \f | |
15878 | ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
d09b9dbd | 15879 | ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14816 17181)) |
93548d2e DL |
15880 | ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
15881 | ||
15882 | (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
15883 | Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
15884 | Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
15885 | the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
15886 | ||
15887 | (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
15888 | Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
15889 | Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
15890 | it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
15891 | For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
15892 | generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
15893 | To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
15894 | ||
15895 | ;;;*** | |
15896 | \f | |
15897 | ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
0ad84a21 | 15898 | ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14789 22295)) |
93548d2e DL |
15899 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
15900 | (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
15901 | (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
15902 | (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
15903 | ||
15904 | (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
15905 | Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
15906 | See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
15907 | X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
15908 | we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
15909 | ||
15910 | (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
15911 | Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
15912 | This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
15913 | on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
15914 | See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
15915 | ||
15916 | (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
15917 | Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
15918 | Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
15919 | in the menu in two ways: | |
15920 | *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
15921 | *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
15922 | The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
15923 | ||
15924 | MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
15925 | keymap or an alist of alists. | |
15926 | DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
15927 | Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
15928 | ||
15929 | ;;;*** | |
15930 | \f | |
abb2db1c GM |
15931 | ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities) |
15932 | ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754)) | |
a1b8d58b GM |
15933 | ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el |
15934 | ||
abb2db1c GM |
15935 | (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
15936 | List top priorities for each category. | |
a1b8d58b | 15937 | |
abb2db1c GM |
15938 | Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which |
15939 | defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | |
a1b8d58b | 15940 | |
abb2db1c GM |
15941 | If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted |
15942 | between each category." t nil) | |
a1b8d58b | 15943 | |
abb2db1c GM |
15944 | (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
15945 | Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'. | |
a1b8d58b | 15946 | |
abb2db1c GM |
15947 | Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which |
15948 | defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil) | |
a1b8d58b | 15949 | |
abb2db1c GM |
15950 | (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ |
15951 | Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. | |
15952 | If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted | |
15953 | between each category. | |
a1b8d58b | 15954 | |
abb2db1c | 15955 | Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil) |
a1b8d58b GM |
15956 | |
15957 | ;;;*** | |
15958 | \f | |
0ad84a21 MB |
15959 | ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item |
15960 | ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14837 50479)) | |
b442e70a MB |
15961 | ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el |
15962 | ||
15963 | (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ | |
15964 | Toggle Tool-Bar mode. | |
15965 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15966 | use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") | |
15967 | ||
15968 | (custom-add-to-group (quote frames) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15969 | ||
15970 | (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar)) | |
15971 | ||
15972 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ | |
15973 | Toggle use of the tool bar. | |
15974 | With ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. | |
15975 | ||
15976 | See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for | |
15977 | conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil) | |
15978 | ||
15979 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ | |
15980 | Add an item to the tool bar. | |
15981 | ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | |
0ad84a21 MB |
15982 | for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments |
15983 | PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | |
15984 | Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | |
b442e70a MB |
15985 | |
15986 | ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The | |
0ad84a21 MB |
15987 | function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using |
15988 | `find-image'. | |
15989 | ||
15990 | Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
15991 | some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
15992 | function." nil nil) | |
15993 | ||
15994 | (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | |
15995 | Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | |
15996 | The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default | |
15997 | `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which | |
15998 | is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'. | |
15999 | MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'. | |
16000 | PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding. | |
16001 | ||
16002 | Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
16003 | some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
16004 | function." nil nil) | |
b442e70a MB |
16005 | |
16006 | ;;;*** | |
16007 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 16008 | ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
d09b9dbd | 16009 | ;;;;;; (14822 58259)) |
93548d2e DL |
16010 | ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
16011 | ||
16012 | (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
16013 | Mode for tooltip display. | |
16014 | With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
16015 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
16016 | (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
16017 | Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
16018 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16019 | use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
16020 | ||
16021 | (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16022 | ||
16023 | (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
16024 | ||
93548d2e DL |
16025 | ;;;*** |
16026 | \f | |
7518ed7b GM |
16027 | ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299 |
16028 | ;;;;;; 63726)) | |
93548d2e DL |
16029 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
16030 | ||
16031 | (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
16032 | ||
16033 | (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
16034 | ||
16035 | (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
16036 | Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
16037 | ||
16038 | ;;;*** | |
16039 | \f | |
16040 | ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
7518ed7b | 16041 | ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919)) |
93548d2e DL |
16042 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
16043 | ||
16044 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
16045 | Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
16046 | ||
16047 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
16048 | Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
16049 | ||
16050 | (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
16051 | Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
16052 | ||
16053 | ;;;*** | |
16054 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 16055 | ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547)) |
93548d2e DL |
16056 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
16057 | ||
16058 | (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
16059 | Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
16060 | PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
16061 | streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
16062 | to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
16063 | ||
16064 | ;;;*** | |
16065 | \f | |
16066 | ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
612839b6 | 16067 | ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560)) |
93548d2e DL |
16068 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
16069 | ||
16070 | (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
16071 | *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
16072 | ||
16073 | (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
16074 | Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
16075 | For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
16076 | and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
16077 | trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
16078 | there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
16079 | Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
16080 | display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
16081 | ||
16082 | (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
16083 | Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
16084 | For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
16085 | and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
16086 | trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
16087 | there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
16088 | the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
16089 | ||
16090 | ;;;*** | |
16091 | \f | |
16092 | ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
7518ed7b | 16093 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924)) |
93548d2e DL |
16094 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
16095 | (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
16096 | (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
16097 | (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
16098 | ||
16099 | (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
16100 | Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
16101 | When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
16102 | buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
16103 | Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
16104 | When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
16105 | first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
16106 | ||
16107 | (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
16108 | Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
16109 | Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
16110 | accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
16111 | ||
16112 | \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
16113 | ||
16114 | (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
16115 | Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
16116 | Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
16117 | have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
16118 | ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
16119 | value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
16120 | columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
16121 | ||
16122 | This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
16123 | write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
16124 | ||
16125 | First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
16126 | \\___/\\ | |
16127 | / \\ | |
16128 | 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
16129 | ||
16130 | \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
16131 | ||
16132 | ;;;*** | |
16133 | \f | |
16134 | ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
16135 | ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
16136 | ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
0ad84a21 | 16137 | ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 17385)) |
93548d2e DL |
16138 | ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
16139 | ||
16140 | (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
16141 | Toggle typing break mode. | |
16142 | See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
16143 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
16144 | use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
16145 | ||
16146 | (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16147 | ||
16148 | (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
16149 | ||
16150 | (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
16151 | *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
16152 | ||
16153 | (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
16154 | *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
16155 | ||
16156 | When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
16157 | keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
16158 | rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
16159 | ||
16160 | If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
16161 | asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
16162 | ||
16163 | (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
16164 | *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
16165 | This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
16166 | ||
16167 | The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
16168 | entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
16169 | the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
16170 | if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
16171 | then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
16172 | elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
16173 | ||
16174 | The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
16175 | before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
16176 | scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
16177 | will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
16178 | ||
16179 | Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
16180 | keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
16181 | ||
16182 | The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
16183 | guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
16184 | ||
16185 | (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
16186 | Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
16187 | This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
16188 | ||
16189 | When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
16190 | appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
16191 | user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
16192 | is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
16193 | again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
16194 | to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
16195 | annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
16196 | ||
16197 | A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
16198 | No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
16199 | ||
16200 | The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
16201 | same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
16202 | reset the keystroke counter. | |
16203 | ||
16204 | If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
16205 | calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
16206 | make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
16207 | break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
16208 | ||
16209 | The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
16210 | schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
16211 | affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
16212 | `type-break-schedule' command. | |
16213 | ||
16214 | If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
16215 | amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
16216 | that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
16217 | later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
16218 | is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
16219 | or not to continue. | |
16220 | ||
16221 | The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
16222 | thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
16223 | the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
16224 | approximate good values for this. | |
16225 | ||
16226 | There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
16227 | imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
16228 | ||
16229 | `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
16230 | `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
16231 | `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
16232 | `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
16233 | `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
16234 | `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
16235 | ||
16236 | There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
16237 | a typing break occur. They include: | |
16238 | ||
16239 | `type-break-query-mode' | |
16240 | `type-break-query-function' | |
16241 | `type-break-query-interval' | |
16242 | ||
16243 | Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
16244 | ||
16245 | (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
16246 | Take a typing break. | |
16247 | ||
16248 | During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
16249 | `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
16250 | ||
16251 | After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
16252 | as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
16253 | ||
16254 | (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
16255 | Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
16256 | This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
16257 | scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
16258 | ||
16259 | (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
16260 | Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
16261 | ||
16262 | If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
16263 | many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
16264 | maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
16265 | can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
16266 | tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
16267 | documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
16268 | average typing speed.) | |
16269 | ||
16270 | From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
16271 | based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
16272 | length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
16273 | the computed maximum threshold. | |
16274 | ||
16275 | When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
16276 | used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
16277 | fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
16278 | FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
16279 | 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
16280 | ||
16281 | ;;;*** | |
16282 | \f | |
16283 | ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" | |
7518ed7b | 16284 | ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817)) |
93548d2e DL |
16285 | ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
16286 | ||
16287 | (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
16288 | Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
16289 | Works by overstriking underscores. | |
16290 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
16291 | which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
16292 | ||
16293 | (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
16294 | Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
16295 | Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
16296 | which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
16297 | ||
16298 | ;;;*** | |
16299 | \f | |
16300 | ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
2cb750ba | 16301 | ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848)) |
93548d2e DL |
16302 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
16303 | ||
16304 | (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
16305 | Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
16306 | Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
16307 | ||
16308 | (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
16309 | Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
16310 | This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
16311 | following the containing message." t nil) | |
16312 | ||
16313 | ;;;*** | |
16314 | \f | |
16315 | ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
7518ed7b | 16316 | ;;;;;; (13229 29740)) |
93548d2e DL |
16317 | ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
16318 | ||
16319 | (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
16320 | Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
16321 | Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
16322 | For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
16323 | is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
16324 | For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
16325 | ||
16326 | (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
16327 | Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
16328 | ||
16329 | ;;;*** | |
16330 | \f | |
16331 | ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
b442e70a | 16332 | ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399)) |
93548d2e DL |
16333 | ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
16334 | ||
16335 | (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
16336 | Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
16337 | This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
cded5ed3 | 16338 | do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
93548d2e DL |
16339 | to refrain from editing the file |
16340 | return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
16341 | return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
16342 | You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
16343 | in any way you like." nil nil) | |
16344 | ||
16345 | (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
16346 | Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
16347 | This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
16348 | of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
16349 | in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
16350 | ||
16351 | You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
16352 | The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
16353 | ||
16354 | ;;;*** | |
16355 | \f | |
b442e70a MB |
16356 | ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external) |
16357 | ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14791 27471)) | |
16358 | ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el | |
16359 | ||
16360 | (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ | |
16361 | Uudecode region between START and END with external decoder. | |
16362 | ||
16363 | If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil) | |
16364 | ||
16365 | (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ | |
16366 | Uudecode region between START and END. | |
16367 | If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil) | |
16368 | ||
16369 | ;;;*** | |
16370 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
16371 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file |
16372 | ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
b442e70a MB |
16373 | ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge |
16374 | ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register | |
16375 | ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook | |
d09b9dbd | 16376 | ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14841 30887)) |
93548d2e DL |
16377 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
16378 | ||
16379 | (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
16380 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
16381 | See `run-hooks'.") | |
16382 | ||
16383 | (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
54baed30 | 16384 | *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in. |
93548d2e DL |
16385 | See `run-hooks'.") |
16386 | ||
93548d2e | 16387 | (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ |
54baed30 GM |
16388 | Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body. |
16389 | Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. | |
16390 | FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
16391 | `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
93548d2e DL |
16392 | somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) |
16393 | ||
16394 | (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
54baed30 GM |
16395 | Edit FILE under version control, executing body. |
16396 | Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | |
93548d2e DL |
16397 | This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. |
16398 | However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
16399 | ||
16400 | (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ | |
16401 | Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file. | |
54baed30 GM |
16402 | |
16403 | If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
93548d2e | 16404 | it will operate on the file in the current line. |
54baed30 GM |
16405 | |
16406 | If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
93548d2e DL |
16407 | files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on |
16408 | each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
16409 | or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
16410 | lock steals will raise an error. | |
54baed30 GM |
16411 | |
16412 | A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
93548d2e DL |
16413 | |
16414 | For RCS and SCCS files: | |
16415 | If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
16416 | control. | |
16417 | If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
16418 | a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
16419 | If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
16420 | first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
16421 | it performs a revert. | |
16422 | If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
16423 | of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
16424 | resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
16425 | the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
16426 | read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
16427 | If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
16428 | the option to steal the lock. | |
16429 | ||
16430 | For CVS files: | |
16431 | If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
16432 | control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
16433 | If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
16434 | If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
16435 | unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
16436 | message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
16437 | with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
16438 | If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
16439 | merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
16440 | ||
16441 | (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
b442e70a MB |
16442 | Register the current file into a version control system. |
16443 | With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | |
54baed30 GM |
16444 | level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. |
16445 | ||
b442e70a | 16446 | The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list |
54baed30 GM |
16447 | `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares |
16448 | itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | |
16449 | directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | |
16450 | register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | |
16451 | first backend that could register the file is used." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
16452 | |
16453 | (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
16454 | Display diffs between file versions. | |
54baed30 | 16455 | Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent |
93548d2e DL |
16456 | checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. |
16457 | With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use | |
16458 | and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil) | |
16459 | ||
16460 | (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
16461 | Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window. | |
16462 | If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. | |
16463 | If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil) | |
16464 | ||
16465 | (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
b442e70a | 16466 | Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system. |
93548d2e | 16467 | Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from |
54baed30 GM |
16468 | the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil) |
16469 | ||
16470 | (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | |
b442e70a MB |
16471 | Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. |
16472 | This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the | |
16473 | first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that | |
16474 | branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes | |
16475 | from the current branch. | |
93548d2e | 16476 | |
54baed30 | 16477 | See Info node `Merging'." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
16478 | |
16479 | (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
16480 | Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
16481 | The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
16482 | ||
54baed30 GM |
16483 | (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ |
16484 | Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | |
16485 | ||
16486 | See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | |
16487 | ||
16488 | With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | |
16489 | `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
16490 | |
16491 | (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
b442e70a | 16492 | Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. |
54baed30 GM |
16493 | For each registered file, the version level of its latest version |
16494 | becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | |
16495 | BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | |
16496 | are checked out in that new branch." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
16497 | |
16498 | (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
b442e70a MB |
16499 | Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. |
16500 | If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. | |
16501 | If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any | |
16502 | locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are | |
16503 | allowed and simply skipped)." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
16504 | |
16505 | (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
16506 | List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
16507 | ||
16508 | (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
16509 | Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on. | |
16510 | This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical | |
b442e70a MB |
16511 | to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer |
16512 | changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
16513 | |
16514 | (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
16515 | Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
b442e70a | 16516 | A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
16517 | |
16518 | (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ | |
16519 | Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
16520 | ||
16521 | (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
54baed30 | 16522 | Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. |
93548d2e | 16523 | Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default |
54baed30 | 16524 | directory. |
93548d2e | 16525 | |
b442e70a | 16526 | With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. |
93548d2e DL |
16527 | |
16528 | With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
16529 | files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
16530 | log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
16531 | ||
b442e70a | 16532 | From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which |
54baed30 | 16533 | log entries should be gathered." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
16534 | |
16535 | (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
54baed30 GM |
16536 | Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors. |
16537 | \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines | |
16538 | are displayed in red, old in blue. A prefix argument specifies a | |
16539 | factor for stretching the time scale. | |
93548d2e DL |
16540 | |
16541 | `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
16542 | mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
16543 | `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
16544 | colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
16545 | ||
16546 | ;;;*** | |
16547 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 16548 | ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14842 10637)) |
54baed30 GM |
16549 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el |
16550 | (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | |
16551 | (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
16552 | "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
16553 | (require 'vc-cvs) | |
16554 | (vc-cvs-registered f))) | |
16555 | ||
16556 | ;;;*** | |
16557 | \f | |
16558 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 16559 | ;;;;;; (14810 32085)) |
54baed30 GM |
16560 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el |
16561 | ||
16562 | (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | |
16563 | *Where to look for RCS master files. | |
16564 | For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
16565 | ||
16566 | (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f)) | |
16567 | ||
16568 | ;;;*** | |
16569 | \f | |
16570 | ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | |
0ad84a21 | 16571 | ;;;;;; (14777 38159)) |
54baed30 GM |
16572 | ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el |
16573 | ||
16574 | (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | |
16575 | *Where to look for SCCS master files. | |
16576 | For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
16577 | ||
16578 | (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f)) | |
16579 | ||
16580 | (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | |
16581 | Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | |
16582 | Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | |
16583 | find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | |
16584 | ||
16585 | ;;;*** | |
16586 | \f | |
93548d2e | 16587 | ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" |
b442e70a | 16588 | ;;;;;; (14385 23382)) |
93548d2e DL |
16589 | ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
16590 | ||
16591 | (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
16592 | Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
16593 | ||
16594 | Usage: | |
16595 | ------ | |
16596 | ||
16597 | - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
16598 | entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
16599 | for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
16600 | prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
16601 | indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
16602 | Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
16603 | left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
16604 | Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
16605 | generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
16606 | disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
16607 | `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
16608 | Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
16609 | Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
16610 | typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
16611 | first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
16612 | The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
16613 | arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
16614 | Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
16615 | (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
16616 | ||
16617 | - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
16618 | file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
16619 | `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
16620 | ||
16621 | - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
16622 | elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
16623 | variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
16624 | the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
16625 | ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
16626 | ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
16627 | .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
16628 | ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
16629 | == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
16630 | ||
16631 | - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
16632 | keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
16633 | case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
16634 | This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
16635 | Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
16636 | expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
16637 | types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
16638 | and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
16639 | ||
16640 | Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
16641 | of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
16642 | stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
16643 | ||
16644 | - COMMENTS: | |
16645 | `--' puts a single comment. | |
16646 | `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
16647 | `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
16648 | comment in between. | |
16649 | `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
16650 | following lines. | |
16651 | `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
16652 | uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
16653 | ||
16654 | You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
16655 | variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
16656 | if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
16657 | automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
16658 | as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
16659 | Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
16660 | indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
16661 | `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
16662 | new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
16663 | automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
16664 | multi-line comments. | |
16665 | ||
16666 | - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
16667 | The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
16668 | `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
16669 | `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
16670 | (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
16671 | (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
16672 | `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
16673 | spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
16674 | to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
16675 | ||
16676 | - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
16677 | comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
16678 | of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
16679 | entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
16680 | lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
16681 | inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
16682 | Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
16683 | `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
16684 | `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
16685 | are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
16686 | ||
16687 | - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
16688 | declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
16689 | component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
16690 | internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
16691 | parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
16692 | A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
16693 | (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
16694 | ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
16695 | derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
16696 | Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
16697 | into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
16698 | architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
16699 | See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
16700 | ||
16701 | - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
16702 | ||
16703 | - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
16704 | menu). | |
16705 | ||
16706 | - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
16707 | ||
16708 | - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
16709 | It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
16710 | variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
16711 | In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
16712 | browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
16713 | ||
16714 | - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
16715 | hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
16716 | directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
16717 | variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
16718 | The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
16719 | VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
16720 | In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
16721 | hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
16722 | ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
16723 | ||
16724 | - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
16725 | current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
16726 | from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
16727 | headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
16728 | specified. | |
16729 | ||
16730 | - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
16731 | be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
16732 | as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
16733 | your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
16734 | can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
16735 | the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
16736 | ||
16737 | - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
16738 | by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
16739 | specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
16740 | in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
16741 | destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
16742 | can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
16743 | `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
16744 | An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
16745 | (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
16746 | The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
16747 | be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
16748 | ||
16749 | - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
16750 | `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
16751 | Math Packages. | |
16752 | ||
16753 | - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
16754 | attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
16755 | `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
16756 | case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
16757 | attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
16758 | attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
16759 | or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
16760 | `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
16761 | ||
16762 | - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
16763 | enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
16764 | `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
16765 | prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
16766 | variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
16767 | as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
16768 | ||
16769 | Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
16770 | should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
16771 | `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
16772 | `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
16773 | forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
16774 | ||
16775 | Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
16776 | color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
16777 | `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
16778 | naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
16779 | objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
16780 | ||
16781 | Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
16782 | support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
16783 | highlighted if written in lower case. | |
16784 | ||
16785 | Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
16786 | using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
16787 | is non-nil. | |
16788 | ||
16789 | All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
16790 | For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
16791 | `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
16792 | ||
16793 | - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
16794 | accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
16795 | electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
16796 | ||
16797 | - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
16798 | `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
16799 | `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
16800 | ||
16801 | - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
16802 | faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
16803 | (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
16804 | postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
16805 | appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
16806 | paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
16807 | switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
16808 | ||
16809 | - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
16810 | menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
16811 | Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
16812 | the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
16813 | site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
16814 | ||
16815 | - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
16816 | automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
16817 | add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
16818 | (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
16819 | ||
16820 | - HINTS: | |
16821 | - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
16822 | ||
16823 | ||
16824 | Maintenance: | |
16825 | ------------ | |
16826 | ||
16827 | To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
16828 | Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
16829 | ||
16830 | Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
16831 | ||
16832 | The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
16833 | The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
16834 | You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
16835 | mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
16836 | ||
16837 | VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
16838 | <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
16839 | version and release notes can be found. | |
16840 | ||
16841 | ||
16842 | Bugs and Limitations: | |
16843 | --------------------- | |
16844 | ||
16845 | - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
16846 | - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
16847 | - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
16848 | - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
16849 | - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
16850 | does not work under XEmacs. | |
16851 | ||
16852 | ||
16853 | The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
16854 | Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
16855 | ||
16856 | Key bindings: | |
16857 | ------------- | |
16858 | ||
16859 | \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
16860 | ||
16861 | ;;;*** | |
16862 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 16863 | ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773)) |
93548d2e DL |
16864 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
16865 | ||
16866 | (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
16867 | Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
16868 | The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
16869 | the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
16870 | ||
16871 | This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
16872 | It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
16873 | \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
16874 | Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
16875 | is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
16876 | ||
16877 | To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
16878 | Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
16879 | ||
16880 | Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
16881 | ||
16882 | * Limitations and unsupported features | |
16883 | - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
16884 | not supported. | |
16885 | - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
16886 | - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
16887 | ||
16888 | * Modifications | |
16889 | - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
16890 | pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
16891 | Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
16892 | - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
16893 | to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
16894 | for undoing a repeated change command. | |
16895 | - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
16896 | in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
16897 | - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
16898 | ||
16899 | * Extensions | |
16900 | - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
16901 | incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
16902 | - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
16903 | esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
16904 | - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
16905 | `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
16906 | `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
16907 | - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
16908 | ||
16909 | Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
16910 | ||
16911 | ;;;*** | |
16912 | \f | |
16913 | ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
16914 | ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
a1b8d58b GM |
16915 | ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
16916 | ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992)) | |
93548d2e DL |
16917 | ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
16918 | ||
16919 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
16920 | Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
16921 | ||
93548d2e DL |
16922 | (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ |
16923 | Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
16924 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
16925 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
16926 | ||
16927 | (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
16928 | Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
16929 | ||
16930 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
16931 | Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
16932 | When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
16933 | positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
16934 | ||
16935 | (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
16936 | Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
16937 | ||
16938 | (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16939 | ||
16940 | (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
16941 | ||
16942 | ;;;*** | |
16943 | \f | |
16944 | ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
16945 | ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
b442e70a | 16946 | ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14788 |
0ad84a21 | 16947 | ;;;;;; 64255)) |
93548d2e DL |
16948 | ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
16949 | ||
16950 | (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
16951 | Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
16952 | Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
16953 | functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
16954 | ||
16955 | (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
16956 | ||
16957 | (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
16958 | View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
16959 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16960 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16961 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16962 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16963 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16964 | ||
16965 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
16966 | ||
16967 | (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
16968 | View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
16969 | Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
16970 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16971 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16972 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16973 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16974 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16975 | ||
16976 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
16977 | ||
16978 | (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
16979 | View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
16980 | Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
16981 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16982 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16983 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16984 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16985 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16986 | ||
16987 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
16988 | ||
16989 | (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
16990 | View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
16991 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
16992 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
16993 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
16994 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
16995 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
16996 | ||
16997 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
16998 | ||
16999 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
17000 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
17001 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
17002 | ||
17003 | (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
17004 | View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
17005 | Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
17006 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17007 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17008 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17009 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17010 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17011 | ||
17012 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
17013 | ||
17014 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
17015 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
17016 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
17017 | ||
17018 | (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
17019 | View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
17020 | Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
17021 | Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
17022 | a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
17023 | are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
17024 | Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
17025 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17026 | ||
17027 | This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
17028 | ||
17029 | Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
17030 | argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
17031 | Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
17032 | ||
17033 | (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
17034 | Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
d054101f | 17035 | With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
93548d2e DL |
17036 | |
17037 | Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
17038 | Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
17039 | \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
17040 | read-only. | |
17041 | \\<view-mode-map> | |
17042 | The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
17043 | arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
17044 | window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
17045 | and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
17046 | commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
17047 | ||
17048 | H, h, ? This message. | |
17049 | Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
17050 | \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
17051 | \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
17052 | > move to the end of buffer. | |
17053 | \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
d054101f GM |
17054 | SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
17055 | With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
17056 | DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
17057 | With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
17058 | \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
17059 | \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
17060 | \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
17061 | \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
17062 | \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
17063 | \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
17064 | RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
17065 | y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
93548d2e DL |
17066 | \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
17067 | Use this to view a changing file. | |
17068 | \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
17069 | \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
17070 | \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
17071 | . set the mark. | |
17072 | x exchanges point and mark. | |
17073 | \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
17074 | Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
17075 | jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
17076 | \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
17077 | ' go to position saved in character register. | |
17078 | s do forward incremental search. | |
17079 | r do reverse incremental search. | |
17080 | \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
17081 | ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
17082 | ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
17083 | search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
17084 | \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
17085 | \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
17086 | p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
17087 | \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
17088 | \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
17089 | \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
17090 | viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
17091 | \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
17092 | \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
17093 | \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
17094 | \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
17095 | ||
17096 | The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
d054101f GM |
17097 | entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
17098 | \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
17099 | try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
17100 | as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
17101 | View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
17102 | will return to that buffer. | |
93548d2e DL |
17103 | |
17104 | Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
17105 | ||
17106 | (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
17107 | Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
17108 | If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
17109 | `view-return-to-alist'. | |
17110 | Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
17111 | It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
17112 | This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
17113 | ||
17114 | RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
17115 | it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
17116 | WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
17117 | OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
17118 | OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
17119 | 1) nil Do nothing. | |
17120 | 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
17121 | 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
17122 | starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
d054101f | 17123 | 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
93548d2e DL |
17124 | |
17125 | For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
17126 | ||
17127 | This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
17128 | ||
17129 | (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
17130 | Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
17131 | ||
17132 | ;;;*** | |
17133 | \f | |
7518ed7b | 17134 | ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703)) |
93548d2e DL |
17135 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
17136 | ||
17137 | (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
17138 | Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
17139 | ||
17140 | ;;;*** | |
17141 | \f | |
17142 | ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
d09b9dbd | 17143 | ;;;;;; (14651 36650)) |
93548d2e DL |
17144 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
17145 | ||
17146 | (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
17147 | Toggle Viper on/off. | |
cded5ed3 | 17148 | If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
93548d2e DL |
17149 | |
17150 | (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
17151 | Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
17152 | ||
17153 | ;;;*** | |
17154 | \f | |
b442e70a | 17155 | ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900)) |
a25bbe00 | 17156 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el |
93548d2e DL |
17157 | |
17158 | (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
17159 | Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
17160 | ||
17161 | See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
17162 | hotlist. | |
17163 | ||
17164 | Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
17165 | <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
17166 | ||
17167 | ;;;*** | |
17168 | \f | |
17169 | ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func" | |
d09b9dbd | 17170 | ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14813 6100)) |
93548d2e DL |
17171 | ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
17172 | ||
17173 | (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\ | |
17174 | *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally. | |
17175 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17176 | use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.") | |
17177 | ||
17178 | (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17179 | ||
17180 | (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func)) | |
17181 | ||
17182 | (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode)) | |
17183 | ||
17184 | (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
17185 | Toggle Which Function mode, globally. | |
17186 | When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
17187 | continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
17188 | ||
0ad84a21 | 17189 | With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, |
93548d2e DL |
17190 | and off otherwise." t nil) |
17191 | ||
17192 | ;;;*** | |
17193 | \f | |
0ad84a21 | 17194 | ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region |
7518ed7b | 17195 | ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" |
d09b9dbd | 17196 | ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14826 56520)) |
7518ed7b GM |
17197 | ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
17198 | ||
17199 | (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ | |
0ad84a21 MB |
17200 | Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. |
17201 | These are: | |
7518ed7b GM |
17202 | 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). |
17203 | 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
17204 | 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
17205 | 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
17206 | 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
17207 | ||
17208 | Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
17209 | and: | |
17210 | 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
17211 | 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
17212 | ||
17213 | (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
0ad84a21 | 17214 | Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil) |
7518ed7b GM |
17215 | |
17216 | (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
17217 | Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
17218 | ||
17219 | Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
17220 | whitespace problems." t nil) | |
17221 | ||
17222 | (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
0ad84a21 MB |
17223 | Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil) |
17224 | ||
17225 | (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ | |
17226 | Toggle global Whitespace mode. | |
17227 | ||
17228 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17229 | use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode' | |
17230 | \(which see).") | |
17231 | ||
17232 | (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17233 | ||
17234 | (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace)) | |
7518ed7b GM |
17235 | |
17236 | (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ | |
17237 | A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
17238 | ||
17239 | The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
17240 | of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
17241 | ||
17242 | 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
17243 | 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
17244 | 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
17245 | replaced with TABS). | |
0ad84a21 | 17246 | 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). |
7518ed7b GM |
17247 | 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. |
17248 | ||
17249 | Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
17250 | ||
cded5ed3 GM |
17251 | Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
17252 | where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
7518ed7b GM |
17253 | |
17254 | e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
17255 | i - Indentation whitespace. | |
17256 | l - Leading whitespace. | |
17257 | s - Space followed by Tab. | |
17258 | t - Trailing whitespace. | |
17259 | ||
17260 | If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
cded5ed3 | 17261 | !<y>. |
7518ed7b GM |
17262 | |
17263 | (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
17264 | terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
0ad84a21 | 17265 | hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost |
7518ed7b GM |
17266 | always they default to 8.) |
17267 | ||
0ad84a21 | 17268 | Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to |
7518ed7b GM |
17269 | look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or |
17270 | even print it. | |
17271 | ||
17272 | Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
17273 | c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
0ad84a21 MB |
17274 | should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these |
17275 | modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
17276 | to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
7518ed7b GM |
17277 | office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between |
17278 | tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
17279 | to set smarttab.) | |
17280 | ||
17281 | All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
17282 | merge problems. | |
17283 | ||
17284 | whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
0ad84a21 MB |
17285 | warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any |
17286 | whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil) | |
7518ed7b GM |
17287 | |
17288 | ;;;*** | |
17289 | \f | |
93548d2e | 17290 | ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
d09b9dbd | 17291 | ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14840 890)) |
93548d2e DL |
17292 | ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
17293 | ||
17294 | (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17295 | Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
17296 | ||
17297 | (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17298 | Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
17299 | ||
17300 | (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17301 | Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
17302 | ||
17303 | (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
17304 | Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
17305 | With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
17306 | ||
17307 | ;;;*** | |
17308 | \f | |
17309 | ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
d09b9dbd | 17310 | ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14841 19791)) |
93548d2e DL |
17311 | ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
17312 | ||
17313 | (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
17314 | Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
17315 | The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
17316 | ||
17317 | (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
f75a0f7a | 17318 | Create widget of TYPE. |
93548d2e DL |
17319 | The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
17320 | ||
17321 | (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
17322 | Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
17323 | ||
17324 | ;;;*** | |
17325 | \f | |
2cb750ba | 17326 | ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
54baed30 GM |
17327 | ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747 |
17328 | ;;;;;; 44775)) | |
2cb750ba GM |
17329 | ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
17330 | ||
17331 | (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
17332 | Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
17333 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
17334 | \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
17335 | it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
17336 | \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17337 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17338 | ||
17339 | (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
17340 | Select the window above the current one. | |
17341 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
17342 | is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
17343 | relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
17344 | negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17345 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17346 | ||
17347 | (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
17348 | Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
17349 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
17350 | \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
17351 | otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
17352 | bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17353 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17354 | ||
17355 | (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
17356 | Select the window below the current one. | |
17357 | With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
17358 | \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
17359 | it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
17360 | \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
17361 | If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
17362 | ||
17363 | (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
17364 | Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
17365 | ||
17366 | ;;;*** | |
17367 | \f | |
d1221ea9 GM |
17368 | ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
17369 | ;;;;;; (14535 44846)) | |
17370 | ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el | |
17371 | ||
17372 | (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
17373 | Toggle winner-mode. | |
17374 | Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17375 | use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
17376 | ||
17377 | (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17378 | ||
17379 | (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
17380 | ||
17381 | (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
17382 | Toggle Winner mode. | |
17383 | With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
17384 | ||
17385 | ;;;*** | |
17386 | \f | |
a1b8d58b | 17387 | ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
d09b9dbd | 17388 | ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14836 3751)) |
a1b8d58b GM |
17389 | ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el |
17390 | ||
17391 | (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
f75a0f7a | 17392 | Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). |
a1b8d58b GM |
17393 | The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. |
17394 | Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
17395 | topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
17396 | `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
17397 | speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
17398 | updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
17399 | ||
f75a0f7a GM |
17400 | Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC |
17401 | should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil) | |
a1b8d58b GM |
17402 | |
17403 | (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
17404 | In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil) | |
17405 | ||
17406 | (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
17407 | Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
17408 | Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
17409 | When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
f75a0f7a | 17410 | of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. |
a1b8d58b GM |
17411 | No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to |
17412 | decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
17413 | `woman' command for further details." t nil) | |
17414 | ||
17415 | ;;;*** | |
17416 | \f | |
93548d2e | 17417 | ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
7518ed7b | 17418 | ;;;;;; (13415 51576)) |
93548d2e DL |
17419 | ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
17420 | ||
17421 | (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
17422 | Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
17423 | ||
17424 | BUGS: | |
17425 | - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
17426 | are not implemented | |
17427 | - Options for search and replace | |
17428 | - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
17429 | - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
17430 | ||
17431 | No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
17432 | Emacs-like. | |
17433 | ||
17434 | The key bindings are: | |
17435 | ||
17436 | C-a backward-word | |
17437 | C-b fill-paragraph | |
17438 | C-c scroll-up-line | |
17439 | C-d forward-char | |
17440 | C-e previous-line | |
17441 | C-f forward-word | |
17442 | C-g delete-char | |
17443 | C-h backward-char | |
17444 | C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
17445 | C-j help-for-help | |
17446 | C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
17447 | C-l ws-repeat-search | |
17448 | C-n open-line | |
17449 | C-p quoted-insert | |
17450 | C-r scroll-down-line | |
17451 | C-s backward-char | |
17452 | C-t kill-word | |
17453 | C-u keyboard-quit | |
17454 | C-v overwrite-mode | |
17455 | C-w scroll-down | |
17456 | C-x next-line | |
17457 | C-y kill-complete-line | |
17458 | C-z scroll-up | |
17459 | ||
17460 | C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
17461 | C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
17462 | C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
17463 | C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
17464 | C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
17465 | C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
17466 | C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
17467 | C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
17468 | C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
17469 | C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
17470 | C-k b ws-begin-block | |
17471 | C-k c ws-copy-block | |
17472 | C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
17473 | C-k f find-file | |
17474 | C-k h ws-show-markers | |
17475 | C-k i ws-indent-block | |
17476 | C-k k ws-end-block | |
17477 | C-k p ws-print-block | |
17478 | C-k q kill-emacs | |
17479 | C-k r insert-file | |
17480 | C-k s save-some-buffers | |
17481 | C-k t ws-mark-word | |
17482 | C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
17483 | C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
17484 | C-k v ws-move-block | |
17485 | C-k w ws-write-block | |
17486 | C-k x kill-emacs | |
17487 | C-k y ws-delete-block | |
17488 | ||
17489 | C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
17490 | C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
17491 | C-o j justify-current-line | |
17492 | C-o k kill-buffer | |
17493 | C-o l list-buffers | |
17494 | C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
17495 | C-o r set-fill-column | |
17496 | C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
17497 | C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
17498 | C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
17499 | C-o wo other-window | |
17500 | C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
17501 | ||
17502 | C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
17503 | C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
17504 | C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
17505 | C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
17506 | C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
17507 | C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
17508 | C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
17509 | C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
17510 | C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
17511 | C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
17512 | C-q a ws-query-replace | |
17513 | C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
17514 | C-q c end-of-buffer | |
17515 | C-q d end-of-line | |
17516 | C-q f ws-search | |
17517 | C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
17518 | C-q l ws-undo | |
17519 | C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
17520 | C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
17521 | C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
17522 | C-q w ws-last-error | |
17523 | C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
17524 | C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
17525 | " t nil) | |
17526 | ||
17527 | ;;;*** | |
17528 | \f | |
d054101f GM |
17529 | ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516 |
17530 | ;;;;;; 149)) | |
93548d2e DL |
17531 | ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
17532 | ||
17533 | (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
17534 | Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
17535 | With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
17536 | ||
17537 | Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
17538 | ||
17539 | ;;;*** | |
17540 | \f | |
17541 | ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
d09b9dbd | 17542 | ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14809 51714)) |
93548d2e DL |
17543 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
17544 | ||
17545 | (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
17546 | Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
17547 | ||
17548 | (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
17549 | Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
17550 | ||
17551 | (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
17552 | Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
17553 | If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
17554 | ||
17555 | (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
17556 | Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
17557 | ||
17558 | ;;;*** | |
17559 | \f | |
d09b9dbd | 17560 | ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14818 62648)) |
abb2db1c GM |
17561 | ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el |
17562 | ||
17563 | (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | |
17564 | Zone out, completely." t nil) | |
17565 | ||
17566 | ;;;*** | |
17567 | \f | |
93548d2e | 17568 | ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" |
b442e70a | 17569 | ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028)) |
a25bbe00 | 17570 | ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el |
93548d2e DL |
17571 | |
17572 | (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
17573 | Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil) | |
17574 | ||
7518ed7b GM |
17575 | (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
17576 | A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
17577 | ||
17578 | Zone-mode does two things: | |
17579 | ||
17580 | - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
17581 | when saving the file | |
17582 | ||
17583 | - fontification" t nil) | |
93548d2e DL |
17584 | |
17585 | ;;;*** | |
17586 | \f | |
93548d2e DL |
17587 | ;;; Local Variables: |
17588 | ;;; version-control: never | |
17589 | ;;; no-byte-compile: t | |
17590 | ;;; no-update-autoloads: t | |
17591 | ;;; End: | |
17592 | ;;; loaddefs.el ends here |